Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Prepared by: Masters in Environmental Planning and Management 3rd Semester 2020-2022 Batch Department of Planning School of Planning and Architecture Vijayawada (An Institute of National Importance, MoE, Govt of India) Under The Supervision of:
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Ayon Kr. Tarafdar Asst. Prof. Jayesh Bhagwat Note:
Prepared as an academic studio exercise as a part of 3rd Semester Planning Studio of MEPM Batch, 2020-22
Front Cover Image Credits: Image 1: IMG_9760.jpg (1200×900) (resilienceindia.org) Image 2: elephant.jpg (600×450) (prameyanews.com) Image 3: turtles.jpg (1000×667) (mediaindia.eu) Image 4: 2018032288.jpg (660×375) (s3waas.gov.in) Image 5: b8646056dd78c4bb8b956dd73fabbf62.webp (1215×882) (dailyhunt.in) Image 6: 2018032233-1024x503.jpg (1024×503) (s3waas.gov.in) Image 7: Gopalpur-Beach-(2).jpg (1024×661) (outlookindia.com) Image 8: blast-furnace-659016__340-metal-plant-1.jpg.webp (604×340) (industry-focus.net) Image 9: blackbug3.jpg (575×380) (100miles.co.in)
Project Logo Description: olor depicts the Bay of Bengal. The Square in the center indicate the Ganjam district and the intersection of that infinity symbol with square divides it into four segments which denotes the four major focus areas of the Integrated Regional Environmental Development Plan Environment, Economy, Infrastructure and Settlement. The horizontal and vertical lines indicate the integrated approach and balanced development.
Back Cover Image Credits: Output of the Project
For Citation, use as below: Integrated Regional Environmental Plan Ganjam District 204 Plan (EPM Batch 2020-22) as academic project at the School of Planning and Architecture Vijayawada, Govt of India
© Department of Planning, SPA Vijayawada December 2021
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |1
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
1. Dr. Ayon Kr. Tarafdar (Associate Professor, Department of Planning, SPAV) 2. Mr. Jayesh Bhagwat (Assistant Professor, Department of Planning, SPAV)
(Students of 3rd Semester, Master of Environmental Planning and Management) 1. 2. 3. 4.
Diksha Jadhav Kshitij Tewari Sakshi Bajpai Urbi Mondal
(Students of 3rd Semester, Master of Environmental Planning and Management) 1. Ahwaan Nayak 2. Anne Theresa George 3. Arunsharan K 4. Deena Harikrishna P 5. Deepa Mohanty 6. Diksha Jadhav 7. Hun I Tre Bareh 8. Kshitij Tewari 9. M Maniratna S Manjusha 10. Natukula Mounika 11. Navya Ann Thomas 12. P Jinesh Jain 13. Pasupuleti Prathyusha 14. Puloma Choudhury 15. Sakshi Bajpai 16. Sukanya Senapati 17. Urbi Mondal
Contact: environmentalplanners2022@gmail.com
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |2
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
We would like to express our heartfelt gratitude to our studio Coordinators, Dr. Ayon Kr. Tarafdar, Associate Professor, and Mr. Jayesh Bhagwat, Assistant Professor of the Department of Planning of SPA Vijayawada for their invaluable guidance and encouragement throughout the project work. Without their able guidance and continuous support, it would not have been possible to select the topic, progress and complete the same.
Secondly, we would like to thank the officials from Directorate of Industries, Ganjam, Odisha State Pollution Control Board, Directorate of Agriculture and Food Production, Odisha and Directorate of Ground Water Development for providing us with the information required for the project.
We also take the opportunity to convey our special thanks to Prof. (Dr.) Minakshi Jain, the Director of our Institute, for providing us the opportunity to work on this project. We would also like to express our sincere gratitude to Prof. (Dr.) Abdul Raza Mohamed, the Head of Department of the planning for his kind support. We thank all the other faculty members and staffs of the Department of the Planning for their help and support. We would also like to thank and appreciate all of them who helped us to complete the project successfully.
December 2021
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
MEPM Batch, 2021-22
Page |3
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Department of Planning at SPA Vijayawada has taken up a planning studio project that is aimed at applying environmental planning approaches and techniques in the traditional regional planning process. While undertaking core regional planning exercises for the development of a region, particular emphasis and inclusion of natural resource baselines, assessment of environmental status, and impacts of anthropogenic activities on environment has been the motive. The outcome of the work of the MEPM batch has been titled as Environmental The district Ganjam was constituted on 1st April 1936. The district is named after the Old Township and European fort of Ganjam situated on the northern bank of river Rushikulya, which was the headquarters of the district. The district is located in the south-eastern part of O and degree East Longitude. The district is bounded by Nayagarh district in North, Puri and Khurdha district in East, and Gajapati district in south and Kandhamal district in west. Map-1 shows the location of Ganjam district in Odisha. The state of Odisha is subdivided spatially in to a number of districts for administrative purposes. Each district is further divided into blocks for development purposes and each block comprises of certain Panchayats to establish a perfect continuum of administration with local bodies up to micro level i.e., villages. A Gram Panchayat is the lowest unit of administration, development and maintenance of law and order. The urban areas (with urban local bodies or ULBs) within the district also play an important role as growth nodes. The entire settlement system is coordinated at the District level by the District Magistrate cum Collector. Ganjam is one of the 30 districts of the State of Odisha. It has, as per 2011 Census, 3 Subdivisions, 23 Tehsils, 22 Blocks, 475 Gram Panchayats and 3212 Villages. There is one municipality and 17 Notified Area Committees (lowest order semi urban settlements). Ganjam district is a coastal which is rich in mountains and forests. Valuable timber like Sal, Teak, and Gambhari are found in abundance in the forests of Ganjam. Forest products like Bamboo, Medicinal plants of various types, Jhuna, Mahul, Lakha, Sal leaves influence its local economy. The total coverage of the forest area is 3149.9 sq.km. In Ganjam, out of which the area of reserved forests is 1485.69 sq.km. The district is characterized by an equitable temperature all through the year. The average annual rainfall of the district is 129.60 cms. The rainfall generally increases from the coast towards the interior hilly tracks of the district. The relative humidity is high throughout the year specifically in coastal areas. Winds are fairly strong particularly in coastal regions in summer and monsoon months. The district has a long stretch of coastline which is predominantly pristine yet threatened with repeated tidal surges, erosion and unchecked human development activities. The land adjoining the coastal belt is rich in fertility and is heavily utilised for cultivation. Agriculture is Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |4
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
the main occupation of the district. This middle belt is where most settlements, industries and urban nodes exist. The inner parts of the district, towards the west are hilly, forested, rich in bio-diversity and sparsely populated. The settlement pattern is concentrated in few blocks, industrial growth is rampant and unchecked, deterioration and decline in aspects related to water resources, soil conditions, and green cover has been the trend and concern in the last 2 decades. The frequent occurrence of floods, cyclone, and coastal erosion adds to the apprehensions. Urban growth is limited and distribution of infrastructure is without a clearly spelt out development agenda. In this backdrop, the students embarked upon the need to evolve a roadmap for the development of the district for the next 20 years that improves its spatial growth pattern, gives direction towards economy (primary and secondary sectors) and revives its natural resources, without adversely affecting environment and ecology. After preliminary studies and arriving at an overall vision, the MEPM students undertook detailed studies in EIGHT different components/sectors related to environment, as below. i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii.
Landuse, Landcover and Biodiversity Settlement Hierarchy & Infrastructure Water Resource Agriculture, Fisheries and Animal Husbandry Disaster Preparedness Coastal Zone Management Industries Tourism and Governance
Detailed assessment was done regarding all the eight sectors, as above, disaggregated at the village and block levels (and aggregated for the entire district), to arrive at scientific analysis of issues and potentials and thereafter, strategies and recommendations were evolved for each sector/component to develop the district in a balanced and environmentally sensitive manner. Some of the key analytical tools applied were as below. 1. Land suitability analysis with spatial composite weighted index (using GIS) 2. Bio-diversity Assessment and Eco-sensitivity grading (with bio-diversity indexes) 3. Settlement Hierarchy Ordering (using scalogram and composite weighted indexes for over 10 indicators of infrastructure and development) 4. Watershed Analysis 5. Natural Drainage and Percolation Capacity Assessment 6. Water Budgeting for each sub-basin 7. Disaster Vulnerability Zoning for each village (focusing on floods and cyclone) 8. Coastal Ecological Vulnerability and Coastal Socio-Economic Vulnerability Assessment 9. Agricultural Performance Assessment (at village level using yield estimates) 10. Cropping Efficiency and Suitability Assessment (using soil fertility indexes) 11. Nutritional Need Assessment (for population of the district related to production) 12. Industrial Performance Analysis (using location quotient, temporal trend and shift share analysis) Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |5
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
13. 14. Tourism Carrying Capacity of each spot and Circuit Potential Assessment 15. Good Governance Assessment of Each Block (using indexes) For all the above analysis, computing techniques and use of Remote Sensing and GIS was undertaken. Based on detailed sectoral analysis, the students came out with 5 development principles, which can guide them for the detailed proposals and which are aligned to the overall vision of the district, as below. Development Principles a) b) c) d) e)
Environmental Sustainability Economic Growth Equitable Growth Resilience Good Governance
Each of these development concepts were elaborated through two tiers of detailed proposals: Tier I Integrated Inter-sectoral Proposals IIPs (District Level High Impact Proposals) Six important Integrated Inter-sectoral Proposals (IIPs) were earmarked for the district, which can have long term positive impacts on growth and preservation that requires dedicated investment and can eventually lead to building of a strong identity of the district. Each of these six IIPs are linked to certain key existing issues or untapped potentials of the district. Each of them has been detailed out in terms of design, costing, phasing, implications and benefits and has been aligned with the development principles. i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi.
Bio-reserve Belt Regional Resilience (Food Security and Preparedness towards Hazard) Coastal Containment and Rejuvination Regional Water Equity Economic Promotion Corridor Regional Balanced Settlement Growth
Tier II District Sectoral Proposals DSPs (Block and GP level proposals for each Sector) In addition to the IIPs as above, detailed sub-district level strategies were developed to address the requirements of 2041 projected population and various needs and potentials of the district. For every line department working in the district there has been a roadmap prepared for their department of what needs can be achieved, at what cost and in how much time. These include proposals about afforestation projects, species development projects, regional water recharge and harvesting zones, watershed development, drainage development and water treatment zones, setting up of mandis, altered cropping patterns, livestock centres, industrial clusters, waste processing zones, tourism circuits, coastal Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |6
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
regulations to address erosion and bio-diversity loss, beach infrastructure and fishermen development strategies, disaster preparedness details, evacuation and relief and safe shelters, governance assessment tools, etc. The detailed sectoral proposals have been detailed in terms of design, location, costing and implementation strategies, in most cases. The team also demonstrated their ability to synthesise and integrate all proposals based on scientific rationale and a vision. It is to be noted that the studio was carried out on 'work from home' mode and unfortunately, there has been no site visits by the students, due to COVID-19 pandemic risk. The team of students are from all over the country and do not belong to Ganjam district. They have managed the work from home, through online communication, online surveys and have used secondary sourced data, which had been the predominant limitation of the exercise. The pla has been prepared and delivered by the batch of 18 students in the form of 69 no.s. of A0 sized technical sheets and a report of about 400 pages. The work was presented to and assessed by external jury members from institutes of national repute in the field of planning, in December 2021.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |7
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table of Contents Introduction and Concepts 1
REGIONAL PLANNING CONCEPT........................................................................................ 10
1.1
Concept of Region ................................................................................................................. 10
1.2
Types of Regions ................................................................................................................... 10
1.3
Backward Region ................................................................................................................... 13
1.4
Delineation of Region ............................................................................................................ 18
2
CRITICAL REVIEW OF REGIONAL PLANS............................................................................. 24
2.1
Introduction to Regional plans ............................................................................................. 24
2.2
Regional Plan Goa 2021 ........................................................................................................ 24
2.2.1
Summary and Approach ...................................................................................................... 25
2.2.2
Salient Features ................................................................................................................... 26
2.3
Regional Plan Coimbatore 2038 ........................................................................................... 28
2.3.1
Summary and Approach ...................................................................................................... 28
2.3.2
Salient features .................................................................................................................... 32
2.4
Regional Plan Kollam 2021 ................................................................................................... 35
2.4.1
Summary and Approach ...................................................................................................... 36
2.4.2
Salient features .................................................................................................................... 37
2.5
Regional Plan North Queensland ......................................................................................... 38
2.5.1
Summary and Approach ...................................................................................................... 39
2.5.2
Salient features .................................................................................................................... 40
3
INTRODUCTION TO GANJAM DISTRICT ............................................................................. 41
3.1
Inter district comparison ....................................................................................................... 41
3.1.1
arameters of comparison ..................................................................................................... 41
3.1.2
Scoring logic ........................................................................................................................ 42
3.2
History and Regional Setting ................................................................................................ 49
3.2.1
Regional setting and District profile ..................................................................................... 49
3.2.2
Connectivity ......................................................................................................................... 50
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |8
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 3.2.3
History and Culture .............................................................................................................. 55
3.2.4
Administrative setup ............................................................................................................ 57
3.3
Climate, Physiography and Environment ............................................................................ 63
3.3.1
Overview of Ganjam District Climate ................................................................................... 63
3.3.2
Physiography ....................................................................................................................... 68
3.3.3
Environment ......................................................................................................................... 69
3.3.4
Natural Hazards ................................................................................................................... 73
4
STUDIO PROJECT OUTLINE: VISION AND METHODS .......................................................... 77
4.1
Studio Project Outline ........................................................................................................... 77
4.2
Identification of Study Area .................................................................................................. 77
4.3
Vision....................................................................................................................................... 78
4.4
Objectives ............................................................................................................................... 78
Sectoral Analysis 5
SETTLEMENT HIERARCHY & DEMOGRAPHY ...................................................................... 83
5.1
Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 83
5.1.1
Settlement Pattern ............................................................................................................... 83
5.1.2
Urban settlement ................................................................................................................. 84
5.2
Demography ........................................................................................................................... 86
5.2.1
Population ............................................................................................................................ 86
5.2.2
Area ..................................................................................................................................... 86
5.2.3
Density ................................................................................................................................. 87
5.2.4
Literacy rate ......................................................................................................................... 88
5.3 5.3.1 5.4
Regional Connectivity ........................................................................................................... 89 Broad Existing structure of road network system ................................................................ 89 Settlement Hierarchy Analysis ............................................................................................. 90
5.4.1
Sectoral Approach ............................................................................................................... 90
5.4.2
Methodology ........................................................................................................................ 91
5.4.3
Existing Settlement Hierarchy.............................................................................................. 94
5.5
Infrastructure Analysis .......................................................................................................... 99
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |9
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 5.5.1
Social Infrastructure............................................................................................................. 99
5.5.2
Health Facilities ................................................................................................................. 100
5.5.3
Scalogram Representation of Settlement Hierarchy ......................................................... 102
5.6
6
Inferences and Way forward ............................................................................................... 105
LAND USE LAND COVER & BIODIVERSITY ........................................................................ 107
6.1
Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 107
6.2
Sectoral Approach ............................................................................................................... 107
6.2.1
Objectives .......................................................................................................................... 107
6.2.2
Tools & Techniques used .................................................................................................. 108
6.2.3
Methodology ...................................................................................................................... 108
6.2.4
Data required for analysis .................................................................................................. 109
6.3 6.3.1
Land use and Land cover .................................................................................................... 110 Existing Land use and Land cover of Ganjam District ....................................................... 115
6.4
LULC Change 2011-2021 ..................................................................................................... 118
6.5
Prediction of Urban/Growth Built-Up ................................................................................. 119
6.6
Forest Cover ......................................................................................................................... 120
6.6.1
Road Network and Forest Area ......................................................................................... 123
6.6.2
Forest Canopy Density ...................................................................................................... 123
6.6.3
Change in Forest Canopy Density (2009-2019) ................................................................ 124
6.7
Eco Sensitivity analysis of forests ..................................................................................... 126
6.7.1
Parameters & Scoring Logic .............................................................................................. 126
6.7.2
Block wise Eco sensitivity areas ........................................................................................ 127
6.7.3
Assessment of Eco-Sensitivity (Weighted Score) ............................................................. 128
6.7.4
Eco-sensitivity zoning of forests ........................................................................................ 129
6.8
Biodiversity ........................................................................................................................... 130
6.8.1
Forest areas ....................................................................................................................... 131
6.8.2
Chillika Lake....................................................................................................................... 132
6.9
Biodiversity Assessment .................................................................................................... 133
6.9.1
Parameters considered for Chillika Lake ........................................................................... 133
6.9.2
Parameters considered for Special Breeding Site ............................................................. 134
6.10
Issues & Potential ................................................................................................................ 135
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 10
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 6.11
Land Suitability Analysis..................................................................................................... 136
6.11.1
7
Development & Non- Development Zone ..................................................................... 138
WATER RESOURCES ........................................................................................................ 142
7.1
Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 142
7.1.1
Agro Ecology, Climate, Hydrology and Topography ......................................................... 142
7.1.2
Soil Profile .......................................................................................................................... 145
7.2
Sectoral Approach ............................................................................................................... 146
7.2.1
Objectives .......................................................................................................................... 147
7.2.2
Methodology ...................................................................................................................... 148
7.3
Baseline Study ..................................................................................................................... 149
7.3.1
Slope and Contour ............................................................................................................. 152
7.3.2
Surface Water .................................................................................................................... 153
7.3.3
Ground Water Resources .................................................................................................. 154
7.4
Analysis ................................................................................................................................ 160
7.4.1
Ground Water Availability .................................................................................................. 160
7.4.2
Surface Water Availability .................................................................................................. 163
7.4.3
Water Demand ................................................................................................................... 165
7.4.4
Water Budgeting ................................................................................................................ 169
7.4.5
Ground Water Quality Index .............................................................................................. 170
7.5
Issues and potentials........................................................................................................... 173
7.5.1
Potentials ........................................................................................................................... 173
7.5.2
Issues................................................................................................................................. 173
8
PRIMARY SECTOR OF ECONOMY ..................................................................................... 175
8.1
Objectives ............................................................................................................................. 175
8.2
Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 175
8.2.1
Agriculture .......................................................................................................................... 175
8.2.2
Fisheries ............................................................................................................................ 177
8.3
Baseline Study ..................................................................................................................... 177
8.3.1
Production and Productivity .............................................................................................. 178
8.3.2
Predominant crops ............................................................................................................. 180
8.3.3
Agricultural area and Workforce ........................................................................................ 181
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 11
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 8.4
Analysis ................................................................................................................................ 183
8.4.1
Cropping Pattern ................................................................................................................ 183
8.4.2
Crop Efficiency ................................................................................................................... 183
8.4.3
Agriculture Performance Analysis ..................................................................................... 187
8.4.4
Crop Suitability ................................................................................................................... 192
8.4.5
Chemical fertilizer Estimation ............................................................................................ 194
8.4.6
Nutritional requirement of Ganjam and its link with Production ......................................... 196
8.4.7
Agriculture Waste Assessment .......................................................................................... 200
8.4.8
Fish Production rate analysis............................................................................................. 202
8.4.9
Summarizing (Issues and Potentials) ................................................................................ 205
9
COASTAL ZONE ............................................................................................................... 206
9.1
Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 206
9.2
Sectoral Approach ............................................................................................................... 206
9.3
Baseline study ...................................................................................................................... 206
9.3.1
Coastline of Ganjam .......................................................................................................... 206
9.3.2
Coastal Villages ................................................................................................................. 207
9.4
Analysis ................................................................................................................................ 210
9.4.1
Coastal Land cover change analysis ................................................................................. 210
9.4.2
Coastal Ecological Vulnerability Analysis .......................................................................... 213
9.4.3
Socio-economic Vulnerability Analysis .............................................................................. 221
9.4.4
Fishermen vulnerability Analysis ....................................................................................... 228
9.4.5
Major Activities ................................................................................................................... 232
9.4.6
Important Schemes............................................................................................................ 233
9.4.7
Gopalpur port study ........................................................................................................... 233
9.4.8
Brief study on Gopalpur Port ............................................................................................. 237
9.4.9
Study on Olive Ridley turtle nesting point .......................................................................... 237
9.4.10
Beach infrastructure ...................................................................................................... 241
9.4.11
Salt pan ......................................................................................................................... 243
9.5
Issues and Potentials .......................................................................................................... 246
10 DISASTER MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................... 248 10.1
Background .......................................................................................................................... 248
10.1.1
Major past disasters and impacts .................................................................................. 249
10.1.2
Seasonality of disasters in the district ........................................................................... 250
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 12
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 10.1.3
Disaster Overview ......................................................................................................... 250
10.2
Objectives of the study........................................................................................................ 251
10.3
Method................................................................................................................................... 252
10.4
Baseline study ...................................................................................................................... 252
10.4.1
Cyclone affected blocks ................................................................................................ 252
10.4.2
Flood affected blocks .................................................................................................... 253
10.4.3
Drought affected blocks................................................................................................. 253
10.4.4
Flash Flood affected blocks........................................................................................... 254
10.4.5
Cyclone Vulnerability ..................................................................................................... 254
10.4.6
Flood Vulnerability Assessment .................................................................................... 258
10.4.7
Composite disaster vulnerability.................................................................................... 263
10.4.8
Potential zones ............................................................................................................. 265
11 INDUSTRY AND LIVELIHOOD ........................................................................................... 268 11.1
Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 268
11.2
Objectives of the study........................................................................................................ 269
11.3
Methodology ......................................................................................................................... 270
11.4
Existing Scenario ................................................................................................................. 270
11.4.1
Large and Medium Industries ........................................................................................ 272
11.4.2
Micro and Small Enterprises ......................................................................................... 273
11.4.3
Industrial Clusters .......................................................................................................... 274
11.4.4
MSME units in Industrial Estates................................................................................... 278
11.5
Unemployment scenario for Gram Panchayats ................................................................ 280
11.6
Industrial Growth Trend ...................................................................................................... 281
11.7
Data collection and analysis ............................................................................................... 283
11.7.1
Industrial locations ......................................................................................................... 283
11.7.2
Industrial distribution as per PCB .................................................................................. 284
11.7.3
Thrust Industries based on Statistical Analysis ............................................................. 287
11.7.4
Thrust Industries based on Criteria ............................................................................... 294
11.7.5
Unemployment scenario for 2041 for Blocks ................................................................ 296
11.7.6
Industrial scenario tables for 2041 ................................................................................ 299
11.7.7
Industrial Suitability analysis ......................................................................................... 302
11.7.8
Identification of industrial activity minimization zone ..................................................... 305
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 13
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 11.7.9
Air quality analysis......................................................................................................... 309
11.7.10
Pilot level green belt analysis ........................................................................................ 310
11.7.11
Pilot level waste management analysis ........................................................................ 311
11.8
Key concerns and Potential ................................................................................................ 313
12 GOVERNANCE AND TOURISM ......................................................................................... 316 12.1
Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 316
12.2
Sectoral Approach ............................................................................................................... 316
12.3
Baseline Study ..................................................................................................................... 319
12.4
Analysis ................................................................................................................................ 323
12.4.1
Assessment of existing schemes in the district ............................................................. 323
12.4.2
Parameters and scoring logic for analysis of governance - Rural & District level ......... 331
12.4.3
Analysis of governance in each block ........................................................................... 337
12.5
Issues .................................................................................................................................... 341
12.6
Potential ................................................................................................................................ 342
12.7
Tourism ................................................................................................................................. 342
12.7.1
Introduction .................................................................................................................... 342
12.7.2
2.2 Sectoral approach ................................................................................................... 343
12.7.3
Baseline study ............................................................................................................... 343
12.7.4
Analysis ......................................................................................................................... 346
12.7.5
Issues ............................................................................................................................ 357
12.7.6
Potential ......................................................................................................................... 357
13 CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK FOR PROPOSALS ................................................................. 358
Proposals 14 INTER-SECTORAL PROPOSALS ......................................................................................... 362 14.1
Bio-Reserve Belt .................................................................................................................. 362
14.1.1
Introduction .................................................................................................................... 362
14.1.2
Benefits of Bio Reserve Belt .......................................................................................... 363
14.1.3
Forest Bio-reserve Belt .................................................................................................. 363
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 14
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 14.1.4
Identifying The Forest Bio Reserve Belt........................................................................ 364
14.1.5
Zoning of Forest Bio reserve ......................................................................................... 364
14.1.6
Forest Wise Perimeter in SqKm .................................................................................... 365
14.1.7
Forest Wise Area Distribution in SqKm ......................................................................... 366
14.1.8
Block Wise Forest Bio-reserve Area ............................................................................. 366
14.1.9
Forest Bio Reserve Corridor Location ........................................................................... 367
14.1.10
Forest Bio Reserve Corridor Typology .......................................................................... 367
14.1.11
Coastal Bio-Reserve Corridor ....................................................................................... 368
14.1.12
Eco tourism Circuit ........................................................................................................ 369
14.2
Regional Resilience ............................................................................................................. 371
14.2.1
Disaster Mitigation ......................................................................................................... 373
14.2.2
Food security ................................................................................................................. 376
14.2.3
Pilot project in Asika block ............................................................................................. 380
14.3
Coastal Containment & Rejuvenation ................................................................................ 383
14.3.1
Introduction .................................................................................................................... 383
14.3.2
Identification of most vulnerable Gram Panchayats ...................................................... 383
14.3.3
Coastal Regulation Zone ............................................................................................... 384
14.3.4
Erosion Containment ..................................................................................................... 386
14.3.5
Marine Ecosystem Conservation................................................................................... 388
14.4
Regional Water Equity ......................................................................................................... 393
14.4.1
Introduction .................................................................................................................... 393
14.4.2
Provision of 100% water supply .................................................................................... 393
14.4.3
Provision of treated water .............................................................................................. 394
14.4.4
Measures to control ground water and surface pollution .............................................. 398
14.4.5
Schemes that support Water supply and Treatment ..................................................... 398
14.4.6
Provision for Irrigation demand ..................................................................................... 399
14.5
Economic Promotion Corridor
I ...................................................................................... 401
14.5.1
Benefits.......................................................................................................................... 401
14.5.2
Sub
14.5.3
Industrial corridor ........................................................................................................... 403
14.5.4
Tourism circuit ............................................................................................................... 409
14.6
components ........................................................................................................ 402
Regional Balanced Settlement Growth .............................................................................. 413
14.6.1
Conceptual Framework ................................................................................................. 413
14.6.2
Potential Settlement Hierarchy ...................................................................................... 413
14.6.3
Integration of Sectors .................................................................................................... 415
14.6.4
Connectivity ................................................................................................................... 415
14.6.5
Access to Bus stand ...................................................................................................... 416
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 15
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 14.6.6
Access to Railway stations ............................................................................................ 416
14.6.7
Access to Airports ......................................................................................................... 417
14.6.8
Industry and Livelihood ................................................................................................. 417
14.6.9
Industrial Density ........................................................................................................... 418
14.6.10
Unemployment scenario for 2041 ................................................................................. 419
14.6.11
Industrial area suitability ................................................................................................ 419
14.6.12
Proposed Settlement Hierarchy .................................................................................... 422
14.6.13
Proposed Settlement Hierarchy .................................................................................... 425
15 SECTORAL PROPOSALS .................................................................................................... 427 15.1
Infrastructure Proposals ..................................................................................................... 427
15.1.1
Key Sectoral Issues ....................................................................................................... 427
15.1.2
Comprehensive Infrastructure Development Proposals ............................................... 428
15.1.3
Proposed First order settlements .................................................................................. 431
15.1.4
Proposed Second order settlements ............................................................................. 433
15.1.5
Proposed Second order settlements ............................................................................. 434
15.2
Water Resource Management ............................................................................................. 436
15.2.1
Water budget estimation for 2041 ................................................................................. 436
15.2.2
Ground water potential zones ....................................................................................... 437
15.2.3
Water potential zones
15.2.4
Groundwater Resource Conservation and Augmentation ............................................ 447
15.3
Digapahandi pilot 1 ............................................................ 442
Biodiversity Proposals ........................................................................................................ 449
15.3.1
Introduction .................................................................................................................... 449
15.3.2
Conservation of Chilika Lake ......................................................................................... 450
15.3.3
Wildlife Preservation ...................................................................................................... 455
15.3.4
Conservation of Barren land by afforestation strategy .................................................. 458
15.3.5
Land Reclaimed through Reforestation ......................................................................... 463
15.3.6
Agroforestry ................................................................................................................... 465
15.4
Coastal Zone Proposals ...................................................................................................... 466
15.4.1
Olive Ridley turtle site protection ................................................................................... 466
15.4.2
Saltpan Conservation .................................................................................................... 469
15.4.3
Beach Infrastructure Development ................................................................................ 471
15.4.4
Socio-economic Development ....................................................................................... 476
15.5
Disaster Management Proposals ....................................................................................... 480
15.5.1
Issues Identified............................................................................................................. 480
15.5.2
Objectives and Proposals .............................................................................................. 480
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 16
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 15.5.3
Pre-Disaster Strategies ................................................................................................. 482
15.5.4
Post-Disaster Strategies ................................................................................................ 486
15.6
Primary Sector of Economy ................................................................................................ 492
15.6.1
Framework of Proposal ................................................................................................. 492
15.6.2
Expected outcomes from concepts of development ..................................................... 492
15.6.3
Crop Diversification and Alternate Cropping Techniques ............................................. 493
15.6.4
Consolidation and Augmentation of Dairies and Fisheries ........................................... 498
15.6.5
Agriculture Waste Management System ....................................................................... 503
15.7
Industry and Livelihood Proposals .................................................................................... 509
15.7.1
Conceptual proposal framework.................................................................................... 509
15.7.2
Future industrial growth potential locations ................................................................... 511
15.7.3
Pilot level green strategies ............................................................................................ 515
15.7.4
MSE and Household circuit ........................................................................................... 519
15.7.5
Policies and schemes for industrial promotion .............................................................. 520
15.8
Governance and Tourism .................................................................................................... 524
15.8.1
Proposal 1: Strategies for blocks with poor governance ............................................... 524
15.8.2
Good Governance Assessment Framework ................................................................. 527
15.8.3
Improvements in the departmental structure ................................................................. 528
15.8.4
Spiritual tourism circuit .................................................................................................. 530
15.8.5
Infrastructure Enhancement at spots analysed in 5A.................................................... 533
15.8.6
Pilot Project: Waterfront Development at Athagada Patna ........................................... 536
16 SYNTHESIS....................................................................................................................... 539
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 17
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table of Figures Figure 1.1: Backward districts in India .................................................................................................. 16 Figure 2.1 Approach towards the Regional Plan .................................................................................. 25 Figure 2.2 Final Regional Plan of goa 2021....................................................................................... 27 Figure 2.3 Methodology followed for the preparation of Regional plan ................................................ 29 Figure 2.4 Identification of Thrust of Each Sub region .......................................................................... 30 Figure 2.5 Comparison of Proposed Urban Settlements (2011) with urbanization rate in Coimbatore 31 Figure 2.6 Map showing Investment regions ........................................................................................ 32 Figure 2.7 Land use zone map ............................................................................................................. 34 Figure 2.8 Regional setting of Kollam district ........................................................................................ 35 Figure 2.9 Planning framework of Regional Plan ................................................................................. 36 Figure 2.10 Organizational set up for preparation of IDDP and LDP.................................................... 37 Figure 2.11 Location map ..................................................................................................................... 38 Figure 2.12 Queensland Planning framework ....................................................................................... 39 Figure 2.13 Local government areas within NQ region ........................................................................ 40 Figure 3.1: Showing the 16 parameters of comparison ........................................................................ 41 Figure 3.2: District Profile ...................................................................................................................... 49 Figure 3.3: Administrative Setup map ................................................................................................... 57 Figure 3.4: District Planning Board ....................................................................................................... 62 Figure 3.5 Average Annual Temperature and Precipitation of Ganjam District .................................... 64 Figure 3.6 Average Annual Cloudy, Sunny, & Precipitation Days of Ganjam District .......................... 65 Figure 3.7 Average Annual Humidity Comfort Levels ........................................................................... 65 Figure 3.8 Average Annual Wind Speed of Ganjam District ................................................................. 66 Figure 3.9 Wind Rose Diagram of Ganjam District ............................................................................... 66 Figure 3.10 Maximum, Minimum and Average Temperature (º C) ....................................................... 67 Figure 3.11 Average Rainfall Amount (mm) and Rainy Days ............................................................... 67 Figure 3.12 Average and Maximum Wind Speed and Gust (kmph) ..................................................... 68 Figure 3.13 Average Cloud and Humidity (%) ...................................................................................... 68 Figure 3.14 Mineral Resources Map of Ganjam District, 2016 ............................................................. 70 Figure 3.15 Soil Type Map of Ganjam District, 2016 ............................................................................ 70 Figure 3.16 Geomorphology Map of Ganjam District, 2016 ................................................................. 71 Figure 3.17 Slope Map of Ganjam District, 2016 .................................................................................. 71 Figure 3.18 Water Bodies in Ganjam District, 2018 .............................................................................. 72 Figure 3.19 Typed of Forests in Ganjam District, 2018 ........................................................................ 73 Figure 3.20 Multi-Hazard Map of Ganjam District, 2019 ....................................................................... 75 Figure 4.1: Methodology of the Studio Project ...................................................................................... 81 Figure 5.1: Administration ..................................................................................................................... 83 Figure 5.2: Urban Settlement Map ........................................................................................................ 85 Figure 5.3: Blockwise Population .......................................................................................................... 86 Figure 5.4: Ganjam Area Chart ............................................................................................................. 86 Figure 5.5: Ganjam Density Chart & map ............................................................................................. 87 Figure 5.6: Ganjam Sex Ratio Chart ..................................................................................................... 88 Figure 5.7: Ganjam Literacy Rate ......................................................................................................... 88 Figure 5.8: Existing Road Network ....................................................................................................... 90 Figure 5.9: Existing Settlement hierarchy map ..................................................................................... 95 Figure 5.10: First order settlement ........................................................................................................ 96 Figure 5.11: Second order settlement ................................................................................................... 97 Figure 5.12: Third order settlement ....................................................................................................... 98 Figure 5.13: Existing Education Map of Ganjam................................................................................. 101 Figure 5.14: Existing Healthcare Map of Ganjam ............................................................................... 102 Figure 5.15: Scalogram Representation of Settlement Hierarchy ...................................................... 104
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |1
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Figure 5.16: Updated Scalogram Representation of Settlement Hierarchy........................................ 105 Figure 7.1 Block wise Rainfall (Average monthly) ............................................................................. 145 Figure 7.2 Ganjam Soil Profile Map .................................................................................................... 146 Figure 7.3 Water resources categorization ......................................................................................... 146 Figure 7.4 Methodology for water resources ...................................................................................... 148 Figure 7.5 Ganjam Basins map .......................................................................................................... 149 Figure 7.6 Slope and Contour map ..................................................................................................... 152 Figure 7.7 Stream Order map ............................................................................................................. 153 Figure 7.8 Ground water utilization map ............................................................................................. 154 Figure 7.9 Net Ground water availability ............................................................................................. 155 Figure 7.10 Water Level and Fluctuations 2019 ................................................................................. 159 Figure 7.11 Block wise ground water availability ................................................................................ 162 Figure 7.12 Ground water quality index map ...................................................................................... 172 Figure 7.13 Issue and Potentials in Ganjam district ........................................................................... 173 Figure 8.1 Agro-climatic zones of Ganjam district .............................................................................. 176 Figure 8.2 Population Involved under Agriculture ............................................................................... 181 Figure 8.3 Area under Agriculture at GP level .................................................................................... 182 Figure 8.4 Percentage area of each type of block in different blocks ................................................. 183 Figure 8.5 Agriculture Efficiency ......................................................................................................... 187 Figure 8.6 Agriculture performance Index ........................................................................................... 191 Figure 8.7 Agriculture waste generation (in Qntl) ............................................................................... 201 Figure 8.8 Growth rate analysis of fresh water fish production ........................................................... 203 Figure 8.9 Growth rate of Brackish water fish production ................................................................... 204 Figure 8.10 Growth rate of marine fish production ............................................................................. 204 Figure 9.1: Coastal zone map with villages along the coast and the coastline .................................. 208 Figure 9.2: Population density of the villages along the coastline ...................................................... 209 Figure 9.3: Coastal zone map with villages along the coast and the coastline .................................. 212 Figure 9.4 : Levels of coastal ecological vulnerability in coastal villages ........................................... 221 Figure 9.5: Fisherman Household ....................................................................................................... 229 Figure 9.6: Non motor boat availability ............................................................................................... 229 Figure 9.7:Motor boat availability ........................................................................................................ 230 Figure 9.8: gear boat availability ......................................................................................................... 231 Figure 9.9: Fisherman Vulnerability map ............................................................................................ 232 Figure 9.10: Gopalpur port structure ................................................................................................... 236 Figure 9.11: location of the Olive Ridley Turtles nesting point ............................................................ 238 Figure 9.12: Year wise Mass nesting of Olive Ridley Turtles, 2000-15 .............................................. 239 Figure 9.13: Year wise Mortality of Olive Ridley Turtles, 2000-15 ...................................................... 240 Figure 9.14: Areas with saltpan - Gokharkuda saltpan and Bahuda saltpan ...................................... 244 Figure 10.1: 1999 & 2013 Cyclone affected blocks in Ganjam ........................................................... 252 Figure 10.2: 2009 Flood affected blocks in Ganjam ........................................................................... 253 Figure 10.3: 2009 Drought affected blocks in Ganjam ....................................................................... 253 Figure 10.4 : 2012 Flash flood affected blocks in Ganjam .................................................................. 254 Figure 10.5: Cyclone Vulnerability map of Ganjam ............................................................................ 257 Figure 10.6: Cyclone Vulnerability map of Ganjam ............................................................................ 261 Figure 10.7: Disaster Vulnerability map of Ganjam District ................................................................ 263 Figure 10.8: Existing Disaster Shelter in Ganjam District ................................................................... 265 Figure 10.9 : Temporary Housing Structures in Ganjam District ........................................................ 266 Figure 11.1: Existing scenario of major industries .............................................................................. 271 Figure 12.1: Sectoral Objectives and Methodology ............................................................................ 318 Figure 12.2: Existing Governance Structure and Points of Contact ................................................... 321 Figure 12.3: Existing Collectorate Structure ....................................................................................... 322 Figure 12.4: Map reflecting blocks with identified quality of Governance ........................................... 340
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |2
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Figure 12.5: Tourist spots identified by the tourism department as on 31st March 2020 ................... 343 Figure 12.6: Tourist Footfall of major spots as of 2019 ...................................................................... 346 Figure 12.7: Graph reflecting overall 5A scores for each spot ............................................................ 350 Figure 12.8: Spatial overview of Individual Scores for the spots ........................................................ 351 Figure 12.9: Spatial Overview of Carrying Capacity Assessment ...................................................... 356 Figure 13.1: Conceptual framework for proposals .............................................................................. 359 Figure 14.1 Components of Bio Reserve Belt..................................................................................... 362 Figure 14.2 Map of Bio reserve Corridor ............................................................................................. 363 Figure 14.3 Forest Reserve Zone ....................................................................................................... 364 Figure 14.4 Schematic Diagram of Bio reserve corrisdor ................................................................... 365 Figure 14.5 Forest Wise Perimeter in SqKm ...................................................................................... 365 Figure 14.6 Forest Wise Area Distribution in SqKm ........................................................................... 366 Figure 14.7 Forest Bio Reserve Corridor Location ............................................................................. 367 Figure 14.8 Forest Bio Reserve Corridor Typology ............................................................................ 367 Figure 14.9 Coastal Bio-Reserve Corridor .......................................................................................... 368 Figure 14.10 Plantation strategy ......................................................................................................... 369 Figure 14.11 Eco tourism Circuit ......................................................................................................... 369 Figure 14.12: Concept for Development ............................................................................................. 371 Figure 14.13: Map showing location of existing shelters, storage godowns and agricultural markets ............................................................................................................................................................ 372 Figure 14.14: Map showing location of proposed roads, existing shelters, markets and storage godowns ............................................................................................................................................................ 373 Figure 14.15: - Map showing proposed evacuation routes in Ganjam ............................................... 374 Figure 14.16- Roads with widen width ................................................................................................ 375 Figure 14.17: Existing width of road .................................................................................................... 375 Figure 14.18: Existing and Proposed Agriculture Market ................................................................... 379 Figure 14.19: weekly market in Asika block ........................................................................................ 380 Figure 14.20: Coastal Regulation Zone map of Ganjam .................................................................... 385 Figure 14.21 Coastal Erosion Control Techniques ............................................................................. 387 Figure 14.22 Shoreline of Ganjam (2011 and 2021) .......................................................................... 387 Figure 14.23 Typical section showing application of coastal erosion control technique .................... 388 Figure 14.24: Road proximity map ...................................................................................................... 396 Figure 14.25: LULC map .................................................................................................................... 396 Figure 14.26: Slope map ..................................................................................................................... 397 Figure 14.27: Stream proximity map .................................................................................................. 397 Figure 14.28: Water treatment plants ................................................................................................. 397 Figure 14.29: Components of the Economic Promotion Corridor ....................................................... 402 Figure 14.30: Economic Promotion Corridor....................................................................................... 403 Figure 14.31: Industrial Promotion Corridor ........................................................................................ 405 Figure 14.32: Details of Industrial Promotion Corridor ........................................................................ 406 Figure 14.33: Proposed Tourism Circuit ............................................................................................. 410 Figure 14.34 Conceptual framework for Integration of sectors ........................................................... 413 Figure 14.35 Number of Potential settlements from different order .................................................... 414 Figure 14.36 Identified Potential Settlement Hierarchy map .............................................................. 414 Figure 14.37 Map showing access to bus stands from potential order of settlements ....................... 416 Figure 14.38 Map showing access to railway stations from potential order of settlements ................ 416 Figure 14.39 Map showing access to airports from potential order of settlements ............................ 417 Figure 14.40 Industrial Density map ................................................................................................... 418 Figure 14.41 Block wise unemployment scenario for 2041 as per industrial analysis ....................... 419 Figure 14.42 Industrial Suitability Map ................................................................................................ 421 Figure 14.43 The Methodology to identify Proposed Settlement Hierarchy ....................................... 422 Figure 14.44 Identifying proposed I, II, III order settlements .............................................................. 423
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |3
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Figure 14.45: Proposed Settlement Hierarchy Map............................................................................ 425 Figure 15.1 Number of identified Existing and Proposed Settlements having investment potential (Blockwise) .................................................................................................................................................... 429 Figure 15.2 Proposed First order ........................................................................................................ 431 Figure 15.3 Proposed Second order ................................................................................................... 432 Figure 15.4 Proposed third order ........................................................................................................ 434 Figure 15.5: Lineament map of Ganjam District ................................................................................. 439 Figure 15.6: Stream order map of Ganjam District ............................................................................. 439 Figure 15.7: Drainage density Map of Ganjam District ....................................................................... 439 Figure 15.8: Slope Map of Ganjam District ......................................................................................... 440 Figure 15.9: Rainfall Map of Ganjam District ...................................................................................... 440 Figure 15.10: Geomorphology Map of Ganjam District ...................................................................... 441 Figure 15.11: Groundwater potential zones Map of Ganjam District ................................................. 441 Figure 15.12: LULC Map of Digapahandi Block, Ganjam District ....................................................... 443 Figure 15.13: Distance from river Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District. ................................. 444 Figure 15.14: Geology Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District. .................................................. 444 Figure 15.15: Drainage density Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District ..................................... 444 Figure 15.16: Soil Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District .......................................................... 445 Figure 15.17: Stream Order Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam....................................................... 445 Figure 15.18 Ground water potential zones Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District .................. 446 Figure 15.19 Map showing the areas of proposals ............................................................................. 450 Figure 15.20 Chillika Lake................................................................................................................... 451 Figure 15.21 Proposed Plant buffer Strip ............................................................................................ 452 Figure 15.22 Proposed Number of Individuals to planted ................................................................... 453 Figure 15.23 Location of Phragmites Karka........................................................................................ 453 Figure 15.24 Forest areas with more number of endangered species ............................................... 455 Figure 15.25 Thematic Map showing division of beats which are included in the proposal ............... 456 Figure 15.26 Core and Buffer of the proposed sanctuary ................................................................... 457 Figure 15.27 Proposed facilities in the Sanctuary .............................................................................. 458 Figure 15.28 Map showing Land Converted into Barren Land ........................................................... 459 Figure 15.29 Map showing Forest Land into Scrub forest .................................................................. 461 Figure 15.30 Map showing Forest Land into Open Forest ................................................................. 462 Figure 15.31 Reclaimed land .............................................................................................................. 463 Figure 15.32 Sample Calculation for tree Plantation .......................................................................... 465 Figure 15.33 Agroforestry ................................................................................................................... 465 Figure 15.34 Vegetation Type for Reforestation ................................................................................. 465 Figure 15.35 Olive Ridley Turtle Nesting site...................................................................................... 466 Figure 15.36 Olive Ridley Sea Turtle Museum ................................................................................... 467 Figure 15.37 Saltpan sites .................................................................................................................. 469 Figure 15.38 Purunabandha beach layout .......................................................................................... 472 Figure 15.39 Site plan of Ecological park of area 25170 sqkm .......................................................... 473 Figure 15.40 Socio-economic facilities ............................................................................................... 476 Figure 15.41 Disaster Management Facilities provided for Ganjam District ....................................... 481 Figure 15.42 Communication methods ............................................................................................... 483 Figure 15.43: Domo system Structure ................................................................................................ 487 Figure 15.44 Temporary shelters in Assam Flood .............................................................................. 488 Figure 15.45 Sanitation facility from scrap bus ................................................................................... 489 Figure 15.46 Framework of Proposal .................................................................................................. 492 Figure 15.47 Map showing location of Dairy farms, Chilling Plants and Bio-Gas Plants ................... 493 Figure 15.48 Map showing existing and proposed locations of milk chilling plants and dairy farms .. 500 Figure 15.49 Fish trench in periphery of Paddy field .......................................................................... 502 Figure 15.50 Fish trench in centre of Paddy field ............................................................................... 502
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |4
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Figure 15.51 Proposed Biogas Plants ................................................................................................ 506 Figure 15.52: Comprehensive proposal map of Ganjam .................................................................... 511 Figure 15.53: Proposed industrial location map.................................................................................. 513 Figure 15.54: Layout for industrial units .............................................................................................. 515 Figure 15.55: Proposed Pilot level green belt development for Grasim industry ................................ 516 Figure 15.56: Proposed Smog Towers ............................................................................................... 519 Figure 15.57: Proposed MSE & Household circuits ............................................................................ 520 Figure 15.58: Blocks with Poor Governance....................................................................................... 524 Figure 15.59: Organogram of district coastal management department ............................................ 529 Figure 15.60: Organogram of district sustainability department ......................................................... 529 Figure 15.61: Proposed Spiritual tourism circuit ................................................................................. 531 Figure 15.62: Infrastructural Enhancement Proposals for tourism ..................................................... 534 Figure 15.63: Estimated proposal cost ............................................................................................... 535 Figure 15.64: Athagada Patna Site Plan ............................................................................................. 536 Figure 15.65: Athagada Patna Site Layout ......................................................................................... 536 Figure 15.66: View 1 of Proposed waterfront...................................................................................... 537 Figure 15.67: View 2 of proposed waterfront ...................................................................................... 537 ................................................... 538 Figure 15.69: View 4 of proposed waterfront: Food Kiosks and Shopping Outlets ............................ 538 Figure 16.1: Comprehensive Proposals Map ...................................................................................... 541
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |5
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
List of Tables Table 1: Ranking of Odisha's districts for Social parameters ............................................................... 43 Table 2- Ranking of Odisha's districts for Economic parameters ......................................................... 44 Table 3- Ranking of Odisha's districts for Infrastructure parameters.................................................... 45 Table 4- Ranking of Odisha's districts for Environmental parameters .................................................. 46 Table 6: Overall ranking of all districts for the 16 indicators as per scoring logic ................................. 47 Table 5- Overall ranking of all districts for the 16 indicators ................................................................. 47 Table 7: Administrative Division of Ganjam District .............................................................................. 84 Table 8: Types of Roads length ............................................................................................................ 89 Table 9: AHP - Pair wise comparison matrix ........................................................................................ 92 Table 10: Normalized matrix and Weightage Distribution ..................................................................... 93 Table 11: Parameters, Weightage, Units and Scoring logic - Development Index to determine Settlement ............................................................................................................................................. 93 Table 12: Existing Order of settlements ................................................................................................ 94 Table 13: Existing First Order settlements ........................................................................................... 94 Table 14: Overall infrastructure Gap of the District ............................................................................. 102 Table 15: Description of Land use Classification ................................................................................ 115 Table 16 Annual Average rainfall (mm) 2001- 2020 ........................................................................... 143 Table 17 Irrigation Systems in Ganjam (Block wise) .......................................................................... 150 Table 18 Stream length and No. of water bodies by area .................................................................. 153 Table 19 Ground water utilization and Net Ground Water Availability ................................................ 156 Table 20 Ground water availability ...................................................................................................... 162 Table 21 Surface water availability - block wise ................................................................................. 164 Table 22 Industrial water demand ....................................................................................................... 165 Table 23 Domestic Water demand ..................................................................................................... 165 Table 24 Major crops of Ganjam district ............................................................................................. 166 Table 25 Agriculture water demand - Block wise ................................................................................ 168 Table 26 Water Budgeting - gap identification .................................................................................... 169 Table 27 Weights and Relative weights of the parameters ................................................................ 170 Table 28 Water Quality index Calculation - Block wise ...................................................................... 172 Table 29 Polluted river stretch and monitoring station ........................................................................ 174 Table 30 Total cropped area (ha) in Kharif season ............................................................................ 178 Table 31 Production (Qntl) and Productivity (Qntl/ha) in Kharif season ............................................. 178 Table 32 Total cropped area (ha) in Rabi season .............................................................................. 179 Table 33 Production (Qntl) and Productivity (Qntl/ha) in Kharif season ............................................. 179 Table 34 Predominant crops in Kharif and Rabi season .................................................................... 180 Table 35 Crops grown in Kharif season and Rabi season .................................................................. 180 Table 36 Top 5 GP's under pop of agriculture .................................................................................... 181 Table 37 Bottom 5 GP's under pop of agriculture ............................................................................... 181 Table 38 11 blocks having above 95% area under agriculture ........................................................... 182 Table 39 5 blocks having above 10% area under agriculture ............................................................. 182 Table 40 Calculation of percentage area, yield rate for Aska block ................................................... 184 Table 41 Calculation of percentage area of each crop in each block ................................................. 184 Table 42 Yield and Average yield of each crop in all the blocks......................................................... 185 Table 43 Calculation of Iij and Cij for Aska block ................................................................................ 185 Table 44 Degree of Crop efficiency .................................................................................................... 186 Table 45 Agriculture Efficiency (Ei) of each block .............................................................................. 186 Table 46 Analytical Hierarchy Process matrix .................................................................................... 188 Table 47 Parameters selected for Agriculture Performance ............................................................... 188 Table 48 Scoring logic for each Parameter......................................................................................... 189 Table 49 Performance Analysis .......................................................................................................... 190
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |6
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 50 Scoring of each block based on scoring logic...................................................................... 190 Table 51 Block-wise nutrient index for available Phosphorus and Potash values.............................. 192 Table 52 Block-wise suggested crops ................................................................................................ 193 Table 53 Block-wise fertilizer requirement .......................................................................................... 195 Table 54 Balanced diet requirements for vegetarians ........................................................................ 196 Table 55 Balanced diet requirement for non-vegetarians ................................................................... 197 Table 56 Total food requirement of Ganjam ....................................................................................... 198 Table 57 Gap identification in food production in Ganjam .................................................................. 199 Table 58 Approximate percentage waste generated by different crops ............................................. 200 Table 59 Agriculture waste generated in each block (in ha) ............................................................... 201 Table 60 Fresh water fish production (in MT) ..................................................................................... 202 Table 61 Brackish water Fish production (in MT) ............................................................................... 203 Table 62 Marine water fish production (in MT) ................................................................................... 204 Table 63: Population and areas of the Gram Panchayats adjoining the coast ................................... 208 Table 64: Land use land cover of 2001 ............................................................................................... 211 Table 65: Land use land cover of 2021 ............................................................................................... 212 Table 66: Coastal ecological vulnerability assessment logic .............................................................. 214 Table 67: Levels of coastal vulnerability of the gram panchayats against each parameters. ............ 219 Table 68: Year wise Mass nesting and Mortality of Olive Ridley Turtles ............................................ 238 Table 69: Beach infrastructure gap assessment................................................................................. 242 Table 70: Salt production in Ganjam district from 2015 to 2018 ......................................................... 244 Table 71: criterion and indicators for conservation of salt pans.......................................................... 245 Table 72: Past Disaster of Ganjam (1990-2015) ................................................................................ 249 Table 73: Probability Period / Seasonality of Hazards ........................................................................ 250 Table 74: Major disasters and their impacts ....................................................................................... 250 Table 75: Parameters for Cyclone Vulnerability Assessment ............................................................ 255 Table 76: GPs affected by cyclone disaster........................................................................................ 258 Table 77: Parameters for Flood Vulnerability Assessment ................................................................. 259 Table 78: GPs affected by flood disaster ............................................................................................ 262 Table 79: GPs affected by Disasters .................................................................................................. 263 Table 80: :Assessment of Existing Government Schemes ................................................................ 327 Table 81: Identified Parameters for Governance Assessment ........................................................... 331 Table 82: Block level Scoring of Indicators ......................................................................................... 337 Table 83: Description of Major Tourist Spots in the district ................................................................ 344 Table 84: Identified Parameters and Scoring Logic for 5A Analysis ................................................... 348 Table 85: Scoring of Individual Parameters ........................................................................................ 349 Table 86: Overall 5A Scores ............................................................................................................... 350 Table 87: Physical Carrying Capacity Assessment ............................................................................ 352 Table 88: Corrective Factor 2: Sunshine ............................................................................................ 354 Table 89: Corrective Factor 3: Rainfall ............................................................................................... 354 Table 90: Real Carrying Capacity Assessment .................................................................................. 355 Table 91 Analysis and potentials with respected to each sector ........................................................ 358 Table 92 Block Wise Forest Bio-reserve Area .................................................................................... 366 Table 93- Block-wise distribution of evacuation routes ....................................................................... 375 Table 94- Proposed disaster relief shelters in Ganjam ....................................................................... 376 Table 95- Existing disaster relief shelters in Ganjam .......................................................................... 376 Table 96: Food Requirement for Disaster affected areas (2041) ....................................................... 378 Table 97: Gram Panchayats having proposed weekly market ........................................................... 381 Table 98: Subsidy for construction of storage houses ........................................................................ 382 Table 99 Vulnerable Coastal Gram Panchayats ................................................................................. 384 Table 100: Permissible and non-permissible activities along the CRZ I, CRZ II, CRZ III and CRZ IV ............................................................................................................................................................ 386
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |7
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 101 Actions Needed to Conserve Cetacean Species............................................................... 390 Table 102: GPs requires for Proposed ESR ....................................................................................... 394 Table 103: Parameters that are considered for the land suitability analysis for water treatment plants ............................................................................................................................................................ 395 Table 104: Placement of Water treatments in GPs ............................................................................ 397 Table 105: Area statement of Industrial zones ................................................................................... 407 Table 106: Details of industrial corridor with area and investment required ....................................... 407 Table 107: Zoning regulations ............................................................................................................ 408 Table 108: Economic Promotion corridor- Tourism Circuit ................................................................. 410 Table 109 Parameters and Scoring logic to identify the proposed settlement hierarchy ................... 415 Table 110 Industrial density rank and score ....................................................................................... 418 Table 111 Parameters and scoring logic for industrial suitability ........................................................ 420 Table 112 Proposed Order of Settlements ......................................................................................... 423 Table 113 Proposed Settlement Hierarchy ......................................................................................... 426 Table 114 List of facilities proposed in different order of settlements ................................................. 428 Table 115 Existing and proposed different order of settlements in each block .................................. 428 Table 116 Number of facilities proposed in existing and proposed order of settlements ................... 429 Table 117 List of facilities required in the proposed Growth Centres ................................................. 432 Table 118 List of facilities required in the proposed Growth Nodes ................................................... 433 Table 119 List of facilities required in the proposed service village .................................................... 435 Table 120: Weightages for groundwater potential zones mapping .................................................... 438 Table 121: Indicators and scoring criteria for groundwater potential zones mapping ........................ 439 Table 122: Potential zones with Provisions ........................................................................................ 442 Table 123: Potential zones with Provisions ........................................................................................ 442 Table 124: Locations of the groundwater potential zones based on areal distribution ....................... 447 Table 125: Categorisation of the zones based from high to low ......................................................... 447 Table 126 Control Mechanisms .......................................................................................................... 454 Table 127 Area description of the beats ............................................................................................. 456 Table 128 Showing land Converted to Barren Land ........................................................................... 460 Table 129 Showing Forest Land into Scrub forest .............................................................................. 461 Table 130 Forest Land into Open Forest ............................................................................................ 462 Table 131 Area can be reclaimed ....................................................................................................... 464 Table 132 Actual Area Reclaimed ...................................................................................................... 464 Table 133 Showing Prohibited and Non Permissible activities in ESA ............................................... 466 Table 134 Time period and Distance for the tourists & villagers ........................................................ 467 Table 135: Existence of various threat factors .................................................................................... 470 Table 136 Cost estimation of the proposed products ......................................................................... 475 Table 137 Proposed number of Disaster Management facilities provided ......................................... 482 Table 138 Rice Cropping System ....................................................................................................... 494 Table 139 Returns of Rice Cropping System ...................................................................................... 494 Table 140- Benefits of Raised Bed Farming ....................................................................................... 498 Table 141 Block-wise milk demand 2041 ........................................................................................... 498 Table 142 Capital requirement for the suggested dairy infrastructure ................................................ 500 Table 143 Economies of Paddy-cum-Fish Culture ............................................................................. 502 Table 144 Application of Paddy-cum-Fish culture in Ganjam ............................................................. 503 Table 145 Scoring logic for biogas plant location analysis ................................................................. 505 Table 146 Total waste generated at each location of biogas plant..................................................... 506 Table 147 Unit cost for installation of Biogas Plant ............................................................................ 507 Table 148 Subsidy Pattern .................................................................................................................. 507 Table 149: Parameters and blocks considered for proposing industrial locations.............................. 512 Table 150: Area statement for proposed industrial locations .............................................................. 514 Table 151: Investment required for proposed industrial locations ...................................................... 514
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |8
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 152: Area statement for layout .................................................................................................. 515 Table 153: Plant Species suitable for industrial area .......................................................................... 517 Table 154: Solid waste management proposals ................................................................................. 517 Table 155: Strategy Proposals for Blocks with Poor Governance ...................................................... 525 Table 156: The spiritual circuit details ................................................................................................. 532 Table 157 Development Principles and Proposals Matrix .................................................................. 539 Table 158 Summary of Number of Proposals based on Development Principles .............................. 540 Table 159: Investment Scenario for the Selective list of Proposals .................................................... 540
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Page |9
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
1 Regional Planning Concept 1.1 Concept of Region sub-system within a system and if sub-systems develop greater inter-connectivity, the greater will be the way or the other, level of development notwithstanding. The essential task of planning is to bind various regions into a system in which only those inequalities remain in which simply cannot be obliterated. Regional Planning is the branch of land use planning which deals with the efficient placement of land use activities, infrastructure and settlement growth across a significantly larger area than an individual city or a town.
1.2 Types of Regions Regions as stated above can be of many types depending upon various parameters like special characteristics, indicators, scale, administrative boundary, activity, development etc. which has been explained further.
A. REGION BY INDICATORS Formal Or Homogenous Region: Formal regions are those based on fixed criteria. They are concerned with uniformity. A formal region is a geographic area which is uniform or homogeneous in terms of selected criteria. It can be of natural, economic, social & cultural region. Sometimes, however, a clear-cut homogeneous region may
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 10
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
have, as many differences in sub-regions as to make them quite different yet a region may still remain homogeneous. For example:
Natural / Physical Region: Natural regions is a distinct physiographic province having similar geologic history, structures, and landforms. The basic physiographic characteristics
of
a
natural
region
influence
its
vegetation, climate, soils, and animal life. It can be equatorial region, tropical deserts, Mediterranean region. Example: Coastal region of Kerala state. The coastal region shows a homogenous type of plant and animal species, climate and soil type. Economic Region: These regions are not just because they have natural resources but because of the infrastructure development, momentum of an early start, continued government support etc. Autonomous, imitative, supplementary, complementary, induced and speculative investments keep in giving strength to the regions. The internal and external economies are available in ever-greater measure and such regions. Example: Kalinga Nagar National Investment &. Manufacturing Zone/Region, Jajpur District, Odisha. A manufacturing Zone with state-of-the- art infrastructure. Socio-cultural Region: A cultural realm is a geographical region where cultural traits maintain homogeneity. Such characteristics
include
common
historical
consciousness, language, religion, cuisine, tradition, festivities, customs and participation in trading networks. In India various states are demarcated on the basis of language and culture primarily. Example: The Nagaland state is rich for its tribal culture and the state has been divided as per the various types of tribal community living in the state as cultural regions.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 11
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Functional Regions: When defined according to certain criteria, a geographical area that displays a certain functional coherence, an interdependence of parts. Functional regions hence refer to a centre or a large town usually preferred for service or may be a central business district or CBD. Urban people depend on Rural for food and Rural people depend on Urban for better services and technology. It is a region where urban and rural people are functionally intertwined Markets, exchanges of goods, and services do occur and it describes the maximum distance a consumer must travel to access services in a functional region. Hence Its influence can extend beyond the area of the city.
A. REGION BY SCALE Macro Regions: Macro region can be a state of even a group of states. It may not be uniform or homogeneous in all respects. It may have homogeneity in one respect (physical complementarity) and may have heterogeneity in other respect (administrative boundaries). Example: In India macro regions can be: North Eastern Region, Eastern Region, Northern Region, Central Region, Western Region and Southern Region.
Meso region be some identifiable affinity in the area which may even facilitate planning. It can be cultural or administrative region and it will be even better if it is a homogeneous physical region (resource) region. Example: Chhattisgarh Region, Bundelkhand Region, Baghelkahand Region, Mahakoshal region is usually a subdivision of a state, comprising of several districts.
Micro Regions: In multi-level planning, district is the micro region. It becomes the lowest territorial unit of planning in the hierarchy of planning regions. A metropolitan area can be one micro region and the area of influence can be another micro region.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 12
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The basic characteristic of a micro region is its smallness. There can be some specific micro regions such as belts of extraction of mineral or a reclaimed area.
B. REGION BY DEVELOPMENT Developed
/
Development
Regions:
Developed regions are naturally those which are having a high rate of accretion in goods and services i.e., their share in the GDP of the country is relatively higher. This may be with or without rich natural resources by most certainly because of the use of upgraded technology by highly skilled
and
developed
motivated region
persons.
may
A
become
may suffer from the diseconomies of congestion. A developed region is one, which has exploited its potentialities fully, which has removed the bottlenecks and speed breakers of development.
1.3
Backward Region
Backward or depressed regions - regions with less per capita income & literacy rate, lack of infrastructure facilities, adverse geoclimate conditions, low investment rate, high rate of growth of population, & low levels of urbanization & industrialization. Regions which have not come out of the low-level equilibrium trap, the economy is largely subsistence one. A counterpart of the developed region (high rate of accretion in goods, services), no absolute standards (relative concept). Requires the identification of areas in need of special measures to alleviate the constraints on development. Example: Bihar
Low urbanization, poor
healthcare, agriculture centring economy, backward education system, lack of basic infrastructure, etc. Characteristics of backward regions: They must have potential for development. There must be some inhibiting factor which prevents this potential from being realized. Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 13
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Need for special programmes to remove or mitigate the inhibiting factor and realize the full potential for development. There are many types of backward regions categorized by different committees like Organization of Economic Cooperation and development (OECD) and The National Committee on the Development of backward Areas (NCDBA).
Various committees are also involved for the development of backward regions and take various steps for working towards it. They are: Rurban mission: They transform rural areas having latent potential for growth. Approximately 300 rural growth clusters to 50000 population in plain & coastal areas & 5000 to 15000 in deserts & hilly or tribal areas has been considered. 2 categories of clusters are there: non-tribal and tribal. It is centrally sponsored, central sector or state government schemes relevant for the development by state government. The mission outcomes are: To bridge the rural-urban divide Spreading development in the region. Attracting investments in the rural areas. Stimulating local economic development with emphasis on reduction of poverty & unemployment in the rural areas. The parameters and indicators considered here are: Decadal growth in Rural population Decadal growth in the Tribal population Rise in Land Values Growth in the Tribal Literacy Decadal growth in Non-Farm Workforce participation Decadal growth in Non-Farm Workforce participation. Percentage Enrollment of girls in secondary schools Percentage of households with Bank accounts under the Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 14
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Performance in Swachh Bharat Mission (Grameen) Good Governance Initiative by the Gram Panchayats Pande Committee: It works to Minimize regional imbalance based on technoindustry parameters establishing industries of all types in backward areas. The parameters and indicators considered here are: Districts outside a radius of 50 miles from large cities or large industrial projects. Poverty of the people. High density of population in relation to utilization of productive resources & employment opportunities as indicated by: Low % of population engaged in secondary & tertiary activities. Low % of factory employment. Non and or underutilization of economic and natural resources Inadequate availability of electric power or likelihood of its availability with 1 or 2 years. Inadequate transport and communication facilities. Inadequate availability of workers. Niti Aayog: Vision & Action Plan 2018-22 is through public participation. It includes development of a byword, a mass movement. It recognizes current status, strengths and weaknesses with an aspiration to become the best district in the State. The core principals here are:
Other committees: They include Wanchoo Committee, Backward regions grant fund, Rashtriya Shyam Vikas Yojana along with many five year plans i.e., 4th, 5th and 7th five-year plans. The parameters and indicators considered here are: Density of population per sq.km. of area. Percentage of agricultural workers to total workers. Percentage of literate population. Percentage of school going children. Total per-capita income. Per capita income from agriculture. Sex ratio, industry and mining.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 15
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Availability of infrastructural facilities. Per capita consumption of electricity Chronically drought prone areas. Chronically flood prone areas. Length of surfaced roads per 100 sq. km. Of area. Public health care system. Safe drinking water facility. Poverty rates. Considering the parameters of all the committees, many districts were identified which are backward districts by Niti Aayog, Central Ministry and Ministry of Home Affairs, Left Wing Extension which is shown in the following map.
Figure 1.1: Backward districts in India
Source: From various reports Methods for identifying backward regions There are two broad approaches of operationalizing the concept: Index based: The index-based approach relies on an overall statistical measure of backwardness which may be used to rank districts/blocks by degree of development.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 16
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Indices method
Simple Ranking Method
Principal
component
Method Requirements: (i)
A
set
Procedure: of
basic (a) Each district
A
procedure
was
The principal component analysis starts with a matrix of correlation coefficients measuring the degree of corelation between the indicators. The interpretation of density of population as an 'indicator' associated with development.
ranked as per the various
indicators (ii)
Analytical Process:
for
indicators.
weighting or aggregating (b) The individual ranks so that these indicators were added to get a total can be reduced to a rank for the district. single measure
(c) median value
cut off
(iii) A cut-off point below point, the value below which areas are to be that were classified as considered backward.
backward districts.
LIMIT: <50 to >125
LIMIT: <400 to >1500
LIMIT: -3.3 to +1.65
Problem Area: It can be understood in the context of the concept of backwardness indicated by the Committee. It avoids aggregating very different types of areas into backward areas itself suggests the nature of the remedies to be applied. Niti aayog has also identified its ways to delineate the backward districts. It has 5 sectors, 49 indicators and 81 data points. The major sectors here include:
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 17
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Health and Nutrition: Focused on antenatal care, postnatal care, gender parity, health of new-born, growth of children, contagious diseases, and health infrastructure. Education: Focused on learning outcomes (transition rate from primary to upper primary, and subsequently to secondary schooling, average scores in mathematics and languages etc., as well as infrastructural (toilet access for girls, drinking water, electricity supply) and institutional indicators (RTE mandated pupil-teacher ratio, timely delivery of textbooks) Agriculture and Water Resources: Focused on outputs (yield, price realization etc.), inputs (quality seed distribution, soil health cards), and institutional support (crop insurance, electronic markets, artificial insemination, animal vaccination etc.) Financial inclusion and skill development: Focused on Financial inclusion to measure progress in take-up of important central government schemes (Atal Pension Yojana, Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana etc.), reach of institutional banking (number of accounts opened under Jan Dhan Yojana), and ease of institutional financing for small businesses (disbursement of Mudra loans), skill development (skilling of youth, employment, and the skilling of vulnerable/marginalized youth under Pradhan Mantri Kaushal Vikas Yojana (PMKVY) Basic infrastructure: Focused on availability of individual household latrines, drinking water, electricity, and road connectivity. Districts are also tracked for the number of internets connected Gram Panchayats, and panchayats with Common Service Centres.
1.4 Delineation of Region Delineation of regions involves the grouping together of local units which have similar characteristics according to certain clearly defined criteria and which differ significantly from the units outside the region on the basis of certain chosen criteria. The criteria Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 18
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
can be unemployment rates, activity rate, migration trends, per capita income etc. The characteristics should differ significantly from units outside the region. The methods of regional delineation involve Naïve: Here the boundaries that are clear, these regions are largely mental constructs and they are perceived section of space.
-structured association of region-
building elements and they are vaguely identified. An example of the above is the region, elements of culture have contradictions like marriage rituals vary within the culture. The methods involved in the delineation of the naive region are Flow analysis: In this method first, the core is identified, and based on primary data it is estimated that how far flow of goods and services or the traits of culture can be identified. This method can be used for classifying even the functional region. Example: R L Singh analysis of Sphere of Influence or Umland (write about vegetable supply, newspaper supply, etc.) For the cultural region the elements of culture are identified say language, religion, dressing sense, etc. and based on their occurrence in surroundings, the regional boundaries can be vaguely drawn.
Relative intensity analysis:
(i) and (j) are the two segments of the
space and Yi and Yj are the per capita income. The equation Yi-Yj gives the value which is the difference between the Per Capita Income of the two segments. A geographer can fix criteria or a limit beyond which the heterogeneity between (i) and (j) is so high that they can be differentiated and classified as regions. If the value is regions. This is the most accepted method which is applied to delimit the naive boundaries that are clear. Formal region Formal regions have precise boundary limitations. Example: 18 degrees C isotherm, administrative boundaries, etc. Delineation of formal regions involves the grouping Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 19
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
together of local units which have similar characteristics according to certain clearly defined criteria and which differ significantly from the units outside the region on the basis of certain chosen criteria. The criteria can be unemployment rates, activity rate, migration trends, per capita income, etc. The characteristics should differ significantly from units outside the region. The delineation depends on the development objectives. Variables
for
delineation
of
the formal
region
(homogeneous).
Land
use
characteristics Demographic characteristics; Transport infrastructure; Social service and public utilities; Socio-economic structures. There are two techniques for delineation of formal regions are detailed below: Weighted Index Number Methods: In this method, some indices (parameters) are chosen and given weights, total weights for each part are separately calculated and areas with similar weights are carved out. Example: For identifying employment & income level delineation the study area is divided into several localities varying according to unemployment rates and per capita income levels. The aim is to isolate the main problem region; i.e., the area of economic malaise. Weights are assigned to each criterion and when taken together and weighted, one of the regions can be isolated. If delineation of the formal region is done on the basis of one criterion, then we will use the Relative Intensity Analysis Method. Example: say regions (a) and (b) have Per Capita Income Xa and Xb, then these will be included in the same region if Xa=Xb or less than a limit. If we consider more than one feature to delineate literacy, industries, per capita income then methods are: Fixed index method: Under the fixed index method a number of characteristics (indices) common to regions are chosen. Example: per capita income, unemployment, rate of industrialization. An arbitrary weight is given to each index and a single weighted mean is obtained from each region. Then contiguous regions with similar indices are grouped together in order to minimize variance within each group. Example: HDI index- weighted mean of health indicators, education, and standard of living for a particular region is taken and then the region is delineated by fixing the criteria for high, medium, and low HDI regions (countries or states).
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 20
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Variable index method: Variable weights are assigned to highlight levels of activities in different regions. The weight given to each activity in each region is different and in accordance with the value or the volume regionally produced. For example, if region A is the wheat region and region B is coal region then the weight of a wheat index will be the largest in former and weight of coal index will be larger in later. This method is good when criteria can be compared with each other. However, in those cases where comparability is not possible (e.g., in cases where one feature is literacy and other is steel production), it becomes necessary to employ cluster method. In variable index method different problems of a region are taken together and weighted. It is a simple way to delineate regions. However, choice of regional criteria and choice of weight is the problem. Cluster method: It is used to detect the homogeneous character of the structure of different regional units. Parameters/variability is plotted on the same region and more concentration means more clusters. It is a statistical method. For this purpose, a study of income and trade, flows can be made for the purpose of comparison. Here mapping techniques are used to trace the cluster where the interrelated variables are mapped by superimposing techniques. Example- frequency of buses from one city to another, traffic zones, circulation of vegetables. Cluster method is one of the easiest and most common techniques adopted by geographers and cartographers. E.g., agriculture, minerals, industrial map, rainfall, and soil map to get land-use of area. Suppose if the map of India is taken, if we draw the rainfall map of India and above rainfall map, if we plot the soil map and above soil map if we plot water availability map, then we will find that there will be some area with high land use which have high availability of rainfall, soil, and water. Various thematic maps superimposed of one variable layer over another helps in demarcating the boundary most common to all phenomena of the region. Factor Analysis Method: In this method, each parameter is mapped out separately and then all the maps are kept one over the other. The common region that will be carved out after this exercise will form a region. It is a more sophisticated approach. Smith used this method for delineating economic-health regions. Smith identified 14 industrial criteria on a local employment exchange area base and 14 socio-economic
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 21
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
criteria on a local authority base. Many of these criteria are interdependent. The factor analysis method can be used to isolate these factors and to group areas on the basis economic factors. These factors help in delineating economic health regions. Functional region The delineation of the functional region involves grouping together of local units that display a considerable degree of interdependence. The concern is thus more with flows linked to a central point rather than with uniformity of the region as a whole. Two basic approaches to functional regional outlines: Flow analysis based on actual observations of what people do and gravitational analysis based on theoretical observation of what people might do. Flow analysis: Flow analysis builds up functional regions on the basis of the direction and intensity of flows between the dominant centre and surrounding satellites. Each flow will show decreasing intensity as it becomes more distant from the main centre and increasing intensity as it approaches another centre. The boundary of the sphere of influence of the dominant centre will be where the flow intensity at a minimum. When the flow significantly drops that means there is the influence of the node and there onwards it drops. This gives cut off points. Tentative delineation is done. In the flow analysis, the processional regions are demarcated based on the direction and intensity of flow between the principal centre and the sub-cities around it. The flow decreases according to the distance from the principal centre and the effect increases as it approaches the other centre. Where the flow intensity around the principal centre is minimal, there is a limit to the circumference of the effect of that canter. This flow can be of any kind: Economic such as cargo or passenger, road or rail. Objective / purpose shopping or commuting Social the flow of students or hospital patients Political the flow of government expenditure Information telegrams, newspaper, telephone calls, etc. Gravitational analysis: The basis of the origin of gravity analysis lies in possible value of human interaction. It is concerned with theoretical forces of attraction between centres rather than
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 22
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
actual flow. As such it is regarded as 2nd best approach but if used with care as it can provide a good guide to actual flows and more importantly the potential flows between centres. This rapidly developing field of
as developed by Zipf, Reilly, Stewart,
Stouffer and others is based on a probability view of human interactions and originates from the application of analogous reasoning to Newtonian physics. It means that this method is based on the probability of attraction of flow (flow of goods, services, people, etc) by centre from nearby areas. This gravity model assumes that interaction between two centres is proportional to the mass of centres like population, employment, income, expenditure, retail trading, etc. and is inversely proportional to the square of the distance between centres like miles, time and intervening opportunities. Considering all these methods and studying various reports, a matrix was formed which states about the parameters required for delineating different types of industries. The matrix also states that for a particular type of region, which parameters are most important, moderately important and least important. Table 1 Parameters for delineating regions
Source: From various regional plan documents: Kollam, Coimbatore, NCR.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 23
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2 Critical Review of Regional Plans 2.1 Introduction to Regional plans Regional planning deals with the efficient placement of land-use activities, infrastructure, and settlement growth across a larger area of land than an individual city or town. Regional planning is related to urban planning as it relates land use practices on a broader scale. It also includes formulating laws that will guide the efficient planning and management of such said regions. Regional planning can be comprehensive by covering various subjects, but it more often specifies a particular subject, which requires region-wide consideration. Regions require various land uses; protection of farmland, cities, industrial space, transportation hubs and infrastructure, military bases, and wilderness. Regional planning is the science of efficient placement of infrastructure and zoning for the sustainable growth of a region. Advocates for regional planning such as new urbanist Peter Calthorpe, promote the approach because it can address region-wide environmental, social, and economic issues which may necessarily require a regional focus.
is likely to include a network of settlements and character areas. In most European s of development to specific cities and towns in order to support and manage the region depending on specific needs, for example supporting or resisting polycentrism.
2.2 Regional Plan Goa 2021 The Draft Regional Plan 2021 (Draft RPG-21) was submitted to the Government of Goa by the Task Force in September 2008. The Task Force had drawn up a broad -system. Several crucial strategies were envisaged, including the creation of new growth centers and
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 24
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
enhancing public transport across Goa, to ensure a balanced distribution of the population and sustainable growth.
2.2.1 Summary and Approach It is indeed astonishing to find that for two long years, while public reactions were being sifted and the Taluka plans were under preparation, the Government has made no attempt to start processing the core recommendations of the Regional Plan for Goa (RPG-21). In essence, the objectives of RPG-21 were to preserve the beauty and fragile eco-system of Goa while at the same time generating new jobs and prosperity for the inhabitants. Process (bottom up approach in planning)
Figure 2.1 Approach towards the Regional Plan Source: Regional plan for goa - 2021
RPG-2021 notified in 3 parts Release one final report RPG-21 (November 2010) 2 Talukas - eco zone, micro industrial zone (Canacona and Pernem) Service utilization maps, Land use zones and Area statements. Policies Included: Rationalization of Floor Area Ratios (FARs) in Villages, Eco-Zone Policies and Micro Industrial Zones (MIZ) at Panchayat level.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 25
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Release two final report RPG-21 (September 2011) 6 Talukas - forests, mining and water resources (Quepem, Ponda, Sattari, Bicholim, Sanguem and Dharbandora) Service utilization maps, Land use zones and Area statements. Policies Included: Tribal Settlements and Tribal Rights, Management of Hazardous Industrial Waste, Water Conservation, Growth Hub at Dharbandhora-planning and development. Release three final report RPG-21 4 Talukas
coastal zone (Bardez, Tiswadi, Mormogao and Salcete) Service
utilization maps, Land use zones and Area statements. Policies Included: ODP Areas, Export Promotion Zone (EPZ), CRZ areas, Tourism, Affordable Housing, TPS Schemes, Open Spaces, and Conservation Areas. 2.2.2 Salient Features This was to be accomplished by several strategies, at the heart of which were the provision of Eco-1 and Eco-2, and the generation of new growth centers, away from the coastal areas, where these new jobs could be created. This would be made possible by doubling the rail tracks of the Konkan Railway and the South Western Railway-so that trains could be run along them in both directions, every 15 minutes or so- as a kind of commuter service, connecting Pernem in the North to Canacona in the South. (Both Railways informed Government that in any case, they had plans to do this, and had even acquired the land. All Government needed to do was get them to hasten this process. But this was not done). Similarly, RPG-21 recommended the bifurcation of NH-4A just after it enters the eastern boundary of the state, so that it by-passes the heart of Goa. This bifurcation would have the crucial advantage of having new roads running through the poorest Ghat sections of Goa (where the mining activities are taking place) - and so could be the vehicle for a healthy development of those areas, with new industry, housing and social infrastructure - and a phased shift away from mining. Improving public transport with better bus services, as also introducing again the old system of Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 26
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
improve the mobility of the people of Goa
and the cost they now pay for taxis and
genesis for the three new growth hubs advocated in the Draft RPG-21.
Figure 2.2 Final Regional Plan of goa 2021 Source: Regional plan for goa 2021
Key Takeaways
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 27
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The major objective of RPG-21 were to preserve the beauty and fragile ecosystem of Goa while at the same time generating new jobs and prosperity for the inhabitants. Creating new growth centres to ensure a balanced distribution of the population and sustainable growth to the inlands rather than the coastal belt. The Eco zones to protect maximum green cover from development pressures and preparation and implementation of the critical area plans for tourism hot spots. Doubling the rail tracks of the Konkan Railway and the South Western Railwayso that trains could be run along them in both directions, connecting Pernem in the North to Canacona in the South. RPG-21 also recommended the bifurcation of NH-4A creating new roads through the poorest Ghat sections of Goa. Improving public transport and introducing the waterways, would also greatly improve the mobility of the people of Goa.
2.3 Regional Plan Coimbatore 2038 Coimbatore district. It is the third largest city in Tamil Nadu and houses numerous textile mills and small scale engineering units. The city is well connected to its region by rail, road and air. It is a major junction on the Madras- Palghat Broad Gauge section and the NH 47 runs through the center of the city. A domestic airport in the city links it with all major cities of the country. 2.3.1 Summary and Approach The Regional Plan 2038 for the Coimbatore Region is prepared to cater the future requirements of the region as the development of the region as a major industrial center. The Region consists of Coimbatore, Erode, Tiruppur and The Nilgiris district. Each of this district has its own priority and focus in terms of development. While Coimbatore, Erode and Tiruppur are part of a greater urban agglomeration of Coimbatore to Salem, where Coimbatore
the second major urban agglomeration of
Tamil Nadu exist, Tiruppur and Erode adjoins Coimbatore in terms of urban continuum. The planning of these sub regions are done by means of analyzing the existing situation, identifying the issues and challenges at the ground level and then integrating the proposals with the respective sub regions. The total area of Coimbatore Region is 14% of the state and accommodates 12% of
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 28
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Region in an integrated manner focusing on the economic growth engines of the sub regions. The vision of the plan is to develop the region in a sustainable approach focusing on the economic development in accordance with the environmentally sensitive nature of the region.
Figure 2.3 Methodology followed for the preparation of Regional plan Source: Coimbatore Regional Plan-2038
The report studies the regional setting and connectivity of the region with the neighboring districts and states focusing on the major transport corridors and the highways important for bringing the development in the region. It also explains the need of preparation of the regional plan, focusing on the highlights of the CoimbatoreNilgiris regional plan prepared in 1974 and predicting the urbanization of the Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 29
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Coimbatore region for the future. This section also talks about the growth of the region with the establishment of the industries and the future investments which will further initiate the development in this region.
Figure 2.4 Identification of Thrust of Each Sub region Source: Coimbatore Regional Plan-2038
A brief introduction of demographic profile is given looking into the share of the region with the state and the constituents of the sub region as well. A brief analysis of the regional economy is done highlighting the share of the region in the GDP of the state in hsese sectors. The region is sensitive in terms of the environmentally fragile areas as it comes under the Nilgiris Biosphere Reserve and the Sathyamangalam Tiger reserve also housing the important rivers such as Moyar, Bhavani Noyyal and Cauvery. A brief introduction is also given about the major elephant corridors present in the region which makes the region highly eco sensitive. The vision and the methodology adopted for the region focuses on the sustainable economic development of the region which is explained clearly in the subsequent section. The existing settlement structure of the region explains the Class I to Class VI cities and their growth. The growth rate of the settlements is studied from 1991 to 2041 and the future population is projected based on the different methods adopted depending upon the nature of population growth. The induced population is then distributed based on the growth of the region as per COIMBATORE REGIONAL PLAN - 2038 Report 4 the investments proposed to obtain the proposed settlement structure of the region for 2041. The Institutional set up of the region constitutes the Acts related with the
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 30
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
formation of the regional plan, the provisions and the institutions involved in the preparation of the plan and the gap reflecting in the implementation.
Figure 2.5 Comparison of Proposed Urban Settlements (2011) with urbanization rate in Coimbatore Source: Coimbatore Regional Plan-2038
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 31
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2.3.2 Salient features Thus, proposed institutional framework is developed for the constitution of the Regional Planning Authority as per the provisions in the Town and Country Planning Act, 1971, which will be the main implementing body for the Regional Plan. The financial set up for the region is also discussed stating the investments for the region as per the Tamil Nadu Vision 2023.
Figure 2.6 Map showing Investment regions Source: Coimbatore Regional Plan-2038
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 32
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The constituent sub regions of the Coimbatore region is discussed briefly focusing on the thrust area of the districts, the analysis incorporated based on the issues and challenges and the proposals addressing the same. The final proposal for the land use zoning of the region is worked which is based on the future investments that are proposed in the region. Thus the zones are classified based on the development of the land parcels as per the industrial and the agricultural growth. The development of the residential and commercial zones is also focused along with the industrial development of the region. The zoning also looks into the conservation of the eco sensitive areas comprising of the national parks and wildlife sanctuaries fulfilling the sustainable development concept. Land use Zoning Land use zoning is a planning control tool which is used to classify the type of development allowed in a parcel of land contributing to the sustainable growth of a region. The map below shows the land use zoning of the Coimbatore region based on the sustainable development concept, classified into five different categories. Developed Zone- This zone comprises of the main city area of the region which is already urbanized. Most Developable Zone- These are the zones where the development of the residential areas and the activities related to it may it be commercial, PSP, educational centre, medical and health center, etc are proposed. Also, the existing land use supports the potential of growth of the future settlements due to existing urban centers. Developable Zone- These are the zones where the service and the light industries are proposed. Special non-hazardous industrial zone can also come here. Least Developable Zone- These are the zones where the primary activities are proposed which may include agriculture, horticulture, poultry, dairy, etc.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 33
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Eco Sensitive Zone- These are the zones which contains all the reserved forest, water bodies and the elephant corridors with a buffer of 1km ( Right of Passage, Elephant Corridors of India ) which are also the No Go Areas.
Figure 2.7 Land use zone map Source: Coimbatore Regional Plan-2038
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 34
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2.4 Regional Plan Kollam 2021 Kollam is a Kerala coastal district located around 70 kilometres north of Thiruvananthapuram. Kollam was one of the most developed industrial and commercial cities in the state during the nineteenth century, with a long history. Kollam has been a historically significant location since the ancient times, with direct trading links with foreign countries. From before Christ, Arabs, Chinese, Phoenicians, Greeks, and Romans dealt with Kollam. The start of the 'Kollam varsham' (traditional calendar) is indicative of Kollam's importance throughout the ancient times. The start of the 'Kollam varsham' (traditional calendar) is indicative of Kollam's importance throughout the ancient times. In 1921, Kollam was designated as a Municipality, and in 2000, it was raised to a corporation, encompassing the neighboring four Grama Panchayats. It has 5 Taluks, 13 block Panchayats, 2 municipal councils, 1 Corporation.
Figure 2.8 Regional setting of Kollam district Source: IDDP
Figure 2.4.1 Regional setting of Kollam District Source: IDDP 2021
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 35
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2.4.1 Summary and Approach Every State is required under Article 243 ZD of the Constitution to establish a District Planning Committee (DPC) to integrate Grama Panchayat / Municipality plans in the district and to develop a Draft Development Plan for the entire district. Local Development Plans (LDP) are development plans developed for Local Self Government Institutions, while an Integrated District Development Plan is a development plan prepared for the entire district (IDDP). The development of an Integrated District Development Plan (IDDP) for Kollam was coordinated with the district's Local Development Plans (LDP). People, local governments, line departments, NGOs, and others were all involved in the process - it was a participatory method. The plan was implemented by first studying the basic regional setting, connectivity, and road network, then conducting settlement analysis such as population, occupational structure, urban profile, hierarchy and functional character of settlements, and hierarchy of nodes, and finally analyzing sectors such as agriculture, industries, animal husbandry, irrigation, watershed development, fisheries, health and sanitation, infrastructure, forest, and environment. After the analysis the goals and objectives were set up in order to formulate the development concept for developing the policies and strategies
Figure 2.9 Planning framework of Regional Plan Source: IDDP 2021
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 36
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 2.10 Organizational set up for preparation of IDDP and LDP Source: IDDP 2021
2.4.2 Salient features Both the LDP and the IDDP are created using a top-down grass-roots-up strategy and a spatial planning approach. The integration of several sectors takes into account the specialities in the social, physical, and economic characteristics of the space that the sectors are merged across. This guarantees that land, the most precious resource in the planning area, is used to its full potential. At the grass roots level, data collecting, analysis, and local level proposals are created, which are later adjusted, if necessary, based on policies derived at a higher level, namely the district level, while developing the IDDP. Simultaneously, higher-level policies are formed, taking into account the proposals made at the lower level (LSGI level). The finance arrangement established for the project of LDP and IDDP preparation reflects the attractiveness of the decentralised planning system. The initiative was conceived as a cooperative endeavour of all the LSGIs in the district by DPC, Kollam. The project received funding from all LSGIs in the Kollam district's tenth and eleventh five-year plans. The Plan delineated the region into 6 zones which are mentioned below Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 37
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Zone A : natural forest land use is concentrated, no activity that causes deforestation permitted. Zone B : intensive agricultural and animal husbandry activity area Zone C : agriculture and allied activities dominating over urban activities. Zone D : urban activities are dominating over rural activities. Zone E : major water bodies within the district, environmentally sensitive zone. Zone F : existing municipal areas and those LSGIs Proposals are developed which improves the self-sufficiency and enhancement of agriculture, fisheries, animal husbandry, industries, watershed development, and conservation of natural resources and environment aspects of the district and envisages control measures in and around the environmentally sensitive areas.
2.5 Regional Plan North Queensland North Queensland, often known as the Northern Region, is the northernmost part of Queensland, Australia, located immediately south of Far North Queensland. Queensland is a vast state, larger than many countries, with a tropical northern portion that has long been secluded and undeveloped, giving it a distinct regional character and identity. The NQ Regional Plan is a 25-year strategic, statutory planning document for the Burdekin, Charters Towers, Hinchinbrook, Palm Island, and Townsville local
Figure 2.11 Location map Source: North Queensland Regional Plan 2021
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 38
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
government districts. Support established and rising industries in the region, as well as anticipated changes in the region. A increasing and ageing population, evolving economic and employment patterns, climate change consequences, and continuous technological advancements are among these shifts. 2.5.1 Summary and Approach Most land use planning activity - examined under the Planning Act and set off by the RPI Act - evaluates land use policies contained in regional plans to take resource/regulated activities - normally outside the Planning Act's and local government schemes' jurisdiction. Consistent outcomes in addressing regional land use challenges. The regional policies' outcomes, policies, and mapping incorporate features that are pertinent to both Acts. The SPP outlines the interests of state governments in planning and development. The Regional Plan places these interests in context to provide a planning and decision-making framework tailored to the NQ region and its regional land use outcomes. It does not cover all of SPP's interests. Where the Regional Plan is silent, the SPP and appropriate local government planning schemes should be used for guidance. The planning approach involves studying the existing context then developing the vision for the plan then setting up of regional goals and then delivering the plan.
Figure 2.12 Queensland Planning framework Source: North Queensland Regional Plan 2021
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 39
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2.5.2 Salient features The plan has delineated the region into 5 areas which are Hinchinbook, Palm Island, Charters Towers.
Figure 2.13 Local government areas within NQ region North Queensland Regional Plan 2021
The Regional Plan goals to be a leading economy in regional Australia, a rich and healthy natural environment, Liveable, sustainable & resilient communities that promote living in the tropics and a safe, connected efficient North Queensland. The delivery of NQ regional plan considers governance arrangements to guide delivery of the plan, implementation actions that will help apply policies within the plan and measurable targets to monitor the delivery of the plan was set up which includes The Queensland government's planning and economic departments will conduct a 'health check' of the NQ Regional Plan every two years, or as needed. Regional policies, actions, and measures may be considered for update or replacement as part of this health check. The 'health check' results will be posted on the Queensland planning website.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 40
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
3 Introduction to Ganjam District 3.1 Inter district comparison The regional environmental planning exercise is carried out in Ganjam district of Odisha state. An inter-district comparative study is done to have an overview of the district. Ganjam is compared with the 29 other districts of Odisha based on various parameters. 3.1.1 arameters of comparison To compare and analyze the various districts in the state, 16 different parameters were considered under four major sections: Environment, Economy, Social and Infrastructure. The percentage of forest area, percentage of wetland area in the districts, percentage of gross cropped area and percentage of total irrigated area were considered under Environment. Under economy, tourism footfall, total workforce in each district, net district domestic product, medium, small and micro economy(MSME) comprised the grounds for comparison. Density of population in each district, the decadal population growth rate (2001 - 2011), sex ratio and literacy rates were considered as parameters under social. The parameters considered under infrastructure were the percentage of villages electrified in each district, district wise pupil teacher ratio, percentages of households with tap water supply and the road density in each district.
Figure 3.1: Showing the 16 parameters of comparison
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 41
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
3.1.2 Scoring logic The various indicators and under each parameter were scored on a scale of 1-10 based on how they contribute towards social and economic development of district, ease of living, provision of amenities to the people and environment. Each indicator was scored based on their maximum and minimum values amongst all the 30 districts and then divided in to 10 classes with the least class getting a score of 1 and highest class getting a score of 10. Once all the indicators are scored accordingly the total score and normalized index were calculated for each district.
The normalized index was obtained for each district and for each parameter. The districts were ranked based on the normalized index with district having highest index obtaining highest rank and the lowest index obtaining the lowest rank. The districts were ranked from 1 to 30 were 1 designated the best performing district under and subsequently 30 designating the least performing district under each parameter. Firstly, the performance of each district was determined for each parameter based on the four indicators and the ranks were given to each district. Then a combined ranking done for all the 16 indicators and then ranks were given each district which helped the team in deciding which indicator should be taken up for the preparation of Integrated Regional Environmental Plan. While performing ranking for individual parameter each indicator was first scored on a scale of 1 to 10 and then total scores were determined for each district. The normalized index was then calculated based on the abovementioned formula with maximum score being 40 and minimum score being 4. After determining the performance and rank of each district for individual parameters, all the 16 indicators were scored again on the scale of 1 to 10 and then total score was determined for each district. The normalized index was then calculated based on the formula with maximum score being 160 and minimum being 16. Based on the normalized score obtained, districts were ranked from 1 to 30 with 1 denoting the best performing district and 30 denoting the least performing district based on the parameters and indicators chosen for carrying out the comparison.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 42
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 1: Ranking of Odisha's districts for Social parameters
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 43
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 2- Ranking of Odisha's districts for Economic parameters
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 44
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 3- Ranking of Odisha's districts for Infrastructure parameters
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 45
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 4- Ranking of Odisha's districts for Environmental parameters
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 46
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 5: 6- Overall ranking of all districts for the 16 indicators as per scoring logic
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 47
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Inferences for social The decadal population growth of the district shows positive signs which can contribute to generate more workforce. Most people are employed in the primary sector and there is a dearth of skilled workers. Inferences for economy The district is well connected with road and railway network and also has port facility at Gopalpur facilitating trade. Inadequate health care facilities. Primary and secondary education facilities are sufficiently available but higher educational facilities needs improvement. Inferences for infrastructure
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 48
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Infrastructure and smart agriculture strategies has the potential for improvement. Chilika lake offers excellent scope of eco tourism, along with fishing and salt production in the coast. Scope for agro based industries, food production etc. to improve the industrial conditions. Inferences for environment Presence of various sources of water depicts good irrigation potential. The inadequate irrigation facilities in the interiors needs to be improved. The varied ecological character of the district brings in the potential for Wetland preservation and Natural resources conservation.
3.2 History and Regional Setting 3.2.1 Regional setting and District profile
Figure 3.2: District Profile
The Ganjam district lies in the southern part of Odisha, bounded by North latitude I9° 0' and 20° 17', and East longitude 84°09' and 85°11'. It is bordered on the north by the district of Nayagarh, on the south by Gajapati district of Odisha and Srikakulam district
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 49
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
of the state of Andhra Pradesh, on the west by Kandhamal district and on the east by Khurdha and Puri districts and the Bay of Bengal. In the year 1992, Paralakhemundi Sub-division was separated from Ganjam and became a new district. The Ganjam district with its 3 Sub-divisions i.e., Chatrapur, Berhampur and Bhanjanagar remained with an area of 8,206 sq.km. After bifurcation, the urban area of the district now spreads on 359.68.49 sq.km with 7,68,001 population. The rural area covers 7,846.32 sq.km with 27, 61,030 rural population as per 2011 census. The district stands at fifth position in respect of area and first in respect of population. The district is broadly divided into two divisions, the Coastal plain area in the east and hill and table lands in the west. The Eastern Ghats run along the western side of the District. The climate of Ganjam is characterized by an equable temperature round the February is followed by hot season from March to May. The District experiences normal annual rainfall of 1444 mms. The district is known for its rare earth minerals and diverse natural bio diversity domain. It has the major health care facility in MCKG medical college and hospital in Berhampur. It has the main educational centres
Parala Maharaj Engineering college
and NIST in Berhampur. The major Tourist Attractions in the study area are; Taptapani, Chilika, Tara Tarini temple, Gopalpur, Tampara lake and Rushikulya River. 3.2.2
Connectivity
The district is well connected with the major cities in the state along with the major cities of the country and also has the advantage of having a port within the district. The road, railway and air linkages are also well connected with all the major towns but lacks in proper communication for some villages and gram panchayats. Road Communication in the district Sl.
Category
1
National Highway
2
State highway
3
Major district Roads
Length in Kms 396 603 257
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 50
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
4
Other
5
Total
district Roads
876 2132
National Highways The National Highways are generally with a minimum width of 11.58 metres and are maintained by NHAI and NH Division, Berhampur. Details about the national highways passing through the district are given below. National Highway number16: A portion of National highway number5 (CalcuttaMadras) after passing through Balugaon and Barkul in Puri district enters the border of Ganjam, renamed as National High way number16.It runs parallel to the Howrah Madras route of the East Coast railway, it passes through Chatrapur, the district head quarters and Berhampur, the chief town and some other important business and commercial centres like Khallikote, Rambha, Humma, Ganjam and Golanthara. The road passes close to the Chilka lake. The total length of the road in this district is about 85 kms. This is an all-weather and black-topped road which ends at Girisola unified check gate. National Highway number516: NH-516 connects Chatrapur to Arjipalli. It covers a distance of 5.35 Kms. National Highway number57: NH-57 connects three towns of Bhanjanagar,Aska and Berhampur.It covers a distance of 62 Kms. National Highway number326: NH-326 connects Aska,Sheragada and Taptapani.It covers a distance of 53 Kms. National Highway number59: NH-59 connects Berhampur,Sorada and Gajalbadi. It covers a distance of 191 Kms.
State Highways State highway is maintained by the Works department (R and B wing) of the government of Odisha. These highways are mostly bridged and asphalted. The minimum width of a state highway is 9.76 metres. There are 12 State highways i.e. SH number7, 17, 21,22,26,29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 36, 37 passing through the district. State Highway number7: (Berhampur-Phulbani) starts from Berhampur and proceeds in north-western direction to Phulbani viz. Hinjilicut, Aska and
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 51
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Bhanjanagar. This all-weather road, 105 Km in length, is black-topped throughout. This is an important road as it connects the district of Ganjam with Western Odisha. StateHighway number17: The state highway number17(BerhampurDigapahandi-Gobindpur-Luhagudi-Raipanga) starts from the state highway number7 near Berhampur passes through Digapahandi,Taptapani (hot-spring) and Mohana.The road leaves for Rayagada and Koraputdistrictafter Raipanga.The length of this all weather and black-topped road in this district is about 51 Kms. State Highway number21: SH-21 starts from Nayagarh and passes through Jagannath Prasad and Bhanjanagar covers a length of 44 Kms. State Highway number22:SH-22 starts from Berhampur and passes through Tamana,Chikiti,Surangi and Mandarada covers a length of 48 Kms. State Highway number26: SH-32 connects Chatrapur and Ganjam covers a distance 11 Kms which is old abandoned NH-5. State highway number29: SH-29 starts from Chikit passes through Digapahandi and Aska covers a length of 57.80 Kms. State Highway number30:SH-30 starts from Khallikote passes through Kabisurya Nagar, Aska,Balipadar and Bellaguntha covering a distance 54 Kms. State Highway number31:SH-31 connects Huma and Kabisurya Nagar covers a distance 39.2 Kms.Previously this road had been declared as a Major district road number66. State Highway number32:SH-32 connects Jagannathpur and Purushottampur covers a distance 24.7 Kms. Previously this road had been declared as Major district road number67. State Highway number33:SH-33 Extends from Balipadar to Karasingi covers a length of 32.6 Kms. State highway number36: SH-36 starts from Badasankha and passes through Tarini,Hinjilicut,Sheragada and Sorada covers a length of 96 Kms. State Highway number37:SH-37 starts from Bhanjanagar passes through Tilisingi,Tarasingi and Dasapalla covers a distance 48.846. Previously thisroad had been declared as Major district road number18.
Major district Roads (MDR) The minimum width of a major district road is 7.32 metres. They connect important trade centres with railways and state highways. These roads are built and maintained by the R and B department of government of Odisha. By the year 1988-89 the total
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 52
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
length of Major district Roads in the district was 721 kms.It has been reduced to 257 kms after many portions of MDR declared as state highway and national highway. Major district road 18: MDR-18 connects Tilisingi and Gallery covers a length of 12 Kms. Major district road 18-A: MDR-18-A (Balipadar-Bellaguntha-Bhanjanagar) starts from the MDR-68 at Balipadar and touching the MDR-69 at Bellaguntha, proceeds further to join the state highway number7 at Bhanjanagar.The length of this all-weather and black topped road is 27 Kms. Major district road 62: The MDR-62(Khallikote-Kabisurya Nagar-Aska SoradaPipalpank-Gajalbadi) 105 km in length starts from the National highway number16 near Khallikote and passing through important places like Kodala, Kabisuryanagar, Aska,Sorada, Pipalpank, reaches Gajalbadi. From that place the road leaves towards Daringibadi of Kandhamal district as a classified village road.The road meets the MDR-71 at Khallikote and MDR-72 at Budhamba and MDR-66 at Kabisuryanagar. Major district road 65: The MDR-65(Brahmapur-Gopalpur) 12 km in length connects Brahmapur and Gopalpur Road.Through small distance,this is an important road as it connects the charming sea beach town of Gopalpur. The road has been widened and improved to 2 x Intermediate lane. Major district road 71: The MDR-71(Khallikote-Rambha) 7 km in length connects Khallikote and Rambha. The road has been improved and widened to 2-lane road under State Plan (Road development Programme-RDP) Major district road 72: The major district road number 72 (Budhamba-Buguda) starts from major district road number62 at Budhamba and connects the Major district road number68 at Buguda.The length of this road is 26 kms.This road passes through Polasara. Major district road 95: The MDR-95 (Sidheswar-Goutami) 10.50 km in length connects Sidheswar to Goutami. Major district road 96: The MDR-96 (Ballipadar-Khalingi)12.00 km in length connects Ballipadar and Khalingi. Major district road 97: The MDR-97 (Polashpur-Dengaosta)11.720 km in length connects Polashpur and Dengaosta. Besides this another MDR connects Digapahandi to Ghodahada covering a distance 30.553. Other district Roads By 1985-86, the total length of other district roads (ODR) in the district was 304 kms. It increased to 878.50 kms by the end of 2014-15. The number of Roads also increased to 129. These are maintained by Works department (R andB wing) under government of Odisha. Municipal Corporation and Notified Area Council Roads Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 53
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The Municipal Corporation and notified Area Councils of the district maintained a total of 718kms of roads during the year 1988-89. Consequently this has been extended to 1182.918 kms. R.D Roads and Village Roads R.D roads and Village roads are maintained by Rural works department. Out of total bridge roads taken up by RW department of Ganjam district 2,278.93 kms have been completed and 1,822.53 kms is under progress. Out of the total other road 577.661 km is motorable and 26.98 KM is non motorable. Further the road coming under PMGSY 684.818 is motorable and 175.902 km is non motorable. The total length of village roads is 1,106.251 kms out of which 747.613 km is motorable and 358.638 is non motorable. Major villages or Panchayat headquarters are connected under PMGSY. Forest Road Total 61 forest roads in 3 divisions such as Berhampur division (9), Ghumusar South (28), Ghumusar North (24) are maintained by Forest department. The total length of such roads is 494.3 km. Panchayat Samiti and Gram Panchayat Roads PanchayatSamitis in the district maintained 492.8 km of roads during 1989-90. Now, it has been increased to 5684 km. The total length of roads under different GramPanchayat was 10933.55 km during 1989-90. Now it is reduced to 7429 kms by 2014-15. This is due many GP roads transferred to the PSs.
Rail Transport The largest railway station is the Berhampur railway station. The East Coast railway passes through the district of Ganjam. It begins at Khallikotestation on the north and Sorla Road station in the south. The total railway route length is 79 kms. Air Link
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 54
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The nearest airport is the Biju Patnaik international airport in Bhubaneswar about 150 kms away from Ganjam. There is one small airstrip of 900 m length at Rangeilunda. There is a proposal to increase the length to 1800 meter to achieve better air connectivity to the district. Now it is mostly used by the Ministry of Defence for air transport purpose. 3.2.3
History and Culture
The name of the district
-township which is
situated on the northern bank and near the mouth of river Rushikulya. It was also the headquarters of the district during early British administration up to 1815. The name of the town Ganjam or locally pronounced Ganja has probably been derived from the , Ganjam must be handling paddy, rice and other food grains of the region. It was also a great trade centre. The culture in mostly influenced by Shakti and Jagannath faith. Pre-History The evidence of early culture in Odisha has been reported by V. Ball since 1876. Further studies have brought to light the large amount of artefactual evidence of the different phases of prehistoric cultural developments in Odisha. In spite of the above fact it should be mentioned that the southern part of Odisha has remained com¬pletely unexplored. Dr. K. C. Tripathy launched a project to study the prehistory of south Odisha in 1967 and has collected a few prehistoric evidences which provided some information. Ancient Period The district of Ganjam which originally covered an area of 12,237-277 sq. km. formed a conspicuous part of the ancient Kalinga. In the Drona-Parva of the Mahabharata, there is mention of a Kalinga king named Sritayu, who took an active part in the Mahabharata war along with his sons and a large army consisting of sixty thousand Kalinga where ascetics used to practice penance as well as the sacred river Baitarani Sahadeva had defeated a king of Kalinga and compelled his submission.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 55
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Medieval Period The Kushan rule ended towards the beginning of the 4th century A. D. when the Mahendra region was invaded by emperor Samudra¬gupta in the course of his southern expedition. The small states which covered this territory were called Kurala, Devarastra, Pistapura, Erandapalli, Kottura, Kustalapura, etc. They were sub¬jugated by him, as is described in his Allahabad Pillar Inscription. Mughal period In the beginning o annexed to the territory of Golconda. But, the Qutb Shahi power in the south was terminated when Baquri Khan marched against their territory in 1630 through Odisha. He attacked Chhattadwar, a narrow strip of land between the Mughal Odisha and Chicacole Circar. Then, he proceeded to the south after being assisted by the zamindars of Khallikot, Athagad, Kodala and Aul. A battle was fought between his troops and the troops of Golconda near that fort. The latter were defeated and their commander was imprisoned. After this, Baquri left a garrison at Kheraparah near Mansurgada and returned. The Qutb Shahis attempted to regain their position but in vain. The news of this victory reached Shah Jahan on the 23rd of April, 1631. After this, the revenue collected from the territory of Golconda was received by a Subedar at Cuttack appointed by the Mughal emperor. In 1641, a Faujdar named Shir Muhammed Khan was appointed in Srikakulam for the first time by Abdulla Qutab Shah, the ruler of Golconda. He constructed some fine mosques at Srikakulam and Ichhapur. The old Kalinga Dandapata was then divided into two divisions, namely Chicacole (Srikakulam) and Ichhapur, the Mahendra Mountain being at the center. In 1687, Aurangzeb expanded his empire in the south when the Qutab Shahi power declined soon after the death of Abdul Hussain. But, Aurangzeb's death in 1707 weakened the Mughal power in the center. So,the rising Marathas advanced through Central India towards Odisha via Ganjam without any effective opposition. British Period
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 56
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
In 1765, the Northern Circars were granted to the English by an imperial firman. Soon after this, Cotsford was sent to Ganjam by the board of Revenue at Madras. At first, he arrived at Vizagapatam (Visakhapatnam) in 1767 where he noticed that the northern parts of the district were in a disturbed condition, and that Jagannatha Narayanadeva, possessed great influence over the local zamindars.
He was,
therefore, to be brought to submission. He further realized that Narayanadeva had already intercepted all important communica¬tions between Bengal and Madras. So he resolved to subdue the raja before taking any major action in the district of Ganjam. Modern Ganjam Ganjam District came into existence on 1st April 1936. The Ganjam area was a part of ancient Kalinga which was occupied by Ashok in 261 B.C. The period of 1757 was ruled by the French Commander Bussy. In 1759, the French ruler was defeated by English and the District was annexed by them. The office of the District Collector was established in 1794. The District got separated from the Madras Presidency and formed the part of the newly created State of Odisha province with effect from 1.4.1936. 3.2.4
Administrative setup
District level institution
Figure 3.3: Administrative Setup map
General Administration - District Level
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 57
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
In conformity with the uniform pattern of district administrative set-up under British rule in India, the Collector at present is in over-all charge of the general, revenue, and development administration of the district. But during the British period the main duties of the districtmagistrate and the Collector were maintenance of law and order and collection of land revenue. He was not associated with development schemes, if any, in his area. In the wake of launching of five-year post-war development schemes in Odisha with effect from the commencement of the financial year 1947-48, the coordinating role of the district Collector in formulating and executing development plans in his district was for the first time defined in Book Circular number2 dated the 10th November, 1946. In order to ensure close contact between the Collector and all other agencies implementing the development plans a districtdevelopmentcommittee was constituted with the Collector as chairperson and district level officers and the elected representatives of the people such as M.L.A. and chairman of the district Boards as members. For proper implementation of all major programmes of development and particularly all the schemes fewer than five-year plans. government in Book Circular number34 dated the 11th September, 1953 decided to form two separate committees at
the
district
level,
namely
the
district
developmentcommittee
and
the
districtdevelopmentboard. In both the committees the Collector was the chairperson. In order to discharge his co-ordinating role effectively the districtmagistrate was given necessary administrative powers over the districtdevelopmentofficers like approval of tour programmes and tour diaries, writing of confidential character roles, calling for explanation, etc., of the developmentofficers in respect of any lapses on their part, etc. The primary function of the Collector, as indicated by his very designation, was to collect land revenue and other dues of the government. But in the changed set-up, as the captain of the development team, collection of revenue is no longer the primary function of the Collector. With the constitution of the zillaparishads with effect from 26th January, 1961 under the OdishaPanchayatSamiti and zillaparishad Act, 1959 he became subordinate to the elected chairman of the zillaparishad. But with the abolition of zillaparishad with effect from 1st November, 1968, his pre-eminence as captain of the team of developmentofficerswas revived. In the Resolution dated 26th August, 1970 the government reaffirmed and reiterated the supervising role of the Collector as agent of the stategovernment in the district. In this Resolution the government revived the districtdevelopmentcommittee consisting of officials only as in the Book Circular
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 58
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
number 34. The districtmagistrate is the chairperson. The highest officers of the district representing each of the departments of Agriculture, Co-operation, Forest, Veterinary, Welfare, Roads and Buildings, Public Health, Engineering, Industries, Irrigation, Directorate of Economics and Statistics are members of this committee. The districtdevelopmentofficer under the Collector is the member-secretary of this committee. In another Resolution dated 14th November, 1970 the districtdevelopment Advisory board which was renamed as the districtdevelopmentboard was reconstituted with the Collector as chairperson and the Members of Legislative Assembly
and
Members of
the
Parliament
of
the
district,
chairman
of
PanchayatSamitis of the district. chairman of the Municipalities, Notified Area' Councils, Presidents of Central Co-operative Banks, president of the Land Mortgage Banks etc., as the members to ensure co-operation of both officials and non-officials in implementation of various development schemes in the district. Again in Planning and Co-ordination department Resolution number 24336/P., dated the 21st December, 1991 as modified by Resolution number 7219, dated the 2nd April, 1992 the district Planning and developmentboard was constituted by amal¬gamating the districtdevelopmentboard and the districtplanning board. A post of senior class-I officer of the Odisha Administrative Service cadre was created as chief planning and developmentofficer to act as the member-secretary of this board under the Collector. The main function of this board was to act as an apex body for advising and guiding the plan formulation as well as moni¬toring the development programmes of the district. The board ensured smooth, expeditious and co-ordinated implementation of the districtdevelopment Plans and assisted district level officers of different departments in securing people's participation in the implementation of local developmental works. It determined the system of monitoring district sectoral programmes, and suggested timely evaluation of selected programmes and guided the district planning working groups to formulate sectoral plans and discharged all such functions as might have be assigned by the stategovernment or the State Planning board from time to time. The board may invite any member of the district Planning and developmentcommittee or representative from the public under¬takings or any other officials to attend its meeting as and when necessary. There is also a committee called the districtdevelopment and Planningcommittee with Collector as chairman, the chief planning and developmentofficer as Member-Secretary, the Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 59
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
highest
district
level
officers
in
the
district
representing
each
of
the
developmentdepartments and the districtstatistical officer, Ganjam, as members. The committee prepares drafts district plans, long term prospective plans, five-year plan and annual operational plan. It also prepares a resource inventory and identifies backward pockets and the areas suffering from infrastructural deficiencies at the district level. The draft district plans prepared by this committee are discussed and approved by the district Planning and developmentboard. Being the chief revenue officer of the district, he is responsible for the management of government land including lease and prevention of encroachments and for maintenance of land records. In addition to his primary responsibility of collecting land revenue, cess, irrigation charges and miscellaneous dues of the Revenue department, government dues of other departments are also collected by him by virtue of his powers under the Odisha Public Demand Recovery Act and the Central Revenue Recovery Act. He is also responsible for relief, rehabilitation and restoration works in cases of all kinds of natural calamities like flood, drought, cyclone and tornado, etc. Many other miscellaneous businesses relating to almost every sphere of district administration keep him constantly occupied. He presides over not less than 54 meetings (monthly, bi-monthly and quarterly, etc.) of various departments of government, represented by both officials and non-officials in the district. The Collector remains in charge of control and supervision of emergency, civil supplies, district treasury and also works as the chairperson of Regional Transport Authority. He is the promoter and the advisor of the socio-economic institutions. In the capacity of districtmagistrate, he contiues to be responsible for maintenance of law and order situation in the district. With regard to superintendence and control of the administra¬tive functions, he is under the Revenue Divisional Commissioner, Southern Division, Brahmapur whose jurisdiction also extends to the districts of undivided Koraput, Kalahandi and Kandhamal. So far as the administration of the Tenancy Acts, stamps, land records and survey are concerned the Collector also works under the Member, board of Revenue,Odisha. For general and revenue administration in the district the Collector is assisted presently by three Addl. districtMagistrates who exercise powers of a Collector under
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 60
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
various revenue laws and a team of other district level officers. Ordinarily, the Collector belongs to the cadre of Indian Administrative Service whereas the Additional districtMagistrates are generally appointed from the cadre of the class 1 (SB) of the Odisha Administra¬tive Service. Prior to the separation of the judiciary from the executive in the district, the districtmagistrate and other revenue officers having magisterial powers were trying criminal cases. On 25th October, 1961 the judiciary was separated from the executive in the district and the post of Additional districtmagistrate (Judicial) now redesig¬nated as the Chief Judicial magistrate was created to look after the criminal administration. The Additional districtmagistrate ((Judicial) whose headquarters was fixed at Brahmapur was also looking after the criminal administration of Kandhamal district till 1974. The officer of the Collector is divided into component sections such as the general and Miscellaneous, Touzi, Compensation, Revenue, Establishment, Record Room, Judicial, election, Emergency, Land Acquisition, Nizarat, Information and Public Relations, Civil Supplies, Welfare, Superintendent of Land Records. Most of the sections of the districtofficer are manned by the officers of the Odisha Admini¬strative Service. For the Harijan and Tribal Welfare Section, Gramapanchayat Section, Civil Supplies and Public Relations Section of the Collectorate, officers of their respective departments designated as district Welfare officer, districtPanchayatofficer, Civil Supplies officer and district Information and Public Relations officer have been posted. These officers work under the direct control of the Collector. They assist the Collector in taking deci¬sions and in the efficient discharge of various administrative functions by effecting adequate check and scrutiny on proposals presented before the government or received from the subordinate offices. Some of the officers like the Land Acquisition officer, Certificate officer and Compensation officer are also empowered under approp¬riate laws to discharge certain statutory functions without taking orders of the Collector in their day-to-day work. The Collector was earlier assisted by one Junior Class I officer of the Odisha Administrative Service designated as the districtdevelopmentofficer. The establishment of DRDA to monitor all the developmental issues has led to the cessation of the districtdevelopment Section functioning in the office of the Collector. Besides, the Collector is assisted by officers of other departments like the Superintendent of Excise, the Civil Supplies officer, etc. Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 61
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The Additional districtmagistrate who works as the ex-officio Registrar for the district is vested with necessary powers under the Registration Act. The district treasury is located at Chhatrapur and there are ten Sub-Treasuries under it at Asika, Bhanjanagar, Kodala, Paralakhemundi, Sorada, R.Udayagiri, Buguda, Digapahandi, Hinjilicut and Chikiti. Besides, there is one special treasury at Brahmapur. These are manned by the officers belonging to the Odisha Finance Service. In absence of OFS officers, the officers belonging to OAS remain in-charge of treasury/sub-treasury. District Planning Board
Figure 3.4: District Planning Board
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 62
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Town Planning exercise is being done on a human settlement to foster systematic and planned growth of the settlement with basic objective of ensuring the quality of life of all the species living in it. Besides, to conserve the ancient monuments, systematic disposal of solid and liquid waste, controlling development by building bye-laws, proposal for construction of arterial and sub arterial roads for smooth movement of vehicles, decentralizing the activities hubs like institutions / commercial are some of the important issues to be taken care of while proposing town planning exercise. Out of (18) no of towns available with in the district of Ganjam, master plan for Brahmapur, Chatrapur, Gopalpur, Bhanjanagar, Hinjilicut, Bellaguntha, Aska, Digapahandi, Sorada, Rambha has been prepared. For other towns master plan has not been prepared. However proposal for extension of Odisha Town Planning and Improvement Trust Act 1956 on the towns like Chikiti, Ganjam has been moved to governmentand the same is not so for approved by government.The Urban planning exercise of urban areas of state are governed by two legislative Acts namely (I) Odisha Town Planning and Improvement Trust Act.1956 and (II) Odisha development Authority Act.1982.In the district of Ganjam, Brahampur, Chatrapur and Gopalpur city are governed by O.D.A.Act.1982 and other towns for which master plan has been prepared are governed by O.T.P. and I.T. Act.1956.
3.3 Climate, Physiography and Environment 3.3.1 Overview of Ganjam District Climate Ganjam district lies between 19º to 20º 17' N latitude and longitude lies between 84º 9' to 85º 11' E. Thus, it reflects an agro-based climatic condition of the district throughout the year and during all seasons. The climate of the district is pleasant and is characterised by an equable temperature all the year round particularly in the coastal regions and high humidity. The cold season from December to February, which is very pleasant, followed by the hot season from March to May. During the rains, which last from June to November, it is stingy but the heat is tempered 21 by the rains. The period from June to September is the south-west monsoon season, October and November constitute the post-monsoon transition period.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 63
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
May is the hottest month, the average temperature being 32.8º Celsius and December is the coldest month with an average temperature of 16.2º Celsius. The normal annual precipitation in Ganjam is 1189.22 mm. The South-West monsoon brings nearly 66% of the total precipitation in the district. Maximum precipitation occurs in the months of June, July, August and September. The rainfall generally increases from the coast towards the interior hilly tracks of the district. The relative humidity is high throughout the year specifically in coastal areas. Winds are fairly strong particularly in coastal regions in summer and monsoon months. 3.3.1.1 Average Annuals Average Annual Temperature and Precipitation- From the graph below it can observe that, temperature starts increasing in the month of April and continues until June, after that decrease in temperature is observed. Month of May is hottest in whole year and maximum rain is observed in month of July. In the inland hilly tracts of the district temperature may be higher in the hot months and lower in winter by a few degrees. About 80 per cent of the annual rainfall is received during the south-west monsoon season.
Figure 3.5 Average Annual Temperature and Precipitation of Ganjam District Source 1 https://www.meteoblue.com/
Average Annual Cloudy, Sunny, & Precipitation Days- Max cloudy days are from June to October, sunny days are from November to April, and July has days with maximum precipitation. In the cold season, sky is clear or lightly clouded. Clouding is moderate in the summer months. Heavily clouded to overcast skies prevail during the south-west monsoon season. Thereafter cloudiness decreases.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 64
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 3.6 Average Annual Cloudy, Sunny, & Precipitation Days of Ganjam District Source https://www.meteoblue.com/
Average Annual Humidity Comfort Levels- It can be observed that comfort level is muggy, oppressive, or miserable at least 45% of the time from January 23 to Novemvber 29. Relative humidity are high about 75 per cent throughout the year especially in the coastal region while in the interior of the district these may be slightly lower, particularly in the afternoons in the non-monsoon months.
Figure 3.7 Average Annual Humidity Comfort Levels Source: https://www.meteoblue.com/
Average Annual Wind Speed and Wind Direction- Maximum days per month have wind speed greater than 28 km/hr. Wind direction in the district is from south-east to north-west. Winds are fairly strong particularly in the coastal region in the summer and monsoon months. In the rest of the year they are generally moderate. In the postmonsoon and cold seasons, winds blow from a northerly or north-westerly direction in the mornings. In the afternoons, winds are from directions between north-east and south-east in the months of October, November and December while changing to directions between east and south in January, and between east and south-west in
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 65
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
February. In the summer and south-west monsoon months winds mainly blow from southerly or south-westerly directions.
Figure 3.8 Average Annual Wind Speed of Ganjam District Source: https://www.meteoblue.com/
Figure 3.9 Wind Rose Diagram of Ganjam District Source: https://www.meteoblue.com/
3.3.1.2 Decadal Changes (2009-2021) Maximum, Minimum and Average Temperature- Maximum temperature rise observed in the district is from year 2015 to 2017, whereas minimum temperature is observed in year 2011 and 2017.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 66
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 3.10 Maximum, Minimum and Average Temperature (º C) Source https://www.worldweatheronline.com/
Average Rainfall Amount and Rainy Days- Maximum rainfall observed in the district was above 550 mm, which was in the year 2019.
Figure 3.11 Average Rainfall Amount (mm) and Rainy Days Source: https://www.worldweatheronline.com/
Average and Maximum Wind Speed and Gust- Average Gust was maximum in the year 2010 and was around 30 kmph. Rise in maximum wind speed is observed from the year 2018.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 67
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 3.12 Average and Maximum Wind Speed and Gust (kmph) Source 2 https://www.worldweatheronline.com/
Average Cloud and Humidity- Negligible change is observed throughout the decade.
Figure 3.13 Average Cloud and Humidity (%) Source 3 https://www.worldweatheronline.com/
3.3.2 Physiography The district of Ganjam is one of the most beautiful districts in the state of Odisha. The Eastern Ghat is running on the Western side of the district. Physiographically the district is divided into the eastern coastal plains and the western tablelands. The north and West frontiers of the district are wild and filled with thick forest. The center and South is a hilly area with beautiful well water and fertile valleys running towards the sea; a portion of the Chilika Lake occupies the extreme North East.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 68
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source District survey Report, 2018
The district is covered under two Agro Climatic zones i.e., (a) East and South Eastern coastal plain zone and (b) North Eastern Ghats zone. Based on variation in topography, soil type, rainfall, irrigation availability and cropping pattern, each Agro Climatic zone has been further divided into several agro ecological situations. There are five agro ecological situation exists under East and south eastern Coastal plain zone i.e. Coastal alluvial command, Coastal alluvial non command, Coastal alluvial saline, Rain fed laterite and Rain fed, red and Laterite. Similarly, three agro ecological situations exists under North-eastern Ghat zone, i.e. Medium rainfall block irrigated, Low rainfall alluvial irrigated and moderate rain laterite soil irrigated. 3.3.3 Environment 3.3.3.1 Abiotic Resources Ganjam is very rich in natural resources like abrasives and grinding materials, limestone, (kankar), manganese, monazite, sand and talc. Garnetiferous granitic gnashes and charanokites are used for manufacturing of grinding stones in the district. White clay deposits are also found in different areas of the district. Minerals resources that can be found in the district are Clay, Monazite, Illuminite, etc. (Sand Concentrâtes), Rock Crystals, Building Materials. In geomorphology, the landforms that can be found in the district are structural hills, residual hills, linear ridge, intermountain valleys, buried pedi plain, flood plain, coastal plain and sand dunes. The major soil that can be found in ganjam are red loamy soil, sandy soil and laterite soil. The Avg altitude of the district is 40-140m from mean sea level.0 to 3% slope in center and south Eastern parts- flood plain of the river can be see and 8 to 25 % slope along the western boundaryscattered hillocks and mounds.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 69
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 3.14 Mineral Resources Map of Ganjam District, 2016 Source Odisha District Gazetteers (Ganjam)
Figure 3.15 Soil Type Map of Ganjam District, 2016 Source Studies on Geology and Mineral Resources of Ganjam District, Orissa, 2016 (IRJES)
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 70
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 3.16 Geomorphology Map of Ganjam District, 2016 Source Studies on Geology and Mineral Resources of Ganjam District, Orissa, 2016 (IRJES)
Figure 3.17 Slope Map of Ganjam District, 2016 Source Studies on Geology and Mineral Resources of Ganjam District, Orissa, 2016 (IRJES)
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 71
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
3.3.3.2 Waterbodies There are a number of perennial streams and rivers flowing through this district, flourishing its cultivation-culture and agricultural economy. Among them, the river Rushikulya, Badanadi, Baghua, Dhanei, Bahuda and Ghodahad are the prominent ones that provide opportunities for the irrigation facility. The vast river basin of Rushikulya offers potential for exploration of ground water. These rivers provide opportunity for fishing which is the chief livelihood of many people in the district. Brakish water lagoon Chilika attracts tourists from every corner of country and from around the globe. The perennial streams Nirmaljhar and Taptapani contain medicinal sulphuric water.
Figure 3.18 Water Bodies in Ganjam District, 2018 Source District Irrigation Plan of Ganjam (Odisha) 2018
3.3.3.3 Forest The district is rich in mountains and forests, some valuable wood like Sal, Teak, Gambhari are found in plenty in the forests. Forest products like Bamboo, Medicinal plants of various types, Jhuna, Mahul, Lakha, Sal leaves influence its economy. The total coverage of the present forest area is 3149.9 sq.km. in Ganjam out of which the area of reserved forests is 1485.69
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 72
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
sq.km. demarcated forest is 143.54 sq.km., un-classified forest is 0.86 sq.km. and undemarcated protected forest area is 1167.36 sq.km.
Figure 3.19 Typed of Forests in Ganjam District, 2018 Source Spatial land use plan of Ganjam district, Odisha, 2018
3.3.4 Natural Hazards In context of disaster, Ganjam is a disaster prone district of Orissa. Ganjam District lies on the coastline of Bay of Bengal. Major disasters that affect the district are: Flood, Drought, Cyclone, Heat Wave and Lightning.The seaside villages are vulnerable to sea surge & Tsunami. The thatched houses in rural areas are susceptible to fire accident. Losses due to local whirlwind, erratic rain and deaths due to Drowning & Snakebite are the ones occurring all over the district. Crop loss due to erratic and uneven distribution of rainfall is continuous threat. A large section of farmers growing non-paddy crops like sugarcane, maize, vegetables, pulses are dependent upon timely rainfall without which they become vulnerable to drought and crop loss. 3.3.4.1 Cyclone Being close to the sea and under the impact of low pressure/depression in the Bay of Bengal, traditionally this district has been facing Cyclones at regular intervals. The cyclones occurred
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 73
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
in the year 1999 and again in 2013 were of the rarest ones in severity involving huge loss of life and property. These events pushed the livelihood settings of this district backward for many years. The devastating effects of cyclone vary according to the intensity and rainfall poured. Basing upon the past record and proximity to coast and other factors, the entire district comes under the grip of cyclone. 3.3.4.2 Flood Floods have occurred in the year 1990, 1995, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,2012 and 2013 in this district. Main Rivers such as Rushikulya& Badanadi, and other small rivers like Sananadi, Kokolaba, Padma, Loharakhandi, Ghodahada, Bahuda, Dhanei, Baghua, Boda, and Kharakhari are flowing in this district. Besides these, there are tributaries / nalas i:e Bahana nala, Sapua nala, Bahuda nala, Taptapani nala, Ganju nala are also available and flowing. Overflowing of water in these rivers/ Nalas often cause floods threatening community by adversely affecting human life / cattle life, property, amenities or activity leading to economic loss. 3.3.4.3 Tsunami Even though this district is situated in the seaside and vulnerable to tsunami, fortunately this district is not victimized by Tsunami in the past years. However, tidal waves have yielded coastal erosion for a vast area and washed away parts of habitations in respect of coastal villages namely Aryapalli, Ramayapatna and Podempeta several times. The threat of Tsunami warrants a comprehensive planning and preparedness for coastal villages to save lives of people residing and their cattle. 3.3.4.4 Drought Drought conditions appear due to deficit rainfall over an extended period of a season, year or even more/ failure of rains in season with those of normal rainfall of a region / natural scarcity of water and other climatic factor. If the rainfall deficit is between 26-50%, the drought is situation and water problem for people, animals and agriculture crop. Overall degradation of forest cover, accelerated soil erosion, encroachment/extinction of traditional water bodies / ponds/water harvesting structures are the factors leading to runoff of rainwater and cited as cause of drought.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 74
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
3.3.4.5 Multi-Hazard Map of Ganjam District The map below is the multi hazard map of the district which was published in vulnerability atlas brought out by Building Materials and Technology Promotion Council (BMPTC), Govt. of India, prepared in the year 2019. The district was classified into four major zones, representing the vulnerability of each zone with the type of disaster in that zone. Whole -eastern zone of the district consists d & Cyclone High Damage Risk Zone with intensityDamage Risk Zone with intensity-
Figure 3.20 Multi-Hazard Map of Ganjam District, 2019 Source Vulnerability Atlas, published by BMTPC, Govt. of India
Hence, it can be concluded that Ganjam District is richly endowed with immense natural resources like river/stream water, forests and some mineral resources, but at
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 75
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
the same time faces frequent natural calamities like drought, flood, cyclone etc. which is affecting the economic backbone of the people in the district
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 76
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
4 Studio Project Outline: Vision and Methods 4.1 Studio Project Outline The Integrated Regional Environmental Plan is engrossed in formulating the vision and objectives that focuses more on the environmental sustainability and steers to the balanced growth and development of the district for the year of 2041, which includes Analysis, Proposals and recommendations syncing with the development principles. The studio initiated with understanding the context of Regional Environment Plan where the students are introduced to different regional planning concepts and made to work on Types of Regions, Delineation of regions, Backwardness of Regions. For in-depth understanding the following case studies of Regional Plans were been studied focusing more on the process and outcomes. Coimbatore Regional Plan 2038 Regional Plan for Goa-2021 Regional Plan for Mumbai Integrated District Development Plan, Kollam North Queensland Regional Plan
4.2 Identification of Study Area The study area for the regional environmental planning studio has been selected as Ganjam District in the state of Odisha. To understand the baseline of the Ganjam district in terms of various aspects, an inter district comparison exercise is done which compares all the districts of Odisha in terms of the following indicators and parameters. Social Indicators Density of population Decadal population growth rate Sex ratio Literacy rate Economic indicators NDDP MSME Industries Tourism Workforce participation Infrastructure indicators
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 77
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
% of villages electrified PTR % of HH with tap water supply Road density Environmental indicators Forest area Wetland area Gross Crop Area Total irrigated area Based on these indicators, the comparative analysis of all the districts of Odisha is been studied and the position of Ganjam district in terms of social, economic, infrastructure and environmental characteristics is been identified. It is identified that Ganjam has the potential and scope for regional environmental development plan considering the abundant natural resource and the increasing population growth. Integrated Regional Environmental Development Plan for Ganjam District 2041
4.3 Vision The regional environmental development plan for Ganjam District takes an integrated , economic growth and good governance framework as well. The
are as follows:
To develop a cross sectoral regional Environmental plan for the Ganjam district that embrace sustainability and resilience while constantly striving to improve socioecological systems in order to optimize natural resource utilization, promote balanced development by prioritizing environment and economy.
4.4 Objectives To preserve, protect, enhance, and restore land, water and coastal resources while minimizing the conflicts by promoting ecologically sustainable development.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 78
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
To boost economy by creating industrial clusters and providing suitable infrastructure for agro based and allied industries. To promote Eco - tourism while enhancing economy and inclusivity, social equity & integration of the region. To foster resilience and promote balanced development by upgrading the settlement hierarchy so as to improve access to infrastructure and governance. Based on the Vision statement and objectives, the following eight sectors have been identified, which has to be analyzed in detail for arriving at the regional environmental plan for the district. o Settlement Hierarchy & Demography o LULC & Biodiversity o Water Resources o Industry and Livelihood o Primary Sector of Economy o Disaster Management o Coastal Management o Tourism Governance All these eight sectors have been analysed in detail and with baseline study, sectoral objectives and specific analytical tools. Based on the key issues and Potentials from the sectoral analysis a Conceptual framework of Proposals is been made emphasizing the development principles. The project ends with the identification of developable land and corresponding sectoral and intersectoral proposals.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 79
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 80
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 4.1: Methodology of the Studio Project
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 81
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 82
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
5 Settlement Hierarchy & Demography 5.1 Introduction Ganjam District was established on April 1, 1936. The district was named after Ganjam, a historic township and European fort on the northern bank of the river Rushikulya, which served as the area's headquarters. The Ganjam area was a part of ancient Kalinga which was occupied by Ashok in 261 B.C. The period of 1757 was ruled by the French Commander Bussy. The English overthrew the French ruler in 1759, and the District was acquired by them. The District Collector's office was established in 1794. With effect from 1.4.1936, the district was detached from the Madras Presidency and became part of the newly formed State of Odisha province. Spatially, Ganjam District is located on the south eastern coast of Odisha with Bay of Bengal forming the eastern boundary of the district. The geographical location of the district accrues special advantage having accessibility within the state and nation. Ganjam District is on 19.4-to-20.17-degree North Latitude and 84.7-to-85.12-degree East Longitude. It covers an area of 8070.60 sq km. 5.1.1 Settlement Pattern Ganjam
is
administrative
one
of
districts,
administrative
Odisha's
30
having
its
headquarters
in
Chatrapur. Ganjam is divided into three sub-divisions Chhatrapur, Berhampur, and Bhanjanagar. principal
city
is
However,
the
Brahmapur.
The
Collector and District Magistrate are the administrative heads of Ganjam District, as they are in all other districts across the country.The district consists of 3212 Villages, 473 Gram Panchayats, 22
Figure 5.1: Administration
Blocks and 23 Tehsils, 2 Police Districts and 35 Police Stations. For better
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 83
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
administration, there is a Revenue Divisional Commissioner (RDC) functioning from Brahmapur. The 23 Tahasils and 22 Blocks, in Ganjam district under three sub-divisions are listed in the following table. Table 7: Administrative Division of Ganjam District
5.1.2 Urban settlement According to the 2011 census, urban areas account for 21.76 percent (or 7.68 lakh) of the district's total population. The population of the city is divided into 39 towns: 1 municipality, 17 Notified Area Councils, and 21 Census Towns. Only one of these towns has a population of more than one lakh, while the majority of the towns have populations of less than 20,000. It is broadly observed that out of 39 towns, only 4
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 84
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
towns (10. 25%) have population more than 20000 as per 2011 census whereas 12 towns (30.77%) record population in between 10000 to 20000 populations. Rest 23 towns (58.98%) have population less than 10000 populations. Even though it has a bigger number of urban settlements, the level of urban population remains low, and the district has yet to attain a dynamic urbanization process, according to the classification above.
Figure 5.2: Urban Settlement Map
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 85
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
5.2 Demography 5.2.1 Population 600000 500000 400000
Population (2011)
Kukudakhandi Hinjilicut Kavisurjyanagar Jagannathprasad Buguda Patrapur Seragada Bellaguntha Chikiti Ganjam Dharakote
Rangeilunda (Kanisi) Khalikote Asika Sanakhemundi Digapahandi Bhanjanagar Purusottampur Surada Chhatrapur Polasara
300000 200000 100000 0
Figure 5.3: Blockwise Population
Ganjam District has a total population of 35, 29, 031, with a rural population of 27,61,30 (78.24 percent) and an urban population of 7,68,001. (21.76 percent). Rangeilunda has the highest population among the 22 blocks, with a total of 5,25,191 inhabitants, with 1,40,328 people living in rural areas and 3,84,863 in urban areas. Dharakote block has the smallest population in Ganjam district, with 1,07,946 inhabitants. 5.2.2
Area
The overall area of Ganjam District is 8206 square kilometres, with Digapahandi and Jagannathprasad having the greatest areas among the 22 Blocks, with 432 square kilometres and 429 square kilometres, respectively. Hinjilicut and Kabisuryanagar Area (Sq km)
Digapahandi Jagannathprasad Khalikote Sorada Patrapur Buguda Bhanjanagar Sanakhemundi Dharakote Kukudakhandi Chatrapur Asika Purushottampur Rangeilunda Ganjam Polasara Beginiapada Chikiti Belaguntha Seragada Hinjilicut Kabisuryanagar
500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
Fig 3: Ganjam Population
Figure 5.4: Ganjam Area Chart
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 86
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
blocks in Ganjam district have the smallest areas, with 155 and 148 square kilometres, respectively.
5.2.3 Density The population density of the district is 430 people per square kilometre. The largest population density is seen in Kavisurjyanagar and Seragada, with 771 and 735 individuals per square kilometre, respectively. The Blocks of Surada, Patrapur, Digapahandi, and Jagannathprasad have the lowest population density, with less than 378 people per square kilometre. It is observed that the district's population density Density (person per Sq km)
Purusottampur Asika Polasara Sanakhemundi Kukudakhandi Bellaguntha Chhatrapur Chikiti Bhanjanagar Khalikote Dharakote Ganjam Buguda Surada Patrapur Digapahandi Jagannathprasad
Hinjilicut
Kavisurjyanagar Seragada
900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0
Figure 5.5: Ganjam Density Chart & map Fig
5: Ganjam Density Chart &
begins to expand from the national routes.
5.2.3.1 Sex ratio The sex-ratio of Ganjam district is around 983 compared to 979 which is average of Odisha state. The highest Sex ratios in the district are 1047 and 1039 in Polasara and Jagannathprasad, respectively.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 87
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Sex Ratio ( females per 1000 males)
Bhanjanagar Seragada Sanakhemundi Buguda Patrapur
Bellaguntha Chikiti Asika Purusottampur Hinjilicut Ganjam Khalikote Kukudakhandi Kavisurjyanagar Surada
Polasara Jagannathprasad Chhatrapur Dharakote Digapahandi
1060 1040 1020 1000 980 960 940 920 900
Figure 5.6: Ganjam Sex Ratio Chart
5.2.4
Literacy rate
According to the 2011 census, the district's overall literacy rate is 71.09 percent. However, during the same time period, the literacy rate was still lower than the state average of 72.87 percent. However, in comparison to the increase in male literacy, the female literacy rate has increased dramatically to 31.26 percent. Male and female literacy levels in the district were reported to be 80.99 percent and 61.13 percent, respectively, according to the 2011 census. The highest literacy rate in Ganjam district is Bellaguntha block 78%, while the lowest literacy rate is only 58% in both Patrapur and Chikiti block of Ganjam.
Literacy Rate %
Purusottampur Khalikote Chhatrapur Dharakote Sanakhemundi Digapahandi Surada Chikiti Patrapur
Polasara Ganjam Kukudakhandi
Bellaguntha Asika Jagannathprasad Bhanjanagar Buguda Kavisurjyanagar Hinjilicut Seragada
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Figure 5.7: Ganjam Literacy Rate
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 88
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
5.3 Regional Connectivity Connectivity is a term to denote how well an area is connected to other regions (inter regional) or within the region (intra-regional). This may be by air, road, rail or water ways. The transportation system of a region is seen as one of its development engines, stimulating the area's dynamic growth in a planned manner. The essential structural elements of a transportation system form adequate links with settlements with various activity. It also allows for easy movement of people and commodities to and from various activity centres involving administration, business, industry, mining, education, tourism, religious, and cultural activities. The primary goal of establishing an effective transportation system is to assure a long-term mobility system that meets the need while also facilitating a speedy communication system that an area may require in an emergency.
5.3.1 Broad Existing structure of road network system Table 8: Types of Roads length
Inter District Mobility Structure The road and rail network infrastructure in Ganjam district connects it to other districts in the state, as well as the nation's development corridor.
The
Bhubaneswar,
district
is
Cuttack,
connected
to
Sambalpur,
Jharsuguda, Bolangir, Kalahandi, Anugul, and other districts of the state by the NH16, 57,59, 326, 516 and NH45. Furthermore, the district is traversed by state highways such as SH 21, 22, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 36, and 37. Bhubaneswar, Cuttack, Bhadrak, Balasore, Rayagada, Sambalpur, Jharsuguda, and Sundargarh are all served by the district's rail network. Internal Road Structure The district's internal transportation system, which includes the SH and important district highways, has a star-shaped road structure. It is the district's primary transportation artery. Other district roads branch off from these major highways at key
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 89
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
intersections, connecting various urban and rural villages, tourist attractions, commercial hubs, educational institutions, health facilities, blocks and Panchayat headquarters, and so on.
Figure 5.8: Existing Road Network Source: District Spatial Land Use Planning - Ganjam District, Odisha
5.4 Settlement Hierarchy Analysis 5.4.1 Sectoral Approach Objectives: 1. To determine the existing settlement hierarchy of the rural and urban areas based on administrative and population size, service and functions, facilities and area of influence. 2. To assess the infrastructural gaps servicing the rural and urban areas comparing it with standards and service level benchmarks. 3. To understand the existing road network structure, regional linkages and interdistrict mobility structure by different modes of transport 4. To calculate the index of development for rural areas based on the identified list of parameters. 5. To identify the potential growth centers and aspirational areas and decentralize/upgrade the infrastructure and connectivity services for the balanced development of the region.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 90
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
5.4.2 Methodology Using various theories such as Christaller's model, weighted Index, Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP), Guttman Scalogram techniques, settlement hierarchy can be determined. Basic steps considered for determining existing settlement pattern are: Step 1:17 parameters were identified and grouped under following 7 sectors. i.e., i) Demography, ii) Healthcare & Nutrition, iii) Education, iv) Environment & Agriculture, v) Connectivity, vi) Basic Infrastructure & Utility services and vii) Economy. Step 2: Establishing the weightage and scoring logic for all 17 parameters and weighted index value is calculated for all 473 Gram panchayats. Steps 3: Classification of Existing Order of Settlement hierarchy Steps 4: Identification of spatial gaps as per existing settlement hierarchy using hexagons Step 5: Analyzing gaps and problem identification by plotting Guttman Scalogram. Step 6: Determining Settlement Structure. Parameters for Development Index
settlement hierarchy of the rural settlements, a list of 17 parameters were identified and grouped under following 7 sectors. Demography o Density of Population o Total Number of Households Healthcare & Nutrition o Access to Healthcare facilities / Hospitals CHC, PHC, PHSC, Clinic, Maternity and child care, allopathic, dispensary, family welfare centres Education o Access to Schools pre primary, primary, middle, secondary, senior secondary o Access to Colleges arts and science, engineering, medical, management, polytechnic, vocational Environment & Agriculture
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 91
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
o Area under Forest o Area under Non-Agricultural Uses Connectivity o Transportation services Buses (govt and private), Trains (railway stations), Autos, Rickshaws, Taxis, Vans, Ferrys o Access to Roads NH, SH, MDR, ODR, VR o Access to Nearest Towns
Basic Infrastructure & Utility services o Water supply status tap water (treated/ut), wells (covered/uc), hand pump, rivers/canals, ponds/tanks o Drainage status closed/open/no drains, discharge to water bodies or treatment plant o Sanitation and Waste management status community toilets, waste disposal and recycling o Power supply status domestic, agriculture, commercial and other uses o Recreation status community centre, sports field, cinema/video halls o Utility status post office, public distribution shop (PDS), library Economy o Banks Commercial banks, cooperative banks and ATM o Markets Mandis/Regular Market, weekly market, agriculture market society Each parameter has been detailed out with the subsequent data points and units of measuring the facilities along with the scoring logic. The weightage for each sector is amongst the sectors is represented through the pairwise comparison matrix and the criteria weightage distribution is calculated by normalizing the matrix, dividing the criteria values with the sum of the values. Table 9: AHP - Pair wise comparison matrix
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 92
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table 10: Normalized matrix and Weightage Distribution
Table 11: Parameters, Weightage, Units and Scoring logic - Development Index to determine Settlement
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 93
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
5.4.3 Existing Settlement Hierarchy After establishing the weightage and scoring logic for all 17 parameters, the total weighted score and weighted index value is calculated for all 473 gram panchayats. After ranking the gram panchayats into order based on the weighted index value, it is categorized into the following four classes based on the facilities functions and its area of influence also the population served. Growth Centers: These are 1st order villages serving the growth nodes. These are mostly having higher order facilities and these are the upcoming urban centers. The radius of influence of the growth centers is considered to be 15 kms. Growth Nodes: These are 2nd order villages serving service villages. These need some higher order facilities to get upgraded to growth centers. The radius of influence of the growth nodes is considered to be 10 kms. Service Villages: These are 3rd order villages serving the lowest order rural settlements. These are having minimum lowest order facilities like PHC, Primary School etc. The radius of influence of the growth nodes is considered to be 5 kms. Base Villages: Villages not having much access to the basic facilities. These are dependent on the service villages. Table 12: Existing Order of settlements
Table 13: Existing First Order settlements
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 94
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Similarly, 36 second order settlements, 110 third order settlements and 318 fourth order settlements are identified and are called as growth nodes, service villages and base villages respectively and are represented spatially on the map.
Figure 5.9: Existing Settlement hierarchy map
It is observed that most of the first order settlements are located very close to the urban settlements and most of the third and fourth order settlements are located towards the periphery of the district where the forests area exists. To analyze the spatial gaps which the different order of settlements cannot serve a hexagon of respective radius of influence is drawn around the nodal points of different order of settlements.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 95
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
First Order Settlements
Growth Centers
Figure 5.10: First order settlement
The radius of influence for the growth centers is considered to be 15 kms and a hexagon of same radius is been drawn around each nodal point of the growth center to identify the area covered and population served also to figure out the area not under the catchment. There are 9 existing number of settlement and 5 are proposed. Ganjam district has an area of 8071 sq.km out of which almost over 2800 sq.kms (35% of the district area) are covered under forest area. The 14 first order settlements are found to serve the area of about 5455.90 sq.km (67.5% of the district area) and the
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 96
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
remaining 2616 sq.km (32.5% of the district area) is found to be out of catchment of the service area. Second Order Settlements
Growth Nodes
Figure 5.11: Second order settlement
The radius of influence for the growth centers is considered to be 10 kms and a hexagon of same radius is been drawn around each nodal point of the growth center to identify the area covered and population served also to figure out the area not under the catchment. There are 31 existing number of settlement and 14 are proposed.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 97
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The 45 second order settlements are found to serve the area of about 619,63 sq.km (76.8% of the district area) and the remaining 1873.47 sq km (23.2% of the district area) is found to be out of catchment of the service area Third Order Settlements
Service village
Figure 5.12: Third order settlement
The radius of influence for the growth centers is considered to be 5 kms and a hexagon of same radius is been drawn around each nodal point of the growth center to identify the area covered and population served also to figure out the area not under the catchment. There are 86 existing number of settlement and 24 are proposed. Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 98
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The 110 third order settlements are found to serve the area of about 4936.38 sq.km (61.15% of the district area) and the remaining 3134.62 sq km (38.85% of the district area) is found to be out of catchment of the service area.
5.5 Infrastructure Analysis 5.5.1 Social Infrastructure Social facilities are the basic infrastructure that facilitates human resource development, which ultimately helps sustain development and sets off a dynamic chain of growth for the region; Without this facility, the development process remains incomplete and therefore requires rational planning of the social infrastructure for the district. The provision of social infrastructure is always made in response to the basic needs of communities in order to improve their quality of life, equity, stability, and social wellbeing. This also serves as a foundation for the development of human and social capital. Educational Facilities Education is an indicator of development. "Education is for life," as the saying goes. It is an investment that cannot be lost, spent, or deducted. It encourages children's rational thinking, sharpens their skills, and prepares them for a brighter future. It is the means by which socioeconomic transformation can take place. According to a baseline study, the district's overall literacy rate is 71.09 percent, as measured by the 2011 census. Schools The district currently has 5448 schools, of which 3598 are primary schools, 1320 are upper primary schools, and 530 are secondary schools. According to the Human Development Report, Ganjam 2013, nearly 81 percent of the total number of schools are government schools that are part of Education Guarantee Schemes, 13 percent are part of Innovative Education Schemes, and the rest are private schools. In comparison to rural areas, the percentage of private schools in urban areas is relatively higher (28 percent). Government schools, on the other hand,
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 99
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
account for 72 percent of all schools in urban areas. However, this picture differs in different urban areas. According to current data on the number of schools, the district does not require any additional new schools. Rather, while planning at the block level, schools should be upgraded with better facilities. Colleges There are 83 colleges in the district that offer higher education. There are 44 of them in blocks and 39 in urban areas. 12 of the total colleges are women's colleges, with the majority of them (11) located in urban areas, mainly in the Brahmapur Municipality. Brahmapur Municipal Corporation has the most colleges (14), out of all the blocks and urban areas. Technical Education Industrial Training Institute, Brahmapur, and Industrial Training Institute, Chhatrapur are two government Industrial Technical Institutes (ITI) in Ganjam district. The latter is only available to women, whereas the former is available to both men and women. There are currently 210 private technical institutions in Ganjam that offer courses in a variety of trades. Parla Maharaja Engineering College is a government-run institution, while the National Institute of Science and Technology (NIST) has 450 seats, Roland Institute of Technology (RIT) has 300 seats, and Sanjay Memorial Institute of Technology (SMIT) has 360 seats. Brahmapur School of Engineering and Technology (BSET), DUCP Engineering School, and Brahmapur Women's Polytechnic are some of the other technical colleges in the area. 5.5.2 Health Facilities Human happiness and well-being are dependent on good health. A system of healthcare and protection that is available, accessible, acceptable, and of good quality is one of the entitlements. As a result, the right to health requires that public health and health-care facilities be available in sufficient numbers throughout the district and that they be open to all people without discrimination. The map depicts the current distribution of Ganjam's public healthcare system. (Fig 8: Existing Healthcare Map of Ganjam)
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 100
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 5.13: Existing Education Map of Ganjam
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 101
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table 14: Overall infrastructure Gap of the District
Figure 5.14: Existing Healthcare Map of Ganjam
5.5.3 Scalogram Representation of Settlement Hierarchy Manual Scalogram Analysis of Settlements is the manual version of the Guttman scale is primarily a graphic and nonstatistical device that arrays functions by ubiquity (frequency of presence) and ranks settlements by functional complexity on a matrix chart. The identified first, second, third and fourth order of settlements are represented in the form of a scalogram wherein the name of the settlements is mentioned on the left side
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 102
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
and the parameters is mentioned on the top. If the facility is available in the settlement it is mentioned with 1 in a dark shade and if the facility is not available in the settlement it is mentioned with 0 in a light shade. The scalogram analysis is done for all the 473 gram panchayats. The chart clearly gives an idea about the number of facilities in each gram panchayats. It is also observed that the health care facilities are comparatively poor when compared to the educational facilities among all order of settlements. Also the sanitation facility is also poor amongst all the rural settlements. The basic purpose of doing this scalogram representation is to understand what particular facility is lacking in each rural settlement as well as in the overall district. Facilities Lacking in the District
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 103
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 5.15: Scalogram Representation of Settlement Hierarchy
The scalogram has to be adjusted in such a way that the top left columns becomes dark (availability of facilities) and the bottom right columns becomes light (non availability of facilities) so that the potential settlements which can grow to the higher order of settlements can be identified.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 104
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 5.16: Updated Scalogram Representation of Settlement Hierarchy
5.6 Inferences and Way forward Identifying Potential Settlements which can become a higher order settlement. (Based on Scalogram, Scoring, Spatiality and Potential settlements in nonserviceable areas of the existing settlement hierarchy) Identifying Infrastructural gaps in the settlements and propose facilities so that it can serve sufficient population also spatially within0 accessible.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 105
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 106
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6 Land use Land cover & Biodiversity 6.1 Introduction Land use Land cover Analysis The terms land use and land cover are often used interchangeably, but each term has its own unique meaning. Land cover refers to the surface cover on the ground like vegetation, urban infrastructure, water, bare soil etc. Identification of land cover establishes the baseline information for activities like thematic mapping and change detection analysis. Land use refers to the purpose the land serves, for example, recreation, wildlife habitat, or agriculture. When used together with the phrase Land Use / Land Cover (LULC) generally refers to the categorization or classification of human activities and natural elements on the landscape within a specific time frame based on established scientific and statistical methods of analysis of appropriate source materials. Biodiversity Analysis Biodiversity is a term that comprises the appearance, structure and function of all levels of biological organization, including genes, species and ecosystems. The vast number, proportion and distribution of species which belong to a specified group and exist in a defined area or ecosystem. Once a trait is specified on this basis, any meaningful measure of diversity can be applied to assess biodiversity across levels of biological organization.
6.2 Sectoral Approach 6.2.1 Objectives To assess the spatial and temporal changes occurred in the district over a particular period and to identify the reasons behind these changes. To evaluate the status of ecosystem, driver of its impacts, its effects on the environment, habitat and migration patterns for mapping out ecologically sensitive areas to develop a conservation plan.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 107
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
To understand the temporal variation of forest based on typology, cover, canopy density etc. To promote forest conservation strategies in order to reduce the wasteland. To develop an analytical framework for identifying the developable and conservable land in the district in order to maintain the balance between development and nature. 6.2.2 Tools & Techniques used LULC Analysis QGIS (For LULC change analysis). ArcGIS (For Land suitability analysis). Analytic hierarchy Process. Weighted Overlay Analysis. Biodiversity Analysis Species based Parameters. Ecosystem based Parameters. Geomorphology based Parameters. Weighted Overlay Analysis. 6.2.3 Methodology
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 108
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Figure 6.1: Methodology for analysis Source: Authors
1.1. 6.2.4 Data required for analysis LULC Analysis Slope or Elevation map. Soil typology. Disaster Prone zone map. Eco sensitivity zone map. Waterbodies map Settlements map. Transport Network (Road & Rail). Agriculture land & Fallow land map. Barren lands. Location & typology of existing industries. Location of Quarries & excavation activities. Future agricultural land & market areas map. Biodiversity Analysis Species (flora & fauna) - Count, native and invasive, migration patterns, animal paths, threatened & endangered, spatial distribution, animal hunting seasons. Map of ecologically important areas. Species with economic importance (trees) Map of Wetlands. IUCN red list of species.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 109
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Geomorphology Map. Forest map based on administrative boundaries. Forest map based on climatic conditions (avg. annual rainfall). Map of fire prone forest areas. Forest Map Based on Forest Cover. Forest Canopy Density. Forest Fragmentation map. Block Level forest cover data.
6.3 Land use and Land cover Definitions Description of land use and land cover classes (As per BHUVAN) LULC classification scheme and brief description of classes are as given hereunder: economic function is added to it, it becomes Land Use. Built up land It is an area of human habitation developed due to non agricultural use and that has a cover of buildings, transport and communication, utilities in association with water, vegetation and vacant lands. Web LULC map consists of 3 classes under built up viz., urban, rural and mining. Urban Urban areas are non linear built up areas covered by impervious structures adjacent to or connected by streets. This cover is related to centres of population. This class usually occurs in combination with vegetated areas that are connected to buildings that show a regular pattern, such as vegetated areas, gardens etc. and industrial and/or other areas. (FAO, 2005). It includes residential areas, mixed built up, recreational
places,
public
/
semi public
utilities,
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
communications,
public
P a g e | 110
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
utilizes/facility, commercial areas, reclaimed areas, vegetated areas, transportation, industrial areas and their dumps, and ash/cooling ponds. Rural These are the lands used for human settlement of size comparatively less than the urban settlements of which the majority of population is involved in the primary activity of agriculture. These are the built up areas, smaller in size, mainly associated with agriculture and allied sectors and non commercial activities. They can be seen in clusters non
contiguous or scattered.
Agricultural land These are the lands primarily used for farming and for production of food, fiber, and other commercial and horticultural crops. Cropland These are the areas with standing crop as on the date of Satellite overpass. Cropped areas appear in bright red to red in colour with varying shape and size in a contiguous to non
contiguous pattern. They are widely distributed indifferent terrains;
prominently appear in the irrigated areas irrespective of the source of irrigation. It includes kharif, rabi and zaid crop lands along with areas under double or triple crops. Plantations These are the areas under agricultural tree crops planted adopting agricultural management techniques. Depending on the location, they exhibit a dispersed or contiguous pattern. Use of multi season data will enable their separation in a better way. It includes agricultural plantation (like tea, coffee, rubber etc.) horticultural plantation (like coconut, arecanut, citrus fruits, orchards, fruits, ornamental shrubs and trees, vegetable gardens etc.) and agro horticultural plantation. Fallow An agricultural system with an alternation between a cropping period of several years and a fallow period. (Ruthenberg, 1980). In another terms these are the lands, which are taken up for cultivation but are temporarily allowed to rest, un cropped for one or more season, but not less than one year Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 111
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Forest The term forest is used to refer to land with a tree canopy cover of more than 10 percent and an area of more than 0.5 ha. Forests are determined both by the presence of trees and the absence of other predominant land uses. The trees should be able to reach a minimum height of 5 m (MOEF, 2011). It consists of: Deciduous This applies to the phenology of perennial plants that are leafless for a certain period of the year (Ford Robertson, 1971). The leaf shedding usually takes place simultaneously in connection with the unfavorable season (UNESCO, 1973). These are the forest types that are predominantly composed of species, which shed their leaves once a year, especially during summer. It also includes a tree clad area with tree cover lying outside the notified forest boundary areas that are herbaceous with a woody appearance (e.g. bamboos, palms, tree ferns etc.). Scrub Forest These are the forest areas which are generally seen at the fringes of dense forest cover and settlements, where there is biotic and abiotic interference. Most times they are located closer to habitations. Forest blanks which are the openings amidst forest areas, devoid of tree cover, observed as openings of assorted size and shapes as manifested on the imagery are also included in this category. Grass / grazing land These are the areas of natural grass along with other vegetation, predominantly grass like plants (Monocots) and non grass like herbs (except Lantana species which are to be classified as scrub). It includes natural/semi natural grass/ grazing lands of Alpine/Sub Alpine or temperate or subtropical or tropical zones, desertic areas and manmade grasslands. Wastelands Described as degraded lands which can be brought under vegetative cover with reasonable effort and which is currently underutilized and land which is deteriorating for lack of appropriate water and soil management or on account of natural causes.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 112
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Salt Affected Land Generally characterized as land that has excess salt in the soils with patchy growth of grasses. Gullied / Ravinous Land They are the resultant of terrain deformation due to water erosion which occurs widely in all agro climatic zones. Gullies are formed as a result of localized surface run off affecting the unconsolidated material resulting in the formation of perceptible channels causing undulating terrain. They are mostly associated with stream courses, sloping grounds with good rainfall regions and foothill regions. These are the first stage of excessive land dissection followed by their networking which leads to the development of ravinous land. Ravines are basically extensive systems of gullies developed along river courses. Scrub Land These areas possess shallow and skeletal soils, at times chemically degraded extremes of slopes, severely eroded or subjected to excessive aridity with scrubs dominating the landscape. Sandy Area These can occur in coastal, Riverine or inland areas. Deserted sands are characterized by accumulation of sand developed in situ or transported by Aeolian processes. Coastal sands are the sands that are accumulated as a strip along the sea coast. Riverine sands are those that are seen as accumulations in the flood plain as sheets which are the resultant phenomena of river flooding. Barren Rocky/Stony Waste These are rock exposures of varying lithology often barren and devoid of soil and vegetation cover. Wetland / water bodies
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 113
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
All submerged or water saturated lands, natural or man made, inland or coastal, permanent or temporary, static or dynamic, vegetated or non vegetated, which necessarily have a land water interface, are defined as wetlands. Inland Wetlands These are the areas that include ox bow lakes, cut off meanders, playas, marsh, etc. which are seasonal as well as permanent in nature. It also includes manmade wetlands like waterlogged areas (seasonal and perennial). Coastal Wetland These include estuaries, lagoons, creek, backwater, bay, tidal flat/mud flat, sand/beach, rocky coast, mangrove, salt marsh/marsh vegetation and other hydrophytes vegetation and saltpans. River /Stream / Canals Rivers/streams are natural course of water flowing on the land surface along a definite channel/slope regularly or intermittently towards a sea in most cases or in to a lake or an inland basin in desert areas or a marsh or another river. Canals are artificial water course constructed for irrigation, navigation or to drain out excess water from agricultural lands. Water Bodies This category comprises areas with surface water in the form of ponds, lakes, tanks and reservoirs. Snow and glaciers These are the areas under snow cover confined to the Himalayan region. They are mostly located in mountain peaks and steep slopes/high relief areas. These are the areas which remain under snow either on temporary or permanent basis. These are the areas under perpetual snow cover throughout the year. They are the origins of most of Himalayan river systems.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 114
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table 15: Description of Land use Classification
Source: (Bhuvan, 2015; Bhuvan, 2015)
6.3.1 Existing Land use and Land cover of Ganjam District The Landuse/Land cover Maps of Ganjam District has been generated using High resolution satellites Image during the period 2005, 2010 and 2015. The spatial resolution of cartosat-I (PAN) 2.5 meters and LISS IV (MX) is 5.8 meters. The LULC Map is generated in the scale of 1:10,000. The satellite image has been georeferenced and rectified for removal of errors and transformation of images to projected coordinate system and WGS 1984 datum 45UTM. Base layers have been created for interpretation of LULC Mapping adopting 9 main classes and 57 subclasses. Minimum map able units are 3mm x 3mm pixel size has been adopted less than that information not is considered. Topo sheets are referred during the creation of Landuse/ land cover maps. A three such map has been generated with a gap of 10 yrs for observing growth
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 115
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
of various activities. The secondary data like administrative boundaries and forest boundaries has been used for preparation of LULC map of Ganjam district.
Figure 6.2: Lulc map of Ganjam-2011 Source: Authors
Figure 6.3: Lulc map of Ganjam-2021
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 116
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Source: Authors
The dominant land uses in district are Agriculture and Forest covering almost 75% of the district. It indicates the district is mostly a primary activity dependent getting its income from Agricultural and Forest produce. Over the decade, the land use has majorly changed in Agriculture followed by Forest. There is decrease observed in barren land indicating use of land for various other purpose. Table 6.2: Table shows Change in LULC from 2011-2021
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 117
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6.4 LULC Change 2011-2021
Figure 6.4: Land use land cover change map Source: Authors
Table 6.3: Change matrix in % Share
Source: Authors Table 6.4: Transition Matrix of LULC
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 118
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Authors
6.5 Prediction of Urban/Growth Built-Up Urban growth is predicted from 2041 from the evolution of 2011 and 2021 urban growth in the direction and growth rate.
Built-up 2011 Area
649 sq.km
Built-up 2021 Area
937 sq.km
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 119
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Built-up 2041 Area
839 sq.km
Figure 6.5: Predicted built-up map Source: Authors
6.6 Forest Cover As per base line report, the legal status of forest area of the Ganjam district is recorded as 25.27 % of the geographical area and it extends over an area of 3,149.90 sq km, out of which 1,485.69 sq km is reserve forests, 143.54 sq km is demarcated forests, 1,167.36 sq km is undemarcated protected forests, 0.86 sq km is un-classified forests and 352.45 sq km is other forests. Table 6.5: Forest Classification
Area Classification of Forest (Sq.km.) Reserve Forest
1485.80783
Protected Forest
143.63544
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 120
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Un Demarcated
1167.35294
Unclassified Forest
80.00746
Other Forest
352.47381
Total
3149.9
Source: Forest Department of Ganjam
Contrastingly, as per report of Forest Survey of India, the total actual forest area existing in the district is reported to be 2,156 sq. km. constituting 25.59 percent of its geographical area against 32.33 per cent of the state average, and 21.23 per cent of the national average. This forest area includes 849 sq. Km of open forests, 162 sq. Km of very dense forests area and 1,089 sq. Km of moderate dense forest area. It is not out of the place to mention that National Forest Policy of 1988 envisages a minimum of one-third of the geographical area including two-third in the hilly and mountainous regions under such cover shall be reserved in order to prevent erosion and land degradation and to ensure stability of the fragile ecosystem of the country.
Figure 6.6: Percentage share Forest as per Canopy cover Source: Authors
It is interesting to note that the district come under the mix moist peninsular high and low level Sal forests, tropical moist and dry deciduous forest and tropical deciduous forest. Some of the forest products of the district are bamboos, medicinal herbs, Jhuna, Mahul, Lakha and Sal leaves. These products are important source of incomes for the local people living in and around the forest areas. Table
4.1 summarizes
forest area of the district and this can be seen in the map given below. The major
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 121
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
environmental issues are forest degradation by way of over utilisation of forest product, soil erosion, flooding, and conversion of forest land for development purpose. As per land cover analysis, the block wise forest area is presented in Graps below. It is noticed that only 7 blocks has forest area more than 30.00% of the total area of the block. Rest 15 blocks has forest area less than 30.00 %. 80% 60% 40% 20%
Surada
Bhanjarnagar
Patrapur
Jagannathprasad
Dharakote
Buguda
Beguniapada
Polasara
Kukudakhandi
Ganjam
Sanakhemundi
Chikiti
Bellaguntha
Sheragada
Khallikote
Digapahandi
Kangeilunda
Purushottampur
Kabisuryanagar
Hinjilicut
Chatrapur
Aska
0%
Figure 6.7: Block wise forest distribution 2011 Source: Authors
80% 60% 40% 20%
Bhanjarnagar
Surada
Patrapur
Jagannathprasad
Dharakote
Buguda
Polasara
Beguniapada
Sanakhemundi
Kukudakhandi
Ganjam
Chikiti
Bellaguntha
Digapahandi
Khallikote
Sheragada
Kangeilunda
Purushottampur
Kabisuryanagar
Hinjilicut
Chatrapur
Aska
0%
Figure 6.8: Block wise forest distribution 2021 Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 122
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6.6.1 Road Network and Forest Area The total length of forest roads maintained in the district is 494.3 Km. Out of this, 31.80 K.M. stretch of forest road coming under Brahmapur division, 214 K.M.s under Ghumusar south division and 248.5 K.Ms is coming under Ghumusar North division Forest roads are essential for forest management. Roads have to be designed in such a way that it would create minimum soil disturbance, help in maintaining of drains and it should avoid stream crossings. It is noticed that for each 10 sq km of forest area there is 2,35 km of forest road. This forest road density is adequate and it is recommended not to increase forest road density further. It is also further seen in map 6.3 that most of the forest areas are approached by district roads that facilitates smooth operation of forest management. 6.6.2 Forest Canopy Density In this investigation forest canopy density modeling has been prepared. The Forest Canopy Density model utilizes forest canopy density as an essential parameter for characterization of forest conditions. Table 6.6: Forest class as per density
Source: Moefa
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 123
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 6.9: Forest Canopy cover 2009 Source: Authors
Figure 6.10: Forest Canopy cover 2019 Source: Authors
6.6.3 Change in Forest Canopy Density (2009-2019) Increase in forest cover due to activities like plantation and conservations. Decrease in scrub area due to development activities Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 124
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 6.11: Forest Canopy cover change map Source: Authors
Table 6.7: Area Comparison table of forest change
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 125
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6.7 Eco Sensitivity analysis of forests
Figure 6.12: Methodology for analysis Source: Authors
6.7.1 Parameters & Scoring Logic Table 6.8: Parameters and scoring logic for Eco sensitivity
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 126
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Source: Authors
6.7.2 Block wise Eco sensitivity areas
Figure 6.13: Block wise Eco sensitivity area Source: Authors
Figure 6.14: Forest fire and Species Richness Map Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 127
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6.7.3 Assessment of Eco-Sensitivity (Weighted Score) Table 6.9: Eco-sensitivity assessment
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 128
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6.7.4 Eco-sensitivity zoning of forests
Figure 6.15: Eco-sensitivity zone map Source: Authors
The sensitivity level at Berhampur Sub division is quite high as there are 4 nos. of ESA while the rest 2 sub divisions only have 1 ESA each. The ESA of Berhampur Sub division mostly located on the southern part of the district.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 129
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
these areas have some IUCN red list species, nesting sites, mangrove plantations etc. Table 6.10: Eco-sensitivity index
Source: Authors
The Jagannathprasad RF in Ghumsur North Division scored pretty high in biodiversity based indicators as there are some endangered and old species in the forests. The Jagannathprasad RF is also the home of elephants and other mammals. The Bargarhi Forest is extremely sensitive due to the presence of Mahendragiri Hills which is rich in biodiversity.
6.8 Biodiversity
Figure 6.16: Map showing the areas considered for biodiversity assessment Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 130
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Areas considered for biodiversity assessment within the ganjam district were divided into 3 divisions as Forest areas, Chillika Lake & Special breeding site. 6.8.1 Forest areas The forest of Mahendragiri hills falls mainly under (a) Tropical moist deciduous & (b) Tropical dry deciduous type. The vegetation can be classified broadly into four types as Sal Forest, Mixed Deciduous Forest, and Scrub Forest & Grasslands. Mahendragiri may be recognized as a biosphere reserve as well as a heritage site. All kinds of eco-development activities including eco-tourism, tourism would be allowed in the periphery as well as the transition zones. The floral diversity of the hill includes 642 species of flowering plants which is 35% of the flora of Orissa. It is rich with medicinal plants and orchids. The hilly terrain, endowed with dense tropical semi-evergreen forests, composes a unique ecological marvel in harboring the genetic diversity. The District is most popular for its Fauna like Elephants, Spotted Deer, Leopards, Peacock, Flying Squirrels & Talking Mynas.
Figure 6.17: Chart showing the count of major fauna species of forest overs the years Source: https://www.downtoearth.org.in/blog/wildlife-biodiversity
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 131
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6.8.2 Chillika Lake Chilika Lake is one of the hotspots of biodiversity in Ganjam.It is the largest wintering ground for migratory water-fowl found anywhere on the Indian subcontinent. Chilika 4 types of crocodiles, 24 types of mammals, 37 types of reptiles and amphibians are seen. Some rare, vulnerable and endangered species listed in the IUCN Red List of threatened animals inhabit the Lake area. Like Irrawady dolphins, Barakudia limbless skink, fishing cat, White bellied Sea eagle, White spoonbill, Osprey and Spoon billed sandpiper. In Faunas 24 mammalian species, 37 species of reptiles and amphibians are also reported. Tiger Crab
The
Irrawaddy Dolphin is the flagship species of Chilika Lake & only 2 lagoons in the world are home to this species. Table 6.11: Endangered Species of Chillika Lake over the years
Source: Chillika Lake Ecosystem Health Report Card 2017-2018
An overall 726 species of flowering plants belonging to 496 genera and 120 families. This represents about one fourth of the vascular plant species of the Odisha state with 2900 species. Aquatic Vegetation is divided into 3 categories as Emergent, Submerged & Floating forms.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 132
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Figure 6.18: Spatial Location of Aquatic vegetation Source: Chilika: an Integrated planning framework for wise use, 2012
6.9 Biodiversity Assessment 6.9.1 Parameters considered for Chillika Lake
Figure 6.19: Spatial Location of Chillika lake Source: Spatial land use plan of Ganjam district Odisha, 2018.
Species Richness Count of the number of birds and aquatic species utilizing the Lake for feeding, resting, and breeding. Chilika Lake is the largest wintering ground for migratory waterfowl found anywhere on the Indian sub-continent. Rarity of Species Count of the endangered Irrawaddy dolphins surveyed annually in the Lake Source of Livelihood Macro-benthic faunas are organisms living in or on the bottom areas (sub-stratum) of the Lake (e.g., gastropods, bivalves, polychaetes, isopods, amphipods etc.) and are a key food source for many species particularly fishes.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 133
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table 6.12: Biodiversity assessment of Chillika Lake
Source: Chillika Lake Ecosystem Health Report Card 2017-2018, Chilika: an integrated planning framework for wise use, 2012.
6.9.2 Parameters considered for Special Breeding Site
Figure 6.20: Spatial Location of Special breeding Sitte Source: Spatial land use plan of Ganjam district Odisha, 2018.
Ecological Significance The endangered Olive Ridley female turtles arriving at the Gahirmatha beach in Odisha's Ganjam and Kendrapara district, is the world's largest known rookery of these species. Species Richness
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 134
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Around 7.30 lakh Olive Ridley turtles had turned up for mass nesting in the 2019-20 nesting season in Odisha with Gahirmatha beach playing host to 4.50 lakh turtles for mass nesting. An Olive Ridley turtle usually lays about 120 to 150 eggs from which hatchlings emerge after about 45 to 50 days. Table 6.13: Biodiversity assessment of Special breeding Site
Source: https://www.downtoearth.org.in/blog/wildlife-biodiversity, https://ganjam.nic.in/tourist-place/olive-ridley-turtlesat-rushikulya/
6.10 Issues & Potential Potential of the Eco-sensitivity zones Improved Forest Extent and Condition on forest lands and tree cover which were recognized as Reserve Forest Areas. Higher allocations, investment, insurance and incentives for better forest management. Chilika Lake is the largest brackish water lake with estuarine character that sprawls along the east coast of India. Also this lake is a highly productive ecosystem, with rich fishery resources. Issues of the Eco-sensitivity zones Many of the existing Protected Areas have already undergone tremendous development in close vicinity to their boundaries. Areas with forest fire spark human-wildlife conflict. Especially Elephants, wild boars have started coming out of forests on fire. Freshwater flow from streams and rivers turned the Chilika into a freshwater lake. Invasive freshwater weeds proliferated silt by rivers made the lake even shallower.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 135
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6.11 Land Suitability Analysis The Reserve forests are coming under eco sensitive areas and they are marked as no development zone. The north and the west part of the district is thus unsuitable for any kind of urban development. There are good no. of national highways and state highways that have bifurcated the district in smaller parts but some areas near the eastern part and some parts of the southern area have no road connectivity and is found unsuitable. The no of settlements in the district are pretty less and concentrated on certain areas. Area near the coastal zone are prone to hazards and thus not suitable for further development. Table 6.14: Land Suitability Parameters and their weightage
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 136
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 137
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 6.21: Land Suitability for every above mentioned parameters Source: Authors
6.11.1 Development & Non- Development Zone Table 6.15: Detail area share of Development and non-Development Zone
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 138
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 139
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 6.22: Composite Land Suitability map Source: Authors
Table 6.16: Activity wise development
Source: Authors Table 6.17: Gram panchayat wise development zone distribution
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 140
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The Developable Zone I does not have lots of area and is mostly concentrated on the middle part of the district. The Development Zone III is mostly located near the forests and eco sensitive areas.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 141
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7 Water Resources 7.1 Introduction Water is essential for all living things and we need it for sustenance, food production, economic development and well-being. The quantity and reliability of water availability determine (i) the availability of adequate and safe water for human consumption; (ii) the nature, extent, and productivity of agriculture that produces essential foods and fibre; (iii) the growth of forests, grasslands, and tree crops; (iv) the generation of energy and the provision of non-agricultural products and services; and (v) the maintenance of ecological balance and biodiversity. Water is also one of the most complicated yet manageable resources since it can be diverted, transported, stored, and recycled. Water is an important resource for life, and since it is not a renewable resource, it is of the utmost importance to conserve it and save what we have. The district of Ganjam in Odisha falls in the Coastal Zone with a climate that is characterized by high temperature and humidity at the time of the year. It has an average annual rainfall of 1296 mm which is more than enough for its needs. The problem, however, stems from the lack of proper water sources and sewage systems to cater to the needs of its population. The city has four major rivers
Budhabalanga,
Budhabaliya, Gopinathpur and Punjakhali which serve as natural water reservoirs and six lakes
Gopinathpur Lake, Baghua Lake, Bhulua Pond, Kal
7.1.1 Agro Ecology, Climate, Hydrology and Topography The district is abundant in mountains and forests, and precious woods such as Sal, Teak, and Gambhari may be found in plenty. Forest goods such as bamboo, medicinal plants of various varieties such as jhuna, mahul, lakha, and sal leaves have an impact on its economy. The overall forest cover is 3149.9 square kilometres, with restricted forests covering 1485.69 square kilometres. The demarcated forest covers an area of 143.54 square kilometres. The area of unclassified forest is 0.86 square kilometres, and the area of delimited protected forest is 1167.36 square kilometres. The area is distinguished for a consistent temperature throughout the year, notably in the coastal sections. The district's average annual rainfall is 129.60cms. Rainfall often increases from the shore to the district's interior steep slopes. Throughout the year, relative humidity is high, especially in coastal locations. During
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 142
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
the summer and monsoon months, winds may be rather fierce, especially around the shore. Natural resources like as abrasives and grinding materials, limestone (kankar), manganese, monazite, sand, and talc abound in Ganjam. In the area, garnetiferous granitic gnashes and charanokites are utilised to make grinding stones. White clay deposits may also be discovered in various regions of the district. 7.1.1.1 Topography The district is divided into two zones: the East and South Eastern Coastal Plain Zones and the North Eastern Ghats Zone. The Coastal Plain Zone is distinguished by a series of deltas generated mostly by the Rushikulya River. The famed Chilka Lake is located in the district's eastern section, covering an area of around 632 kilometres. The area is separated into two natural divisions: the Coastal Plains to the east and the hills and tablelands to the west. The district's physical characteristics are as follows, organized by block: i) ii) iii)
Coastal Rangeilunda, Chikiti, Chatrapur, Ganjam & Khallikote, Plains Kabisuryanagar, Hinjilicut, Polasara, Kodala, Aska, Digapahandi and Kukudakhandi and Hilly Buguda, Jagannathpur, Sorada, Bhanjanagar and Dharakote. The important rivers of the district are Rushikulya, Badanadi, Jahada, Dhanei and Baghua. The soil of the district is mostly alluvial, black laterite, red and saline. The texture is sandy to sandy loam or clay to clay loam
Climate The average annual rainfall of the district is 1296 mm. Nearly 86 % of the annual rainfall is contributed by the southwest monsoon. The table and the map describes the block wise rainfall status in Ganjam district. The average monthly rainfall data for the 22 blocks of Ganjam district is given in the table below. Table 16 Annual Average rainfall (mm) 2001- 2020
Yearly (mm)
Annual Average Rainfall
Year
max
min
Mean
Median
(mm)
2001
3090.05
2369.1
2832.1
2905.35
1248.01
2002
2768.9
2400.65
2673.63
2673.63
804.69
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 143
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2003
2430
1905
2145
2143
1421.7
2004
2174
1641
1923.98
1935
981.19
2005
2087
1583
1841.48
1844.5
1318.01
2006
2436
1916
2222.84
2242
1486.57
2007
2946
1787
2293.68
2257.5
1321.2
2008
2788
1171
1985.26
2036.5
1162.92
2009
2319
1387
1828.54
1855.5
1221.51
2010
2745
2074
2408.94
2407.5
1484.04
2011
2488
1145
1871.34
1951.5
914.37
2012
2200
1555
1840.52
1860
1224.44
2013
3028
2489
2709.28
2694
1972.17
2014
2321
1842
2043.07
2029
1400.38
2015
2479
1050
1775.25
1732
1169.78
2016
2142
1583
1831.49
1821
1150.82
2017
2974
1733
2353.72
2379
1362.77
2018
3298
1764
2387.93
2381.5
1373.15
2019
2694
1836
2393.99
2399
1221.14
2020
2769
1745
2250.46
2272.5
1415.8
Source: https://chrsdata.eng.uci.edu/
Source: DPMP plan, 2019
The Figure and the table above shows the block wise average monthly rainfall variation in Ganjam district. The table portrays the clear picture about the changes in rainfall pattern of Ganjam District. The Figure indicates that the block Buguda had
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 144
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 7.1 Block wise Rainfall (Average monthly)
received maximum average monthly rainfall and the block Chikiti is notice the least rainfall block in Ganjam District. 7.1.2 Soil Profile The district's physiographic features may be broadly separated into two parts: coastal plains in the east and hills and table land in the west. The former is fertile and close to irrigation supplies, whilst the latter is rocky and lacks irrigation infrastructure. The lowlands separating the Eastern Ghats from the Bay of Bengal are narrow. Because the hills are so near to the sea, the rivers that run from them are short and prone to flooding. The geological pattern of Ganjam district suggests the presence of igneous metamorphic rocks such as brown and laterites, Gondwanas, Cuddapah, younger Dolerites, and Archus. The chief rock types are Khandalite, Granitoieo and Granitifrious. The Ganjam has three types of soils;
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 145
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
1) Sandy loam (yellow) 2) -Clay loam (alluvial) 3) -Latraitie (red).
Figure 7.2 Ganjam Soil Profile Map
7.2 Sectoral Approach Lakes
Water Resources
Reservoirs Rivers
Surface water
Streams
Ground water
Wetlands Irrigation canals
Figure 7.3 Water resources categorization
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 146
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
It is well acknowledged that there is a rising demand for dependable and high-quality water for development purposes. Furthermore, water requirements have been reported to be growing in agriculture, manufacturing, ecosystem maintenance, generating water-based leisure activities, minimizing flood and draught, producing hydropower, maintaining water level for navigation, and so on. Furthermore, the water need is confronting issues related to climate change, people's living standards, changes in water shed land usage, and technology employed for various development activities. 7.2.1 Objectives 1. T potential. 2. To understand the water consumption pattern of the region in order to estimate the future demand. 3. To develop water management strategies to meet the demand for all categories of utilisation (Irrigation, Domestic, Industries and others). 4. potential.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 147
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.2.2 Methodology
Figure 7.4 Methodology for water resources
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 148
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.3 Baseline Study Water resources of an area are directly linked with rainfall, which comes to the area every year. Map-27 & 28 presents the river basins of Odisha and Rushikulya, in Ganjam. The average annual runoff of the Rushikulya basin is observed to be 3949 MCum. The entire Ganjam district is covered by Rushikulya river basin. Hence, total annual run off of the district will be same as of the Rushikulya basin.
Figure 7.5 Ganjam Basins map
The river Rushikulya has its origin in the high hills surrounding the plateau of Daringbadi near village Digi in Kandhamal district. It traverses a length of 165 km
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 149
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
before meeting Bay of Bengal near Ganjam town. The major tributaries are Badanadi, Baghua and Dhanei on left bank and Padma and Ghodahada on its right bank. Total catchment area of the basin is 8963 sqkm, which lies entirely within the state and is 4.75% of the geographical area of the state. The basin is almost pear shaped with a well-developed dendritic tributary system, but has failed to develop a delta in its lower reaches due to strong offshore current at its mouth. Table 17 Irrigation Systems in Ganjam (Block wise)
SI. No
Irrigation System
Block Covered Ayacut (Hectare)
1
Rushikulya Irrigation System
17
60122.742
2
Daha Irrigation System
2
4762.400
3
Dhanei Irrigation System
3
4508.390
4
Hiradharabati Irrigation System
2
6309.084
5
Jaima ngal
4
7348.149
6
Ghodahada
2
7758.000
7
Ramanadi
1
1321.050
8
Bahuda Irrigation Project
3
8068.830
9
Baghua Irrigation Project
2
8567.000
10
Baghalati Irrigation Project
2
5488.000
11
Harabhangi
3
9150.000
12
Bagh ua Dhanei Doab
2
1890.000
It is seen that Rushikulya river basin is one of the important river basins of Odisha. As mentioned above, it has a catchment area of 8963 sq. km and constitutes 5.76 % of the total river basin catchment area of Odisha. Hence, Rushikulya river basin assumes importance from the point of water resource potential for Ganjam district. The average
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 150
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
annual water flow of this river as estimated by water resource department of Government Odisha comes to 3949 MCum. The graph 41 presents the comparative annual flow of all rivers of Odisha. Similarly, the projected water flow as computed by same Department (up to 2051) is presented in graph 42. It observed from both the graphs that the water flow of river Rushikulya will be around 3949 MCum by 2051. This implies that this high volume of water of the river is to be managed efficiently through land use planning for different development activities of the district.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 151
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.3.1 Slope and Contour
Slope Hills vary from 15% to 35%, whereas Pediments vary from 3 to 15%. All the weathered units, flood plains < 3%, coastal plain - 1%.
Contour Less rainfall is observed in the blocks having high agricultural land due to contour and position of hills that creates micro rain shadow areas in the district.
Figure 7.6 Slope and Contour map
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 152
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.3.2 Surface Water The area coverage of inland water resource is 27,686 ha, out of which 8,321.33 ha are ponds and 19,364.91 ha are reservoirs. There are other streams and small rivulets
Figure 7.7 Stream Order map
that form part of the Rushikulya river basin flowing through this district. Among them, the river Badanadi, Baghua, Dhanei, Bahuda and Ghodahad are the prominent ones. Table 18 Stream length and No. of water bodies by area
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 153
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.3.3 Ground Water Resources Block wise ground water resource estimation is referred to the estimation carried out by Water Resource Department of Government Odisha by based on norms recommended by Ground Water Estimation Committee (G.E.C 1997) and is presented in below. The total ground water resource of the district is assessed to be 114541.00hectare meter (HM). The existing annual draft for irrigation use is 26437-hectare (23.08%) meter, 6969 hectare meter (6.09%) is for other uses like domestic and industrial use. Thus, the gross annual draft for all uses is 33408 hectare meter. The present status of ground water development has been estimated to be 29.17%.
Figure 7.8 Ground water utilization map
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 154
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 7.9 Net Ground water availability
The analysis of irrigation draft maps depicting ground water potential and its utilization have revealed very interesting facts. It is noticed that out of 22 blocks, 6 blocks (27.27%) have high ground water potential and 5 blocks (22.73%) have low ground water potential .The blocks having high ground water potential are spatially located on the North western part of the district, whereas, the blocks having low ground water potential is located in the central and eastern part of the district. It further reveals that blocks having high agricultural land in general have low ground water potential. This implies that these blocks require alternative source of irrigation for agricultural development. Similarly, it is also noticed that blocks having high agricultural land has high rate of drafting of ground water. The analysis of depth of ground water in the
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 155
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
district reveals an encouraging fact. In majority area of the district have ground water is available in a depth varying from 2 to 5 m. This implies that ground water can be easily drafted in the district.
Table 19 Ground water utilization and Net Ground Water Availability
Irrigation Draft
Domestic
(HaM)
Industrial Draft
(HaM)
B_NO Block Name
and Total
1
Aska
1660.76
567.42
2228.18
2
Beguniapada
605.8
510.88
1116.68
3
Belguntha
1133.58
427.69
1561.27
4
Bhanjanagar
445.78
734.96
1180.74
5
Buguda
815.62
430.38
1246
6
Chhatrapur
1251.82
477.03
1728.85
7
Chikiti
1181.96
367.69
1549.65
8
Dharakote
645.27
327.29
972.56
9
Digapahandi
981.15
513.61
1494.76
10
Ganjam
1465.48
315.6
1781.08
11
Hinjilicut
1997.86
485.38
2483.24
12
Jaganathprasad 720.93
389.6
1110.53
13
Kabisuryanagar 934.82
455.53
1390.35
14
Kangeilunda
826.48
1450.81
2277.29
15
Khalikote
1050.19
604.77
1654.96
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 156
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
16
Kukudakhandi
621.82
468.82
1090.64
17
Patrapur
744.58
458.16
1202.74
18
Palasara
585.4
544.32
1129.72
19
Purusottampur
1744.11
587.43
2331.54
20
Sanakhemundi
906.01
502.37
1408.38
21
Sergarh
1048.81
412
1460.81
22
Sorada
1066.73
564.95 1631.68
TOTAL B. NO.
Block Name
1
22434.96
11596.69
Net
GW Total
34031.65 R
GW ND During Non-
Availability
Resources
Monsoon Season
Aska
3586.16
3854.15
267.99
2
Beguniapada
2971.86
3163.2
191.34
3
Belguntha
3335.13
3573.53
238.4
4
Bhanjanagar
5581.33
5933.05
351.72
5
Buguda
4057.07
4507.86
450.79
6
Chhatrapur
3655.91
3965.05
309.14
7
Chikiti
3096.87
3347.05
250.18
8
Dharakote
3474.74
3860.82
386.08
9
Digapahandi
5201.4
5592.36
390.96
10
Ganjam
2615.34
2814.32
198.98
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 157
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
11
Hinjilicut
3990.1
4365.18
375.08
12
Jaganathprasad
4490.45
4989.39
498.94
13
Kabisuryanagar
3767.13
4185.7
418.57
14
Kangeilunda
4151.5
4612.78
461.28
15
Khalikote
3843.85
4046.15
202.3
16
Kukudakhandi
4058.34
4413.84
355.5
17
Patrapur
3422.56
3802.85
380.29
18
Palasara
3049.46
3388.29
338.83
19
Purusottampur
4515.48
4882.23
366.75
20
Sanakhemundi
4154.51
4616.12
461.61
21
Sergarh
3218.14
3575.71
357.57
22
Sorada
5805.82
6185.24
379.42
86043.15
93674.87
7631.72
TOTAL (HaM)
Source: India Water Resources Information System
It is observed from the tables and the maps on ground water utilization and net ground water availability 40% of net ground water is utilized under which 66% is Irrigational draft and remaining 34% is Domestic and Industrial draft. 7.3.3.1 Status of Ground Water Development Dug wells - most common ground water abstraction structure. Specially in shallow water table area with a thick cover of weathered mantle. The dug wells of 9 to 12m
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 158
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Water level April 2019
Water level Fluctuations
Water level Nov 2019
April 2019
Water level Fluctuations
Nov 2019
Figure 7.10 Water Level and Fluctuations 2019
depth, diameter 4.5 to 6m in such suitable pumps. The yield may be up to 2 lps. Such dug wells may irrigate up to 4 ha area of land. Bore wells - suitable structure, even in the areas of deeper water level and hard rocks are encountered at diameter of 150mm. (Depending upon the discharge and draw down of the bore wells suitable 2 HP submersible pumps may lift yield up to 10 lps in some cases). Water level Fluctuations:
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 159
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
From 2009-2019, the rise in water level between the ranges of 2-4m has been noticed in April (Pre-monsoon). From 2009-2019, the fall in water level between 2-4m has been observed in November (Post-monsoon).
7.4 Analysis
7.4.1 Ground Water Availability With increasing population and industrialization, it is difficult
to
imagine
the
future of water availability in Ganjam. The area of study is an agro-based district,
and
agriculture
contributes a lot to the economy. The agricultural land in
Equation 1 Percolation - Runoff calculation equation
Ganjam experiences high rainfall intensity (especially during monsoon season). This results in increased runoff coefficient, which is an indicator of soil erosion. The runoff water percolates into ground water aquifers that. Supply drinking water to people who live here. As a result, there is less groundwater available for human use over time. Rainfall intensity is the amount of rainfall for a specific time period, usually in inches per hour. It is a useful metric for predicting runoff from soil. The runoff coefficient is the proportion of rainfall
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 160
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
that will run off from a given surface area. The runoff coefficient can be affected by soil type, slope of land, and how open the land is to rain. The evapotranspiration value is taken from the Bhubaneshwar station as 3.74 and calculated the percolation figures, then estimated the 20% of it for all the blocks. The highest ground water availability is observed in the block Surada with 239922.27 ML and the lowest Surface water availability is observed in the block Aska with 60727.59 ML.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 161
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 20 Ground water availability
Figure 7.11 Block wise ground water availability
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 162
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.4.2 Surface Water Availability Surface water availability in Ganjam District is sufficient for irrigation except in few interior pockets of Ganjam district. Manning's methods are used to calculate the flow rate through the soil profile, taking into account the depth and velocity of water flow for different types of soils. Manning's coefficient can be calculated by dividing depth by 0.167 meters. Method to calculate the surface water
Equation 2 Design Discharge Calculation - Mannings method
Maximum of 30 % of water can be considered from the surface water sources for the usage. Surface water is one of the most important natural resources required for human consumption, domestic purposes, irrigation, industrialization, urbanization etc. The demand for groundwater is increasing every year due to growing population, Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 163
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
recurring drought and increased agricultural and industrial activities. To meet this increasing demand, proper understanding of the groundwater condition in terms of availability and distribution very important. Table 21 Surface water availability - block wise
The highest surface water availability is observed in the block Jaganath prasad with 4025453.27 ML and the lowest Surface water availability is observed in the block Digapahandi with 23997.51 ML. Digapahandi block of Ganjam district is a chronically drought prone and economically backward area of Odisha. The area requires development of ground water through suitable structures to combat drought and to increase crop yield by covering more areas under irrigation.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 164
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.4.3 Water Demand Water Demand of Ganjam district is calculated based on Domestic Industrial and Agricultural demand. This helps us to Estimate the current water demand and helps Table 22 Industrial water demand
to project the future water demand so that the
gap is
being identified. Table 23 Domestic Water demand
Domestic water demand is being calculated by considering Urban and rural population water demand as 135lpcd and 40lpcd. These values are taken from CPHEEO. The future demand estimation is calculated by projecting the population using Arithmetic Increase Method. After the Domestic water demand estimation it is observed that the Highest Domestic demand is observed in Rangelikuda with 31614.5 ML and Lowest Domestic demand is observed in Dharakote with 3368 ML. Industrial demand is calculated based on the scale of the industry such as Micro, small, medium and large scale industries. The water demand for the industries is varied between 45-450 lpcd.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 165
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
So it is considered that the demand for micro scale industries is 40lpcd, Small and medium scale industries is 135lpcd and large scale industries in 450lpcd. the values are taken from IS 1172:1993 Code of basic requirements for water supply,drainage and sanitation. After the Domestic water demand estimation, it is observed that the highest industrial demand is observed in the block Begunaipada with 10.89 ML and the lowest industrial demand is observed in the block Chikiti with 2.22 ML. The Agricultural water demand is being calculated by considering duty, delta and base period of the crop.
Equation 3 Agriculture water demand method Table 24 Major crops of Ganjam district
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 166
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The major crops of the Ganjam district are cereals, coarse cereals, pulses, oilseeds, fibres, vegetables, spices and other crops. The duty, delta and base period of these crops is considered from water productivity mapping of major Indian crops. By using these values, the crop wise water demand is Calculated and then after considering the seepage lose as 25%, Field lose as 20% and canal lose as 1% finally the total annual water requirement of the water in million liters is calculated.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 167
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
After the demand estimation it is observed that the Highest Agriculture demand is observed in Digapahandi with 96.46 ML and Lowest Agriculture demand is observed Table 25 Agriculture water demand - Block wise
in kukudahandi with 36.33 ML.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 168
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.4.4 Water Budgeting Water budgeting is a water management tool used to estimate the amount of water a landscape will require. It can be calculated for a single irrigation event, on a weekly or monthly basis, or even annually. The district has a total area of 402.14 square kilometres. The water budget for Ganjam District is estimated to be 15541130.31 ML/annum out of which 161072.57 ML is Ground water availability and the rest 566085.48 ML is annual water demand. Table 26 Water Budgeting - gap identification
It is observed from the above analysis Water budgeting, the highest Agricultural demand is observed to be in Digapahandi block. Highest Domestic demand in Rangelikhuda, highest Industrial demand in Begunaipada block. It is observed that the
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 169
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
highest Ground water Availability is in Surada. Highest Surface water Availability in Jagganath Prasad. The highest Gap is identified to be in Jagganath Prasad Block and lowest Gap in Digapahandi. 7.4.5 Ground Water Quality Index Ground water is getting polluted due to various human activities and water logging of waste water from the houses due to improper sewage system for which ground water is contaminated due to seepage from effluent bearing water body. Water quality Index (WQI) For computing WQI, three steps are parameters has been assigned a weight according to its relative i m p o r t a n c e in the overall quality of water for drinking p u r p o s e . The maximum weight of 5 has been assigned to the parameter chlorine due to its major importance quality
in
water
assessment. Magnesium, which is given the minimum weight of 1, as Equation 4 Water Quality Index
magnesium by itself may not be harmful to other. In the second step, the relative weight (wi) is computed from the following equation:
where WI is the relative weight wi
is the weight each parameter and n is the
number of parameter calculated relative weight (wi) values of each parameter are also given in Table- 04. In third step a quality, rating scale (qi) for each parameter is assigned by dividing its concentration in each water sample by its respective standard according to the guidelines in the WHO and the result multiplied by 100.
Table 27 Weights and Relative weights of the parameters
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 170
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Qi = (ci/Si) x 100
Where qi is the quality rating, Ci is the concentration each chemical parameter on each water sample in mg /l, Si is the Indian drinking water standard for each chemical parameter in mg/l according to guideline of the BIS -10500, 1991. Forth computing the WQI the first is determined each chemical parameter which is used then the WQI as per the following equation, Si = WI x qi WQI= sigmaSi
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 171
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.4.5.1 Results and Discussion It is observed that the Ground water quality is very poor in the blocks Jagganath Prasad, Buguda, Bhanjarnagar and Surada.Poor water quality is observed in mostly hilly regions like Digapahandi, Sankhemudi, Dharakote Bhanjarnagar and etc. Excellent ground water quality is observed in Ganjam, Kukudahandi, Hinjilicut, Aska and Sheragada regions. The high TDS values indicates that the use of chemical Table 28 Water Quality index Calculation - Block wise
Figure 7.12 Ground water quality index map
fertilizers is more which a reason for Ground water degradation is also. High amounts of TDS and EC is observed in majority of the blocks. It is observed that the Ground water quality is very poor in the blocks Jagganath Prasad, Buguda, Bhanjarnagar and Surada. Over burden of the population pressure unplanned urbanization on restricted exploration and dumping of the polluted water at in appropriate place enhance infiltration of harmful compounds to the ground water.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 172
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7.5 Issues and potentials Potentials and issues are being identified after the detailed analysis. The challenged river streams are being identified by using ARCGIS and the polluted river stretches are being addressed based on the CPCB information related to river pollution. 7.5.1 Potentials There is abundance of rainfall is observed and there is a potential for enhancing Ground water recharge especially in Patrapur, Dharakote, Sanakhemudi,
Bhanjanagar
and
Digapahandi regions. The water availability is surplus in all the blocks but the top 5 least surplus blocks
such
as
Digapahandi,
Sheraguda Hinkilicut, Ganjam and Patrapur needs to be enhanced.
Figure 7.13 Issue and Potentials in Ganjam district
The Ground water quality in the majority of the regions are poor and water quality needs to be enhanced by proper measures. 7.5.2 Issues The irrigation demand is meeting the water availability but the excess of ground water utilisation may leads to decrease water table in certain pockets such as Patrapur, Polasara, Begunaipada, Dharakote and Bhanjanagar. The river stretch from Patrapur to Ganjam is notified as the polluted river by CPCB. In berhampur, aska and Chatrapur open sumping practices are being followed and almost 160 TPD of MSW is being dumped in the rivers.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 173
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The BOD levels between 0.8-1.1 is observed in the Rishikulya river basin especially in the stretch of Prattapur to ganjam. Table 29 Polluted river stretch and monitoring station
The higher amounts of TDS (> 500 Mg/Lit) , EC (> 400 µs/cm) is observed in majority of the blocks due to poor maintenance of ground water recharge practices.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 174
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
8 Primary sector of Economy Agriculture, fisheries, and livestock were identified to be the most important economic sectors in terms of production, area, coverage, and employment, according to the district's baseline survey. As a result, these three areas were examined independently based on secondary sources of information in order to fully understand their potential.
8.1 Objectives status, economy generation, supporting infrastructure by performing development trend analysis. To study flow of products between producer and consumer and identify the gaps. To study the use of chemical fertilizers for different cropping seasons and its impact on environment. To develop the strategies for increasing the production, enhance the socio-economic condition and providing better infrastructure facilities. To develop a framework for identifying land suitable for agricultural and grazing purposes.
8.2 Introduction 8.2.1 Agriculture Ganjam is the agriculture-based district. It was discovered that the district's total cultivable land is 4,34,000 hectares (52.86% of the overall geographical area of 8,21,000 hectares), while the cultivated area is 4,06,000 hectares. Agriculture forms the backbone of t dependent on it. It is broadly divided into 2 Agro climatic zones (figure: 8.1). East and South eastern coastal plains-: - It covers Chhatrapur Sub-Divisions and Eastern parts of Berhampur. North eastern ghat hill regions: - It covers Bhanjanagar Sub-Division and Western parts of Berhampur.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 175
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Sandy loam, Loam, Clay loam, Clay are major soil types of Ganjam district. With the district's overall economic growth, such agricultural land will play a key role in making agriculture a productive sector through the use of new technology, proper crop rotation, adequate agricultural inputs, advanced service facilities, storage systems, and, most importantly, efficient agricultural product marketing. As a result, the workflow starts with a baseline analysis, then a detailed analysis using secondary source data, all of which will lead to agricultural sector proposals in the area.
Figure 8.1 Agro-climatic zones of Ganjam district Source: Compiled by author
Source: Agro-Climatic zones in Odisha
Agriculture Statistics
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 176
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
8.2.2 Fisheries Ganjam district has a lot of promise in terms of fishing because it has a lot of inland, brackish, and sea water. It features a 60-kilometer coastline with 14 fish landing facilities, as well as 27686 hectares of interior water resources, which include 8321.33 hectares of ponds, 19364.91 hectares of reservoirs, and 2845.26 hectares of brackish water. Out of the total brackish water area mentioned above, the government owns 2394.35 ha and the private sector owns 450.90 ha. There are currently 9,631 freshwater tanks and Minor Irrigation Projects in operation. Fish output from all sources was 43972.75 MT in 2011-12, accounting for 11.51 percent of total fish production in the state. Fish production has been constantly increasing, and in 2015 it was estimated to reach 52303.87 M.T. Inland water resource fish output is 37843.28 M.T., brackish water resource fish production is 2808.09 M.T., and marine water resource fish production is 11658.50 M.T. Inland water has an average fish production per hectare of 1.37 M.T., whereas brackish water has an average of 1.17 M.T. Fish productivity is found to be relatively high in blocks near the coast. Remarkably, blocks such as Chikiti, Chhatrapur Ganjam, and Rangeilunda produce more marine water fish. With the exception of Hinjilicut, Buguda Aska, and Ganjam, freshwater fish production is relatively good in all blocks.
8.3 Baseline Study In this baseline study the production and productivity of different crops in different blocks, predominant crops in each block, Workforce and area under agriculture and fish production in each block were carried out.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 177
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
8.3.1
Production and Productivity
Table 30 Total cropped area (ha) in Kharif season
Source: District Irrigation Plan of Ganjam - March 2016 Table 31 Production (Qntl) and Productivity (Qntl/ha) in Kharif season
Source: District Irrigation Plan of Ganjam
March 2016
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 178
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table 32 Total cropped area (ha) in Rabi season
Source: District Irrigation Plan of Ganjam - March 2016 Table 33 Production (Qntl) and Productivity (Qntl/ha) in Kharif season
Source: District Irrigation Plan of Ganjam
March 2016
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 179
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
8.3.2 Predominant crops Predominant crops that are observed in Kharif season and Rabi season based on the production (in Qntl) are shown below (Figure 8.6) Table 34 Predominant crops in Kharif and Rabi season
Source: Compiled by Author
Table 35 Crops grown in Kharif season and Rabi season
Source: Compiled by Author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 180
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
8.3.3 Agricultural area and Workforce About 70% of the population are involved under agriculture.
Figure 8.2 Population Involved under Agriculture Source: District census hand book of Ganjam (compiled by author) Table 37 Bottom 5 GP's under pop of Table 36 Top 5 GP's under pop of agriculture
Source: Compiled by Author
Total Agriculture population in the district are 8,29,300 nos.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 181
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 8.3 Area under Agriculture at GP level Source: Compiled by Author
Inferences
Table 38 11 blocks having above 95% area under agriculture
Table 39 5 blocks having above 10% area under agriculture
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 182
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
8.4 Analysis 8.4.1 Cropping Pattern
Figure 8.4 Percentage area of each type of block in different blocks Source: District Irrigation Plan of Ganjam
March 2016
8.4.2 Crop Efficiency This analysis was performed in order to figure out which blocks are performing poorly in comparison to their neighbors. It was determined based on individual area as well as yield rate of each type of crop in each block using the formula which was mentioned below; Agriculture Efficiency (Ei) = Iij =
* 100
whereas Iij = ratio between the yield of any crop (Yij
the
total area and the average yield rate (Yi Cij = Area in percentage (%) for individual crop in individual areal unit. Sample Calculation
Aska Block
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 183
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Firstly, percentage area, yield(productivity) rate (in Qntl/ha) of each crop in Aska block was calculated (Figure 8.10). Then average yield of each crop in all the blocks is calculated (Figure 8.12)
Table 40 Calculation of percentage area, yield rate for Aska block
Source: Compiled by Author
Likewise, the calculation was carried out for all the blocks (Figure 8.11 and 8.12) Then, Iij was calculated using Yij and Yij, summation of both Cij and Iij was carried out then those are used for calculating Agriculture Efficiency (Figure 8.13). Table 41 Calculation of percentage area of each crop in each block
Source: Compiled by author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 184
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 42 Yield and Average yield of each crop in all the blocks
Source: Compiled by author
Similarly, Iij and Cij was computed for all the blocks and determined efficiency values for each block (Figure 8.14). Table 43 Calculation of Iij and Cij for Aska block
Source: Compiled by author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 185
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 45 Agriculture Efficiency (Ei) of each block
Source: Compiled by author Table 44 Degree of Crop efficiency
Source: Compiled by author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 186
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 8.5 Agriculture Efficiency Source: Compiled by author
8.4.3 Agriculture Performance Analysis For this analysis, five parameters (Table 11) have been considered which are soil type, percentage net sown area under irrigation, crop(agriculture) efficiency, percentage workforce under agriculture and chemical fertilizer. For all these parameters scoring logic (Table 12) have been carried out and determined analytical hierarchy matrix (Table 13) in order to assign weights to each parameter. For each block scoring logic has been performed (Table 14) and then each score is multiplied with the assigned weights (Table 15) and arrived to performance Index.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 187
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table 47 Parameters selected for Agriculture Performance
Source: Compiled by Author Table 46 Analytical Hierarchy Process matrix
Source: Compiled by Author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 188
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 48 Scoring logic for each Parameter
Source: Compiled by author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 189
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 50 Scoring of each block based on scoring logic
Source: Compiled by author Table 49 Performance Analysis
Source: Compiled by author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 190
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 8.6 Agriculture performance Index Source: Compiled by author
Inferences Hinjilicut, Purusottampur, K S Nagar, Sheragada, Chikiti are the top 5 blocks Jagannath Prasad, Khalikote, Patrapur, Rangeilunda, Digapahandi are the bottom 5 blocks In Jagannath Prasad block and Patrapur block majority of the land use is forest land which is affecting net sown area and crop efficiency. In Khalikote block and Digapahandi block mixed land use is been observed (i.e., agriculture, built up, water body, forest) which might be affecting the net sown area which in turn less crop efficiency. In Rangeilunda block, the major land use is built up and followed by agriculture which might be affecting the net sown area.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 191
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
8.4.4 Crop Suitability The crop suitability analysis was carried out based on the values of Available Phosphorous (P) and Available Potash (K) as nutrient indices and their corresponding ranges were identified for each block as mentioned below in the table. Table 51 Block-wise nutrient index for available Phosphorus and Potash values
Block
Nutrient Indices Available
Remark Value
P
Available
(kg/ha)
K
Remark Value (kg/ha)
Asika
1.3
Low
0-22
1.2
Low
0-123
Beguniapada
1.3
Low
0-22
1.2
Low
0-123
Bellaguntha
1.2
Low
0-22
1.2
Low
0-123
Bhanjanagar
1.2
Low
0-22
1.2
Low
0-123
Buguda
1.2
Low
0-22
1.2
Low
0-123
Chhatrapur
1.5
Low
0-22
1.3
Low
0-123
Chikiti
1.3
Low
0-22
1.2
Low
0-123
Dharakote
1.3
Low
0-22
1.3
Low
0-123
Digapahandi
1.4
Low
0-22
1.4
Low
0-123
Ganjam
1.3
Low
0-22
1.3
Low
0-123
Hinjilicut
1.3
Low
0-22
1.3
Low
0-123
Jagannathprasad 1.3
Low
0-22
1.3
Low
0-123
Kavisurjyanagar
1.3
Low
0-22
1.2
Low
0-123
Khalikote
1.3
Low
0-22
1.2
Low
0-123
Kukudakhandi
1.4
Low
0-22
1.4
Low
0-123
Patrapur
1.3
Low
0-22
1.4
Low
0-123
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 192
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Polasara
1.5
Low
0-22
1.3
Low
0-123
Purusottampur
1.4
Low
0-22
1.2
Low
0-123
Rangeilunda
2.5
High
>54
1.2
Low
0-123
Sanakhemundi
1.4
Low
0-22
1.3
Low
0-123
Seragada
1.3
Low
0-22
1.3
Low
0-123
Surada
1.4
Low
0-22
1.3
Low
0-123
Source: Soil testing and fertilizer recommendation in Orissa, Dr.S.K. Nanda
Based on the nutrient potential of soil identified in each block and the nutrient requirement of various crops identified for the crops grown in Orissa and adjacent states the crops that can be grown in the respective blocks were suggested. These crops can be introduced as alternatives to the already grown crops or can be introduced in crop rotation. Table 52 Block-wise suggested crops
Blocks
Available P & Crops K (kg/ha)
required
grown P
with Suggested
and
K new Crop
values Asika Beguniapada Bellaguntha Bhanjanagar Buguda
Millets, Blackgram,
Chhatrapur Chikiti
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Greengram, Lentil,
Castor,
P a g e | 193
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Dharakote
Paddy; 40-50; 40-80,
Digapahandi
Maize; 20-30; 40-80,
Ganjam
0-22 & 0-123
Ragi; 20-30; 20-30, Moong
Hinjilicut
(Greengram);
25-40; 0-10,
Niger, Mustard, Jute, Bengalgram, Kodo
millet,
Redgram, Hemp
Jagannathprasad Biri (Blackgram); 20-40 Kavisurjyanagar
20-40,
Khalikote
Arhar; 40-50; 60-75,
Kukudakhandi
Kulthi (Horsegram); 2540; 0-20, Groundnut;
Patrapur
40-50; 60-75,
Polasara
Sesame; 20-40; 20-30,
Purusottampur
Mustard; 25-60; 20-40, Sugarcane;
80-100;
60-80. Cowpea, Fieldpea, Sunflower, Rangeilunda
>54 & 0-123
Sugarcane, Cotton, Kidney beans
Source: Compiled by Author
8.4.5 Chemical fertilizer Estimation Based on the nutrient requirement of various crops grown and the availability of soil nutrients in the district the chemical fertilizer required for healthy crop growth was estimated by multiplying the fertilizer requirement for each crop with the area sown for each crop and then the total requirement for each block was determined.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 194
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 53 Block-wise fertilizer requirement
Block
Crops
grown
with P-dose req Total
required P and K values
(kg/ha)
Fertilizer (tons)
Asika
415
Beguniapada
473
Bellaguntha
419
Bhanjanagar
561
Buguda
459
Chhatrapur
Paddy; 40-50; 40-80
18-28
363
Chikiti
Maize; 60-75; 60-75
38-53
399
Dharakote
Ragi; 20-30; 20-30
0-8
360
Digapahandi
Moong; 25-40; 0-20
3-18
597
Ganjam
Biri; 20-40; 20-40
0-18
337
Hinjilicut
Arhar; 40-50; 20-30
18-28
370
Jagannathprasad
Kulthi; 25-40; 0-20
3-18
576
Kavisurjyanagar
Groundnut; 40-50; 60-75
18-28
372
Khalikote
Sesame; 20-40; 20-30
0-18
458
Kukudakhandi
Mustard; 25-60; 20-40
3-38
385
Patrapur
Sugarcane; 80-100; 60-80 58-78
457
Polasara
423
Purusottampur
489
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 195
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Rangeilunda
360
Sanakhemundi
447
Seragada
399
Surada
486
Source: Compiled by Author
8.4.6 Nutritional requirement of Ganjam and its link with Production The nutritional requirement for the population of Ganjam was estimated based on the balanced diet requirement for the vegetarian and non-vegetarian factions of the population. The population was divided into children (0-6 yrs), male and female. The total nutrition requirement estimate was then compared with production of the district to identify the gaps and the improvement in production required to achieve the requirements of the population of district. Table 54 Balanced diet requirements for vegetarians
Food
g
item
m/
No. of portions
Total requirement Requirement (gms)
for
Ganjam (kg)
po
Childr
Ma Wom
Childr
Ma Wom
Childr
rti
en
n
an
en
n
an
en
4
15
11
120
45
330
5034
800
5757
3
42
2
1258
160
1308
6
08
5
2097
533
5233
63
61
9
Man
Wom an
on Cereal 30 s
&
0
Millet s Pulse
30
1
3
2.5
30
90
75
s Milk (ml) & milk
10 0
5
3
3
500
30 0
300
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 196
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
produ cts Roots and Tuber s
10
1
2
2
20
100
0
200
0
4195
355
3489
3
74
2
2097
177
1744
6
87
6
4195
355
3489
3
74
2
4195
177
1744
3
87
6
8391
533
5234
Green leafy veget ables
10
0.5
1
1
10
50
0
100
0
Other veget ables Fruits
10
1
2
2
20
100
0 10
0 1
1
1
10
100
0 Sugar
5
200
100
0 4
6
6
20
30
30
6 Fat
5
5
6
5
25
30
25
1048
533
8
6
4362
Source: Dietary guidelines for Indians, National Institution of Nutrition, Hyd.
Table 55 Balanced diet requirement for non-vegetarians
gm/ Food item
portion
No. portions
of Total
Requirement
requirement
for
Ganjam (kg)
(gms) Man Woman Man
Woman
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
Man
Woman
P a g e | 197
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Cereals & 30
15
11
450
330
720370 518150
20
2
1.5
40
30
64033
100
3
3
300
300
480247 471046
Roots and 100
2
2
200
200
320165 314031
100
1
1
100
100
160082 157015
100
2
2
200
200
320165 314031
Fruits
100
1
1
100
100
160082 157015
Sugar
5
6
6
30
30
48025
47105
Fat
5
6
5
30
25
48025
39254
Eggs
50
2
2
100
100
160082 157015
Fish/meat
30
1
1
30
30
48025
Millets Pulses
47105
Milk (ml) & milk products
Tubers Green leafy vegetables Other vegetables
47105
Source: Dietary guidelines for Indians, National Institution of Nutrition, Hyd.
Table 56 Total food requirement of Ganjam
Total
Requirement (MT/yr) Food item Cereals
Children & 18375
Man
Woman
292150
210139
requirement
(1000MT) 521
Millets
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 198
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Pulses
4594
29215
21969
56
194767
191035
462
129845
127357
273
64922
63678
136
15313
129845
127357
273
Fruits
15313
64922
63678
144
Sugar
3063
19477
19104
42
Fat
3828
19477
15920
39
Eggs
0
58430
57311
116
Fish/meat
0
17529
17193
35
Milk (ml) & milk 76563 products Roots
and 15313
Tubers Green
leafy 7656
vegetables Other vegetables
Source: Compiled by Author Table 57 Gap identification in food production in Ganjam
Production
Food Item
in Consumption
in Gap
Ganjam (000MT)
Ganjam (000 MT)
Cereals & Millets
397
521
-124
Pulses
99
56
43
Vegetables
476
681
-205
milk 217
462
-245
144
-28
Mild
and
related products Fruits
116
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 199
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Sugarcane
164
42
122
Eggs
5087
116
4971
Fish/meat
15
35
-20
Source: Compiled by Author
8.4.7 Agriculture Waste Assessment Crop residues are materials left on cultivated land after the crop has been harvested. Retention of crop residues after harvesting is considered to be an effective anti-erosion measure. Crop residues can improve soil structure, increase organic matter content in the soil, reduce evaporation, and help fix CO 2 in the soil. Good residue management practices on agricultural lands have many positive impacts on soil quality. Besides, crop residues can be used in biofuel production. Information on residue cover guides Table 58 Approximate percentage waste generated by different crops
polices for promoting beneficial management practices and helps the estimation of soil carbon. Therefore, the waste generated from each crop is determined using production (in Qntls). Source: Department of Spices and Flavour Science, CSIR, Food and Agriculture Organization, Cereal processing
waste, an environmental impact and value addition perspectives: A comprehensive treatise
Using the Figure 8.22 values waste generated from each block is determined presented in Figure 8.23.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 200
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 59 Agriculture waste generated in each block (in ha)
Source: Compiled by author
Figure 8.7 Agriculture waste generation (in Qntl) Source: Compiled by author
Inferences
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 201
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The major percentage of waste is generated from cereals followed by vegetables as the production is also high and the minor percentage of waste is generated from sugar cane and followed by fibers as production is less. When compared with other blocks 12 blocks are having less agricultural waste. It is noticed that major share of the waste is being burnt on field which will impact the soil nutrients/fertility, health as well as environment as burning will emit GHGs emissions. Hence it is suggested that Agriculture waste management system has to be implemented
8.4.8 Fish Production rate analysis Based on the fish production during the year 2011, 2015, and 2019 have been studies and determined growth rate for every four years (Figure 8.25, 8.27, 8.29) and the Table 60 Fresh water fish production (in MT)
comparison is done using bar graphs (Figure 8.26, 8.28, 8.30) Source: DSHB of Ganjam 2011, 2015, 2019
Inferences Figure 7 shows that Digapahandi block has highest growth rate in 2015 (i. e. 50.43%) and the lowest is in Hinjilicut block (i. e. 1.77%) Dharakote block has highest growth rate in 2019 (i. e. 46.18%) and the lowest is in Chhatrapur block (i. e. 3.96%) 11 blocks have increased growth rate from the year 2015 to 2019.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 202
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
11 blocks have decreased growth rate from the year 2015 to 2019. Out of 11 blocks, 4 blocks are having negative growth rate from 2011 to 2015 and it was drastically increased during 2019
Figure 8.8 Growth rate analysis of fresh water fish production Source: Compiled by Author Table 61 Brackish water Fish production (in MT)
Source: District statistical handbook of Ganjam 2011, 2015, 2019
Inferences Figure 8 shows that highest growth rate from 2011 to 2015 Chhatrapur Block (i. e. 92.77%) and the least is in Ganjam block (i. e. 59.77%) Highest growth rate from 2015 to 2019 is in Khalikote block (i. e. 50.02%) and the least is Chhatrapur block (i. e. - 60.30%) Out of 5 blocks, 4 blocks are having decreased(negative) growth from the year 2015 to 2019 and only one block has increased growth rate
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 203
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 8.9 Growth rate of Brackish water fish production Source: Compiled by Author Table 62 Marine water fish production (in MT)
Source: District statistical handbook of Ganjam 2011, 2015, 2019
Figure 8.10 Growth rate of marine fish production Source: Compiled by Author
Inferences
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 204
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 9 shows that highest growth rate from 2011 to 2015 Chikiti Block (i. e. 32.68%) and the least is in Ganjam block (i. e. -55.55%%) Highest growth rate from 2015 to 2019 is in Ganjam block (i. e. 44.54%) and the least is Chikiti block (i. e. 32.30%) Out of 4 blocks, 2 blocks are having decreased(negative) growth from the year 2015 to 2019 and other 2 are having increased growth rate.
8.4.9 Summarizing (Issues and Potentials) 8.4.9.1 Issues 1. Low crop efficiency in the following blocks: - Beguniapada, Digapahandi, Jagannath Prasad, Surada, Bhanjanagar, Chhatrapur. 2. Though the economy of the district is based on Agricultural and aided activities, still the 6 blocks have shown lower Agricultural performance. 3. Being a primary sector dependent district the production from the district is not enough to cater for the needs of the people. 4. The soil in the district is poor in Phosphorus content making it necessary to use fertilizer for achieving better yield. 5. Improper management of agricultural waste leading to pollution. 6. Chhatrapur, Chikiti, Ganjam blocks have experienced drop in Brackish fish production and Maine fish production and Rangeilunda has experienced drop in Brackish fish production.
8.4.9.2 Potentials 1. As majority of the population is non-vegetarian there is a huge potential for fish and meat production. 2. Surplus egg production is observed creating a supply chain for district and generate economy. 3. The Agricultural waste generated in the district can recycled and used for generating energy, animal feed and as a manure to improve soil fertility. 4. With availability of land and agricultural labourer there is a potential to explore other suitable crops that can be grown in the area. 5. Setting up of Dairy farms, fish and cattle breeding farms to meet the needs of the district with the help of co-operatives.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 205
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
9 Coastal Zone 9.1 Introduction The Coastal Zone, also known as the Littoral Zone, is the portion of a sea, lake, or river close to the shore that extends from the high-water mark (HWL) to permanently submerged shoreline areas. Coastal zones occupy less than 15% of the Earth's geographical area, however they are home to more than 45% of the world's population. Coastal zone is a dynamic area with many cyclic processes owing to a variety of resources and habitats. Nearly 1.4 billion people live within 100 km of a shoreline and 100 m of sea level, with an average population density three times higher than the global average. Anthropogenic activities emanating from this small land area will exert tremendous pressure on coasts by 2025, with three-quarters of the world's population estimated to reside in the coastal zone. Most of the commercial and industrial activity take place in coastal zones, which have abundant resources for producing goods and services.
9.2 Sectoral Approach
9.3 Baseline study 9.3.1 Coastline of Ganjam The coastal stretch of the Ganjam district is 62.5 km which extends from Patisonapur to Prayagi on the south coast of Odisha. The coastline is lined with six major beaches.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 206
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The northern part of the coast shows a conducive environment for breeding and mass nesting of Olive Ridley (Lepidochelys olivacea) sea turtles near Purunabandh to Podumpeta village at Rushikulya mass nesting beach. The Rushikulya rookery spreads over 6 km. The coast provides opportunity for fishing and port facility at Gopalpur for international trade. It has a Melancholy and Salubrious Sea beach with blue waters and attractive back waterbed in the form of cracks and sleepy lagoon covered with canopies of lush green foliage. The coast is well equipped with Port facilities which offers a major point for trade and commerce. Port at Gopalpur and nearby industries cater economic activities not only for the Ganjam district but also entire Odisha state. 9.3.2 Coastal Villages A coastal village is a village located near a sea or along the coast with an economy based majorly on activities happening nearby or within the sea. In Ganjam district, there are 14 Gram Panchayats adjoining the coast within a buffer of 750 m from the coastline as shown in Figure 9.1. These Gram Panchayats are majorly dependent on the fishing, trading, and agricultural activities for their livelihood. The Chilika coastal area and extended seashore are the source of rich marine products which serves to produce shells and salt. Table 9.1 shows the population and the areas of the Gram Panchayats adjoining the coast. It is observed that Kamalapur is the most populous Gram Panchayat amongst all and Ekasingi holds the maximum area.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 207
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 9.1: Coastal zone map with villages along the coast and the coastline
Source: Output of the Project
Table 63: Population and areas of the Gram Panchayats adjoining the coast
Populatio
Gram Panchayat
1
Ramagad
5687
11.95
476
2
Pallibandha
8363
8.61
971
3
Podapadar
5653
17.74
319
4
Agastinuagaon
2443
5.63
434
5
Konomana
7610
18.2
458
6
Kalipalli
8339
11.8
645
n
Area in sqkm
Population Density
S.No
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
(ppsqkm)
P a g e | 208
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
7
Boxipalli
2407
1.43
1683
8
Kamalapur
8803
11.06
796
9
Phulta
7384
22.78
324
10
Keluapalli
7493
13.52
554
11
Sasanapadar
6783
12.33
550
12
Ekasingi
2104
7.13
295
13
Kotturu
4435
9.36
474
14
Sunapur
8463
12.68
667
Source: District Census Handbook Ganjam (2011)
Population Density (ppsqkm)
1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200
Sunapur
Kotturu
Ekasingi
Sasanapadar
Keluapalli
Phulta
Kamalapur
Boxipalli
Kalipalli
Konomana
Agastinuagaon
Podapadar
Pallibandha
Ramagad
0
Figure 9.2: Population density of the villages along the coastline
Source: Output of the Project From the Population density Graph 1, Boxipalli has the highest population density followed by Pallibandha and Kamalapur. Ekasingi holds the lowest population density.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 209
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
9.4 Analysis 9.4.1 Coastal Land cover change analysis
The land cover of whole coastal stretch has been divided into 20 segments for detailed study. All the land cover and road network connectivity has been shown in the map. Some major segments are chosen which are having specific importance in coastal region as well as on whole of the district. Section 5 is having the Rushikulya river
sea merging point. It Is more vulnerable
because of having Olive ridley nesting point but due to high built-up areas and railway line it is creating a risk for the turtles. This place is also a tourist spot. Similarly this section is having the Rushikulya river flowing.Railway line is passing through the river.There are dense vegetation land covers in near-by areas. Section 11 is having Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 210
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
the port area towards the east. The port area is well connected with NH 516.This area is also having high built-up areas in both sides of the MDR.Agriculture fields can be seen surrounding village roads with dense and sparsh vegetation. Section 13 area is a famous area for tourism. This is the Gopalpur town here. Even the population density is high in this town.There is no barrier here to the beach and also no mangrove present. Due to which it experiences most losses during cyclone. In Section 18 towards the south, most of the land is covered with vacant land which have a scope of development.There is also Bahuda river
sea mouth. There are
agricultural areas and also sparsh vegetation. Landuse change from 2001 to 2021 Prominent land use observed in 2001 was area under scrubland which accounted to near about 41%. Followed by this was the land under agriculture and barren with almost 16% each. Next was the area under deciduous forest with 12% and then the waterbody that accounted to 11%. Built up land holds the least share of about 4%. Table 64: Land use land cover of 2001
S.No
Category
Area in km2
Area in %
1
Agriculture
31.41
16%
2
Barren Land
31.94
16%
3
Built Up Land
8.29
4%
4
Deciduous
24.06
12%
5
Scrub
79.37
41%
6
Water Bodies
20.86
11%
7
Agriculture
31.41
16%
8
Grand Total
195.93
100%
Source: Studio Output
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 211
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
From the Land use land cover of 2021, it was observed that the major share of land in 2021 is agriculture which accounts to near about 45% followed by built up land with almost 40%. Waterbody holds the next major share of about 13.5%. Next was the Scrub land with 3%, then the barren land with 2%. Area under deciduous forests holds the least share of about 1%. Table 65: Land use land cover of 2021
S.No
Category
Area in km2
Area in %
1
Agriculture
96.74
47%
2
Barren Land
1.06
2%
3
Built Up Land
76.20
38%
4
Deciduous
0.80
1%
5
Scrub
4.47
3%
6
Water Bodies
16.66
9%
7
Agriculture
96.74
47%
8
Grand Total
195.93
100%
Source: Studio Output
Figure 9.3: Coastal zone map with villages along the coast and the coastline
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 212
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Output of the Project
Therefore, from the LULC of it is evident that a major change has happened specially in terms of builtup area, area under agricultural land and scrub land. Three sections where major changes have occurred have been considered. At A and major change and has now been occupied by the built up area and the area under barren land in 2001 had undergone a tremendous change and has now become built scrub land in 2001 had undergone a tremendous change and has now turned into built up area. 9.4.2 Coastal Ecological Vulnerability Analysis Coastal Ecological vulnerability can be defined as the risk of damage to the natural ecosystem of the coastal area or region due to extreme events including natural weather extremes, coastal erosion and sea level rise due to climate change leading to marine submersions, chemical and biological risks etc. Coastal ecosystem vulnerability can also be defined as the susceptibility of a coastal ecosystem to be affected by either inundation or erosion processes, due to extreme storms or floods, post-tropical cyclones, hurricanes and tsunamis which are reflected by the destruction of property and infrastructure. The project attempts to construct a picture of ecological context of vulnerability for the coastal villages of Ganjam district by considering eight parameters: Surge Height, shoreline
change,
Wetlands,
Coastal
Regional
Elevation,
Geomorphology,
Windspeed, Extreme events and coastal slope.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 213
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 66: Coastal ecological vulnerability assessment logic
Ranking of Coastal Vulnerability Index Sl.
Weightag Ran Very
No Variables
e (in %)
.
k
Low 1
Mean 1
Height (m)
17
4
< 1.33
17.2
3
-
Speed (m/s) - 14.5
5
< 6.19
(2013 2
Surge 2014)
Wetlands Mean
3
Wind
(2021) Very 4
Extreme Events
20
2
low Intensit
Low
Moderate
High
Very High
2
3
4
5
1.33
1.76 - 1.80
1.75
Backwater
Saltpan
s
6.19
6.43 - 6.52
6.42
Low Intensity
Moderate Intensity
y Coastal 5
Dense
Geomorpholog 4.9
6
-
Mangrove
Loam
y
Swamp
Coastal 6
Regional
3.5
7
> 100
2.7
8
< 10
Elevation 7
Coastal Slope (%)
60.1 100
-
40.1 - 60
10 - 20 20.1 - 30
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
1.81
> 2.10
2.10
Waterloggin
Marsh
g
6.53
> 6.60
6.60
High
Very
Intensit
High
Intensity
y
Sandy
-
Loam
20 - 40 < 20
30.1 45
-
> 45
P a g e | 214
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
8
Shoreline change
20.2
1
> 2.0
1.0 to
-1.0
2.0
1.0
to
-2.0 to 1.0
< -2.0
Surge Height The surge height causes significant flooding and cost people their lives. Due to surge height, beaches erode, and buildings can crumble. Storm surges can also flood inland rivers and lakes, contributing to billions of dollars of flood damage. Hence vulnerability assessment due to surge height is important. Ramagad and Pallibandha are the most vulnerable Gram Panchayats to surge height as the mean surge height is maximum here. Mean surge height at both the gram panchayats is 2.4m. Followed by this is the Konomana, Kalipalli, podanadar and Agastinuagaon which is highly vulnerable gram panchayats with a mean surge height of 2.1m. Boxipalli, Kamalapur and phulta are moderately vulnerable GPs with a mean surge height of 1.8m. Keluapalli, Ekasingi and Sasanapadar are low vulnerable GPs with a mean surge height of 1.75m. Kotturu and Sonapur are the least vulnerable gram panchayats with the least mean surge heights of 1.33m. Shoreline Change The shoreline change is one of the most common measurements used to indicate the dynamics and the hazards of the coast. Coastal shorelines are always subjected to changes due to coastal processes, which are controlled by wave characteristics and the resultant near-shore circulation, sediment characteristics, beach form, and so forth. From the coastal vulnerability point of view, coasts subjected to accretion are considered as less vulnerable areas as they move towards the ocean and result in the addition of land areas, whereas areas of coastal erosion are considered to be more vulnerable because of the resultant loss of individual and public property as well as important natural habitats. It also trims down the distance between coastal population and ocean, thereby increasing the risk of exposure of population to coastal hazards.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 215
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Orthorectified satellite images of the study area from the sensors Landsat MSS, ETM+ and OLI-TIRS for the years 2011 and 2011 were downloaded from USGS Earth Explorer web tool. The images were projected to the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) projection system with WGS-84 datum. Histogram splicing was applied to create a binary image from near infrared band of each image and is classified as unsupervised to form image with complete separation between land and water classes. These classified images were used to extract the shorelines in the form of vector layer using ArcMap 10.4. The digitized shoreline for the years 2011 and 2021 in the vector format was used as the input to the Digital Shoreline Analysis System (DSAS). DSAS computes rate-ofchange statistics from multiple historic shoreline positions by using GIS. Ramgad and Pallibandha faced decadal erosion due to deforestation over the years. Erosion
0.35 sq.km, Accretion
0.09 sqkm. Podapadar and Agastinuagaon- due to
presence of river, accretion. A small portion faces erosion. Erosion Accretion
0.25 sqkm,
0.29 sqkm. Konomana and Kalipalli faced high erosion due to lack of
mangroves, accretion due to presence of port. Erosion
0.57 sqkm, Accretion
2.7
sqkm. Boxipalli, Kamalapur and Phulta faced erosion of 0.25 sqkm due to increase in tourism activities & deforestation. Faced cyclones over the years. Keluapalli, Sasanapadar and Ekasingi faced erosion of 0.27 sqkm over years due to cyclones. Kotturu and Sonapur- faced erosion of 0.17 sqkm recently due to increase in settlements, accretion - 0.24 sqkm, bahuda river & vegetation. Wetlands Coastal wetlands are among the most productive ecosystems in the world, providing habitat for fish and other wildlife and supporting the productivity of adjacent coastal waters by exporting nutrients. Wetlands also protect coastal communities from floods. However, coastal wetlands are highly vulnerable to sea-level rise due to their location in low lying areas. Therefore, vulnerable assessment is crucial to protect and restore our valuable and diminishing coastal wetlands. Ramagada is the most vulnerable Gram Panchayat to as part of it faces waterlogging due to low coastal regional elevation and high rainfall. A small portion of the GP has a waterbody too. Followed by this is the Agastinuagaon which is highly vulnerable gram
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 216
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
panchayat due to the presence of marsh lands and vegetation. A small portion of this GP holds waterbody too which also adds on to the vulnerability. Sunapur is moderately vulnerable GP as almost 1/3rd of its area bears both water body as well as saltpan. Pallibandha has low vulnerability due to the presence of saltpan (evaporation of water for the collection of the deposits in the form of salt). Coastal Regional Elevation It is important to study the coastal regional elevation detail in the study area to identify and estimate the extent of land area threatened by future sea level rise. These coastal elevation data are also used to estimate the land potentially available for wetland migration in response to sea level rise and the sea level rise impacts on the human built environment. From the coastal vulnerability point of view, coastal regions having high elevation will be considered as less vulnerable areas because they provide more resistance for inundation against the rising sea level, tsunami run-up, and storm surge. Those coastal regions having low elevation are considered as highly vulnerable areas. In the present study, Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) data was used to derive the coastal regional elevation and the elevation map was prepared on ArcGIS. Sunapur, kotturu, Sasanapadar, Ekasingi, Agastinuagaon, Palli Bandha and Boxipalli are the most vulnerable Gram Panchayats as it has the least elevation. Portions of Keluapalli, Phulta, Kamalapur, Konomana, Podapadar and Ramagada too fall in this category. Portions of Keluapalli, Kamalapur, Phulta, Konomana, kalipalli and Podapadar are highly vulnerable gram panchayats. Portions of Kamalapur, Phulta & Podapadar and very small portions of Keluapalli & Konomana are moderately vulnerable gram panchayats. Ramagada gram panchayat too falls under moderately vulnerable category as it has a combination of highest to lowest coastal regional elevation. Geomorphology Erodibility of a shoreline largely depends on its geomorphic nature. Major geomorphic features of this area have been taken from the FAO Digital Soil Map of the World (DSMW) website. Boxipalli,
Kamalapur,
Kalipalli,
Konomana,
pallibandha,
podapadar
and
Agastinuagaon, major portion of Ramagada, Phulta, keluapalli are highly vulnerable Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 217
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
gram panchayats as the geomorphology here is sandy loam adjoining the coast. Half of Ekasingi and Sasanapadar holds Sandy loam and the other half bears Loam making them moderately vulnerable. A small portion of Ramagada holds the dense mangrove swamp which has high ecological value adding on to the vulnerability. Windspeed Even in a narrow section of coast, strong winds associated with storm conditions can lead to destructive waves which cause wave quarrying where high energy waves smash against the cliff faces and remove chunks of rock into the sea. Wind speed or wave intensity (wave height) also causes intensive coastal erosion and endanger coastal structures and other infrastructures. Hence, the assessment of wind speed to coastal vulnerability is inevitable. Agastinuagaon is the most vulnerable GP as it faces the maximum mean wind speed of 6.61 m/s making it prone to extreme events. Followed by this is podanadar, Konomana, kalipalli and Phulta which are highly vulnerable gram panchayats with a mean wind speed of range 6.53
6.60 sqkm. Sunapur, Ramagad, Keluapalli and
Kotturu are moderately vulnerable GPs with a mean wind speed of range 6.43
6.52
sqkm. Kamalapur, Boxipalli, Ekasingi and Sasanapadar are low vulnerable GPs with a mean wind speed of range 6.20
6.42 sqkm. Pallibandha is the least vulnerable
gram panchayats with the least mean wind speed of range 6.19 sqkm. Extreme Events Extreme events like tropical cyclone, tsunami, high rainfall etc. are the worst natural hazards that result in enormous damage to life, property, and coastal infrastructures. In recent decades, the intensity and size of tropical cyclones and higher rainfall rate have increased which is a matter of concern as the risk and vulnerability level of coastal area. So, the assessment of the coastal risk, and associated vulnerability is needed. Sonapur, Boxipalli, Kotturu and kalipalli are the most vulnerable Gram Panchayats to extreme events i.e., cyclones and floods. Followed by this is the podanadar and Agastinuagaon which is highly vulnerable to extreme events. Portion of Kamalapur, Phulta, Keluapalli, Ekasingi and Sasanapadar are moderately vulnerable to extreme events. Portion of Phulta, Keluapalli, Ekasingi, Sasanapadar, konomana, podapadar, Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 218
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
pallibandha and ramagada are low vulnerable to extreme events. Part of Ekasingi, Kamalapur, Ramagada and Pallibandha are the least vulnerable GPs. Coastal Slope The coastal slope is change in altitude for a unit horizontal distance between any two points on the coast. The degree of steepness or flatness of a coastal region determines the susceptibility of the coast to inundation by flooding. Determination of regional coastal slope identifies the relative vulnerability of inundation and potential rapidity of shoreline retreat because low sloping coastal regions are thought to retreat faster than steeper regions. All the 14 gram panchayats are highly vulnerable as it have a slope of range 45 90%.Portions of Sunapur, Agastinuagaon and Podapadar & very small portions of Kotturu, Ekasingi, Sasanapadar, Keluapalli, Konomana, kalipalli, pallibandha and Phulta have slope less than 10%. Table 67: Levels of coastal vulnerability of the gram panchayats against each parameters.
Coa
S.N
Gram
o
Panchayat
Sur
Sho
ge
relin
Hei
e
ght
Cha
(m)
nge
Mea
stal
Coa
n
Ex
W
Reg
stal
Win
tre
etl
iona Geo d
me
an
l
Ev
d
Elev phol ed atio
mor ogy
n 1
2
3
Ramagad
Pallibandha
Podapadar
Spe
ent
(m/s s
Coa stal Slo pe (%)
W eig hte Ra d
nk
Ind ex
)
5
5
4
3
3
3
1
5
5
5
1
5
3
1
2
5
4
3
0
3
3
4
4
5
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
0.7 0
1
0.3 6
13
0.5 7
3
P a g e | 219
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
4
Agastinuag aon
4
3
3
5
3
5
4
5
5
Konomana
4
1
0
3
3
4
2
5
6
Kalipalli
4
1
0
4
3
4
5
5
7
Boxipalli
3
4
0
5
3
2
5
5
8
Kamalapur
3
4
0
3
3
2
3
5
9
Phulta
3
4
0
3
3
4
3
5
10
Keluapalli
2
5
0
5
3
3
3
5
2
5
0
5
2
2
3
5
11
Sasanapad ar
12
Ekasingi
2
5
0
5
2
2
3
5
13
Kotturu
1
2
0
5
3
3
5
5
14
Sunapur
1
2
2
5
3
3
5
5
0.2 0
14
0.3 7
12
0.3 9
11
0.5 8
2
0.4 5
6
0.5 3
4
0.4 0
10
0.4 7
5
0.4 4
7
0.4 2
8
0.4 1
9
Source: Studio Output
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 220
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 9.4 : Levels of coastal ecological vulnerability in coastal villages
Source: Output of the Project It was observed that Ramagad, Podapadar, boxipalli and Phulta are very highly vulnerable which contributed to 16%. Kamalapur, Ekasingi, Sasanapadar, Kotturu gram panchayats falls under high vulnerability which contributed to 35%. Sunapur, Keluapalli, Kalipalli,
Konomana, pallibandha,
Agastinuagam are moderately
vulnerable which contributed to 49%. 9.4.3 Socio-economic Vulnerability Analysis Population density
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 221
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Population density is the concentration of individuals within a species in a specific geographic locale. Population density data can be used to quantify demographic information and to assess relationships with ecosystems, human health, and infrastructure. Population density is directly proportional to risk. Two GPs are coming under very high risk i.e, Korapalli and Bakshiapalli. Bakshiapalli is less with respect to area but having more population density is making it more vulnerable.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 222
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Education facilities
Legend Education V_LOW LOW MODERATE HIGH V_HIGH <all other values>
Educational facilities are the facilities provided to students, so that they can use every opportunity to develop full potential. Educational facilities include buildings, fixtures, and equipment necessary for the effective and efficient operation of the program of public education,classrooms, libraries, rooms and space for physical education, space for fine arts, restrooms, specialized laboratories, cafeterias, media centers, building equipment, building fixtures, furnishings, related exterior facilities, landscaping and paving, and similar items which the State Board of Education may determine necessary. The higher the presence of institutions lower the vulnerability. Six GPs are under very high vulnerability. 9.4.3.1 Literacy rate
µ Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 223
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The literacy rate is defined by the percentage of the population of a given age group that can read and write. The adult literacy rate corresponds to ages 15 and above, the youth literacy rate to ages 15 to 24, and the elderly to ages 65 and above. It is typically measured according to the ability to comprehend a short simple statement on everyday life. Generally, literacy also encompasses numeracy, and measurement may incorporate a simple assessment of arithmetic ability. The literacy rate and number of literates should be distinguished from functional literacy, a more comprehensive measure of literacy assessed on a continium in which multiple proficiency levels can be determined. More the literacy rate less the social vulnerability. Minimum literacy rate here is 6% and max is 99% which is a very huge gap. Kalipalli is having v.less literacy rate and Bakshiapalli is having high literacy rate. Health-care facilities
Health care facility means an institution providing health care services. This can include a hospital or other licensed inpatient center; an ambulatory surgical or treatment center; a skilled nursing center; a home health agency; a diagnostic, laboratory, or imaging center; and a rehabilitation or other therapeutic health setting. Sunapur, Kotturi, Ekasingi are the GPs without any medical facilities. These 3 GPs are under Chikiti block.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 224
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Only 2 maternity centres are present in Kainchapur and Pailibandha. Both are under Ganjam block. Occupation1
This map refers to the NonIf the non-workers population percentage is more then the risk is more. In Ramagad, Narayanpur and in Korapalli GP, the risk is very high. Occupation2
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 225
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
This map shows the marginal workers population. It is inversely proportional to the risk. Low risk GPs are Sunapur, Sasanpadar, Narayanpur and Korapalli. Road connectivity
Cyclone shelters
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 226
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Ramagad Gram Panchayat is having the highest number of cyclone shelters and Sunapur is not having any cyclone shelter. Therefore, it should be evenly distributed. Socio economic vulnerability map
6% 33% LOW MODERATE HIGH 61%
As per the map, Keluapalli is the only Gram Panchanyat is under low risk under Rangeilunda block.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 227
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Almost 60% of the whole coastal stretch is moderately vulnerable. All GPs under Ganjam block is moderately vulnerable scale. And more than 30% of the coast area is under High vulnerability.
9.4.4 Fishermen vulnerability Analysis Ganjam District is considered to be one of the potential aquaculture resources districts of the state in the form of Freshwater 11580.0ha, Brackish water 4023.04ha & Marine Fisheries with 60Km. coast line. These resources are very much suitable for pond culture, reservoir fisheries & shrimp culture. It provide an excellent opportunity to develop pisciculture for increasing fish production to meet the growing demand of the people as well as play a
Sl.no
Parameters
Weightages
Low
Moderate
High
(1)
(2)
(3)
1
Household
65
<300
300-600
>600
2
Moterised
20
20
10
1
10
<50
50-150
150-
boat 3
Nonmotorised
200
boat 4
Gear boat
15
1000
500
100
significant role for providing employment opportunity to the rural poor. District Fisheries Officer looks after the development of fisheries sector of the District with assistance from Addl. Fisheries officer, Junior Engineer., Inspector of Cooperative Society (Fy) etc at District level & Asst. Fisheries Officers station at Block level under the direct supervision of DDF (GZ), Berhampur. SFTAs & JFTAs are assisting at different level as per requirement.
Ganjam stands in rank 4 among the six coastal districts of Odisha. There is a scope to increase fishing in coastal areas. To study the vulnerability, few parameters were considered and done the vulnerability assessment.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 228
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 9.5: Fisherman Household
Figure 9.6: Non motor boat availability
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 229
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 9.7:Motor boat availability
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 230
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 9.8: gear boat availability
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 231
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 9.9: Fisherman Vulnerability map
9.4.5 Major Activities 1. To produce spawn and fry for providing quality fish seed to the Pisciculturists. 2. To develop incremental water area through different schemes to increase fish production. 3. To render training to pisciulturists on modern scientific pisciculture for skill up gradation to increase productivity and thereby production. 4. To develop pisciculture in Reservoirs/ M.I.Ps through PFCS & SHGs by stocking advance fingerlings and installation of Cages. 6. To provide assistance to affected fisher due to conservation of Turtle during fishing ban period.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 232
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
9.4.6 Important Schemes Several lucrative schemes are being implemented by the Fisheries Department in our state Odisha. Amongst the schemes some are solely State funded whereas most are being executed by both the State Government & Central Government. The objective of all the schemes is to increase the fish production and meet the demand along with socioeconomic development of the fish farmer and fisher community. 1. Matsya Pokhari Yojana (MPY) 2. Piciculture by WSHGs in GP leased tanks 3. Prime Minister Surakhya Bima Yoyana 4. Blue Revolution a) Supply of subsidized FR Boat to fishers b) Mechanization of Traditional Boat c) Scholarship to children of fishers d) Revolving fund to WSHGs e) Encouraging fish production through Biofloc / RAS 5. Assistance to fishers during fishing ban period. 9.4.7 Gopalpur port study 9.4.7.1 Ancient Kalinga era Gopalpur has an ancient sea port which was operational during the heyday of maritime Kalinga region. It is identified with the site Mansurkota located near Gopalpur, just below the mouth of the river Rushikulya. Ptolemy refers to an apheterion or the point of departure located south of Palur port from where ships bound for Southeast Asia embarked on its voyage. 9.4.7.2 Post-Medieval era Under the ownership of the Soraine family the village grew in wealth, from an obscure little fishing village, Gopalpur became a prominent trading port. The family built the
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 233
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
port, the lighthouse and the Albert Hotel and established both a local fishing industry and a trade route with Burma. They also established the bylaw allowing any villagers who could build a house, with a perimeter and light a fire in the fireplace overnight, could then keep the land and house (on the backwaters) as their own. During the British rule family squabbles and disputes resulted in much being transferred to British missionaries. The Albert Hotel now locked in ownership battles and lying derelict is the last remnant of those squabbles. During the days of British East India Company The East India Company built large warehouses and godowns because the trade with Burma had picked up and it had become a trading point for rice from Rangoon. Victor Soraine returned to India from England and built BetVic house where he retired, surrounded by memories of childhood and his family legacy. His final wish was granted when he was buried in his ancestral lands just a few years ago. Gopalpur has reverted to being a quiet, relaxed place but with one major difference it is one of India's most sought after beaches, with a distinct charm of its own.
9.4.7.3 Port area Development The port had become nonfunctional after the 1999 super cyclone. Now also it is vulnerable to cyclones and even recent cyclones like Phaylin and Titli the landfall was Gopalpur which had harmed the port a lot. Odisha govt and Gopalpur Port Limited (GPL) are now funding for the all weather port development. This port is helping the state in employment, economic generation and trade of goods. 9.4.7.4 Impact of Gopalput port on Environment The port is near the Rushikulya river mouth which is a ecologically sensitive area because of olive ridley nesting point. Due to expansion of port there is a threat to both marine and terrestrial ecosystem and also a cause for deforestation.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 234
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Impact on Marine ecosystem
Due to oil spills from the ships, it is harming aquatic animals like fish, jelly fish, crabs, turtles and also aquatic plants. It is also polluting the sea water. Impact on Terestrial ecosystem
The oil spills is polluting the sands near the beach and river which is causing deaths to hatchilings of turtles. Also it is killing turtle food like jelly fish and aquatic plants. It is also polluting river water near the mouth. And also the salt farmers. if they get this may affect their health as said by local fishermen community.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 235
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 9.10: Gopalpur port structure
Gopalpur port is one of the non-major port in east coast of India placing Ganjam in international maritime map. This port was first constructed by Soraine family during post medieval era. Then after independence it came under the Government authorization. Recently it got semi privatised for redevelopment under Shapoorji Palonji group of port pvt.ltd. It is well connected to road NH16 and railway network. It is at same distance from Paradeep port present towards North and Visakhapatnam towards south aapprox 260km. It has a cargo handling capacity of 20 MT per annum. The port is having 3 bearths of 800m and drop of 15.5m depth is capable of handling multiple cargos at a time Cargo exports are, Thermal coal,Cooking coal, Iron ore fine, Iron ore pellets,Limestone, Gypsum, Salt, Cement,
Steel,
Fertilizer.
Hinterlands
for
the
export
are
Odisha,West
Bengal,Jharkhand,Chattishgarh. Maritime logistic services to Steel industry, Cement industry, Mining industry, Chemical industry.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 236
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 This port is present towards the South of Rushikulya river basin which is a turtlr nesting point. Due to oil spills it is affecting the sea water and lives of aquatic animals. Due to this fishermen are also getting affected.
9.4.8 Brief study on Gopalpur Port 9.4.9 Study on Olive Ridley turtle nesting point Olive Ridley turtles are globally distributed and well known for their synchronous nesting behaviour also called arribada. They prefer to nest on tropical sandy beaches with major mass nesting beaches in Odisha coast in India. Rushikulya is the second biggest mass nesting site of Olive Ridleys in India after Gahirmatha marine sanctuary which is the northernmost olive Ridley mass nesting rookery in the Bay of Bengal Odisha and is one of the largest arribada beaches in the world. Every year, millions of Olive Ridleys gather on a five-km-long sandy stretch of beach from Purunababdh to Podampeta, for mass nesting (Figure 9.4.6). These endangered species flock the place from the third week of February to the first week of March for nesting. Even though occasional nesting occurs in Odisha coast throughout the year turtle sighting in the near shore water during this season is rare. Around river mouths, the Odisha Coast has the right kind of nesting beaches. Turtles prefer the deltaic areas with sand pits along this shore, therefore it's a good place for them to lay their eggs. Turtles take int winds, temperature, seasons, and the moon.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 237
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 9.11: location of the Olive Ridley Turtles nesting point
Source: Output of the Project Table 68: Year wise Mass nesting and Mortality of Olive Ridley Turtles
Year
Mortality (%)
2000-2001
1,59,000
86
0.054088
2001-2002
35,000
112
0.32
2002-2003
2,08,000
103
0.049519
2003-2004
74,890
423
0.564828
2004-2005
89,300
217
0.243001
2005-2006
1,98,794
87
0.043764
2006-2007
74,000
36
0.048649
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 238
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2007-2008
1,80,426
335
0.185672
2008
2009
59,000
74
0.125424
2009
2010
89,000
102
0.114607
2010
2011
1.34,000
65
0.048507
2011
2013
65,000
59
0.090769
2014 - 2015
78,000
89
0.114103
Source: Assessment of conservation measures for olive ridley sea turtle alonf rushikulya rookery. The table shows the year wise Mass nesting and Mortality of Olive Ridley Turtles. The graph where Year wise Mass nesting of Olive Ridley Turtles from 2000-2015 has been shown, it has been observed that the highest mass nesting happened in the year 200203 followed by the 2005-06. The least was observed in the year 2001-02. The next graph shows the Year wise mortality of Olive Ridley Turtles from 2000-2015. Here, it has been observed that the highest deaths were recorded in the year 2003-04 and the lowest in 2007-08.
2,50,000 2,00,000 1,50,000 1,00,000 50,000 2010
2011
2013
2009
2010
2011
2014 - 2015
2009 2008
2007-2008
2006-2007
2005-2006
2004-2005
2003-2004
2002-2003
2001-2002
2000-2001
0
Figure 9.12: Year wise Mass nesting of Olive Ridley Turtles, 2000-15
Source: Output of the Project
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 239
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2010
2011
2013
2009
2010
2011
2014 - 2015
2009 2008
2007-2008
2006-2007
2005-2006
2004-2005
2003-2004
2002-2003
2001-2002
2000-2001
450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
Figure 9.13: Year wise Mortality of Olive Ridley Turtles, 2000-15
Source: Output of the Project
From the calculation of percentage of mortality rate, the percentage of mortality were high in the following years due to Floods in 2001, 2003, 2007-2009, unseasonal cyclonic rain in 2010, very severe cyclonic storm Phailin in 2013 and hudhud in 2014. From the data, it is inferred that there is threat which is becoming increasingly problematic for turtle population for their livelihood and survival. The reasons are Human interference (eggs are consumed as it is rich source of protein), incidental catch in mechanized vessels, natural predator li mongoose feed on the eggs, hatchlings are also predated by catfish and sharks during their immature stages in the water body, Loss of nesting by natural erosion and sand mining etc. Reports suggest that out of every 1,000 hatchlings that enter the sea, only one manages to reach adulthood. Other reason of mortality of the turtles is mainly due to trawling operations. There is incidental killing of the turtles due to suffocation in fishing nets of trawlers or by injuries inflicted by the propellers of the trawlers. Therefore, Enforcement activities should be continued to prevent the movement and fishing by
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 240
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
9.4.10 Beach infrastructure Beaches are recognised national asset that contribute to the quality of life for residents, underpins the tourism industry which relies on the high-quality scenic environment and sustains both commercial and recreational activities alongside its nature conservation and heritage value. Prayagi beach is the northern most beach of the district. It is covered with dense and sparse vegetation which becomes the reason of the area being prone to cyclones. Podampata or Purunabandha beach is known for Olive Ridley turtle nesting and breeding point. Tourists come here to treat their eyes with the beauty of the river mouth and the marshy lands, and the footfall is more during winters. This area is more prone to inland floods. Aryapalli beach is famous for Gopalpur port. Major transport activities are done here. The reason this port is protected from cyclone is the rocky Geomorphology. The geomorphology of the Gopalpur beach is sandy that makes is more prone to cyclone. It is one of the most beautiful beaches in the district and is known for tourism activities. More fisherman settlements are found in Markandi Beach & Ramayapatam Beach. Sonapur beach is towards the south and the end of the coastal stretch of the district with large areas of agricultural lands. One tributary river named Bahuda merges here with the sea. Unfortunately, some beaches are confronted with lack of infrastructure, which has limited their growth and development for years. In this context, assessing the gap in infrastructure facilities in and around the beaches for enhancing the tourist's experience, and improvement of residents/host communities living condition etc. is of paramount importance. So, in the present work, an infrastructure gap analysis of six beaches namely Prayagi Beach, Podampata or Purunabandha Beach, Aryapalli Beach, Gopalpur Beach, Markandi Beach & Ramayapatam Beach and Sonapur Beach in Ganjam coastal belt has been done which could be utilised to develop a plan for up gradation of infrastructure for better management of these beaches. For this, 17 parameters were considered: Ablution facilities, parking, signage, sewage and drainage, electrical infrastructure, public transport,restroom facilities, etc. A primary questionnaire survey was conducted where the results were marked as 0 if the infrastructure facility was available in that particular beach otherwise marked as 1 if the facility was available (Table 9.7).
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 241
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 69: Beach infrastructure gap assessment
Ablutio Name of the n Facilitie
Beach
Prayagi Beach
cy
care Infrastructu
units
re
No
Yes
No
s
Restroo Sewag
Emergen Electrical
m
e
&
Facilitie Drainag
Parking Facilitie s
Signag e
Public Transpo rt
s
e
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Purunaband ha
Beach/
Podampeta Beach Aryapalli Beach Gopalpur Beach Markandi Beach
and
Ramayapata m Beach Sonapur Beach
Name of the Ablution Emergency Electrical Beach
Restroom
Facilities care units Infrastructure Facilities
Sewage & Drainage
Parking Facilities
Signage
Public Transport
Prayagi Beach No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
6
Purunabandha No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
7
Beach/
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 242
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Podampeta Beach Aryapalli Beach Gopalpur Beach
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
6
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
12
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
9
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
7
Markandi Beach
and
Ramayapatam Beach Sonapur Beach
Source: Output of the project From the results of the survey, it was observed that Gopalpur beach is the best among all the six beaches having superior infrastructure with the highest score 12. Recreational amenities, vending zones as well as beach cleanliness attract more people to the beach and people feel safer in terms of hygiene and accidents due to the presence of electrical infrastructure, restroom facilities, parking, emergency care units, signage, provision of dustbins, etc. Followed by this is the Markandi Beach and Ramayapatam Beach with a total score of 9. We found that the infrastructural facilities of Sonapur and Purunabandha & Podampeta beaches with a score of 7 was similar and are comparable to Prayagi and Aryapalli beaches achieving the least score - 6. Basically it needs to upgrade its existing infrastructure and provide facilities like of drinking water supply, restrooms, signage, garbage bins, seating arrangements, sand control, recreational amenities, etc 9.4.11 Salt pan Ganjam has a wetland area of 4070.69 ha, with saltpan accounting for 26.9% of it. The areas of Ganjam and Humma, as well as the areas surrounding the mouths of the rivers Bahuda and Rushikulya, are rich in salt production, serving not just to the District's but also state's demands.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 243
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure Saltpan sites near the coastal areas in the district have been marked which includes Gokharkuda in the northern part with 1.48 sqkm and Bahuda in the south with 5.36 sqkm.
Figure 9.14: Areas with saltpan - Gokharkuda saltpan and Bahuda saltpan
Source: Output of the Project Table 9.8 shows the average yield for the year 2015-16, 2016-17 and for 2017-18 where 2016-17 had the highest yield after which it went on decreasing. The covid 19 has triggered labour shortage among salt farmers in the district, severely impacting the harvest of salt in the district. Table 70: Salt production in Ganjam district from 2015 to 2018
Salt
Producing Average yield (tonnes/acre)
Centre Ganjam
2015-16
2016-17
2017-18
20
21
17
Source: Directorate of Economics and Statistics (2001) Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 244
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table shows the present criteria and indicators for conservation of saltpans.
Table 71: criterion and indicators for conservation of salt pans
Areas with saltpan S.No
Criteria Gokharkuda
Bahuda
Considerable
1
Ecosystem Ecosystem Resilience
site
area, Considerable contiguity Ecosystem
adequacy
to site
area, contiguity
adequacy
to
maintain
ecosystem maintain
ecosystem
level
processes, level
processes,
Connection with wildlife Connection with wildlife corridor
corridor
Presence of globally
2
threatened
species,
Presence of regionally threatened
species,
Biodiversity
Congregation area of
Uniqueness
species
of
conservation, Significance
Presence of regionally threatened
species,
Presence of restricted rain species, Presence of flagship species
Congregation area for migratory species 3
Socio Cultural Religious significance, significance
Historical significance
Cultural, Historical
Religious, significance,
Aesthetic significance
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 245
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Socio 4
economic potential
Ecotourism,
Ecotourism,
Aquaculture
and Aquaculture
and
fisheries, Support for fisheries, Support for agriculture
agriculture
Source: Report on Wetlands in Ganjam District In the last 2 years, it has been observed that because of the catastrophic events like floods and cyclones that have brought salt production to a halt in Ganjam district, 70% of the over 20,000 households that rely on it for their livelihood have fled to other states in search of work.
9.5 Issues and Potentials There is a threat to Olive Ridley Turtles as there is loss or modification of the nesting beaches due to Casuarina plantation, strong illumination around nesting beaches greatly that disorients the adult turtles as well as the hatchlings, large scale vessel movement in congregation zones severely disturb mating and breeding and nests and eggs are destroyed by predators like dogs, jackals, hyenas, etc., and by beach erosion. Even though Indian Coast Guard has been authorized to enforce the provisions of the acts - Odisha Marine Fisheries Regulation Act (OMFRA) 1982 and Odisha Marine Fisheries Regulation Rules, 1983, fishing at the potential nesting sites stretches along the coast. Significant amount of loss of land is observed mainly at the river mouth due to the sediment erosion from the banks because of complex interactions between river flow, waves and the tides. The infrastructural facilities of Sonapurbeach and Purunabandha & Podampeta beach & Prayagi and Aryapalli beaches either lacks or needs upgradation of the existing facilities. Lack or Limited of socio-economic infrastructure, limited employment opportunities, no provision of cyclone shelters, health care and educational facilities in some gram panchayats makes it socio-economically vulnerable. The coast has the potential in beautification and upgrading the existing infrastructure facilities and provide services or amenities like drinking water supply (water ATMs), restrooms, signage, garbage bins, seating arrangements (benches, gazebos, pavilions), car parks, footpaths, Dutch Ladders and boardwalks, sand control through
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 246
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
the use of vegetation (dune plants, Ammophila (Marram grass), recreational amenities like surfing, boarding, etc. Tourism along the beach has great potential to stimulate economy growth and generate substantial employment. High fishing potency in the district in respect of fresh and marine water. Because of the resources, ganjam offers a lot of scope for salt-related enterprises, but there aren't many of them. Provision of mangrove forests that will act as a buffer zone against natural hazards and environmental disturbances, such as floods, cyclones, tidal surges and storms to protect the coastal shorelines from tidal erosion or erosion by currents by retaining large amounts of water and then slowly releasing them back. Installation of Event warning systems, such as tsunami warnings and storm surge warnings, can be used to minimize the human impact of catastrophic events that cause coastal erosion. Storm surge warnings can help determine when to close floodgates. Wireless sensor networks can aid monitoring. Potentiality of Shoreline monitoring campaigns that will provide information about historic shoreline location and movement, and about predictions of future change and potency of Beach profiling surveys should be typically conducted at regular intervals along the coast in order to measure short-term (daily to annual) variations in shoreline position and beach volume.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 247
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
10 Disaster Management 10.1 Background Disasters are unanticipated events that not only take the lives of humans and animals, but also cause extensive damage to both natural and man-made assets. Natural disasters, man-made disasters, and environmental disasters can all be classified as the result of poverty, overpopulation, and environmental degradation. A disaster has an impact on a society's vital functions, including biological survival such as food, shelter, health, and reproduction, as well as social survival such as the system of meaning and values. The nature of precipitating agents varies depending on the cause of the disaster, the degree of predictability, probability, controllability, speed, scope, and destructive impacts on people and physical objects. This chapter on disaster management is divided into four parts. The first part provides a brief introduction of major disasters so far experienced in the Ganjam district. The second part describes the sectoral objectives and the approach carried out for the study. The third part describes the baseline study of the district with respect to disaster management. The forth part outlines the analysis done to achieve composite disaster vulnerability map of the district and identification of the potential zones. Ganjam is a disaster prone district of Orissa and it has a history of recurring natural disasters. The district is broadly divided into two geographical divisions: (1) the coastal plains in the east and (2) hill & tablelands in the west. The Eastern Ghats run along the western side of the district. The district is mostly affected by cyclone, flood, drought and heat waves. The coastal areas of the districts are exposed to floods and cyclones, whereas western region is prone to acute droughts. Apart from these hazards, seaside villages are vulnerable to sea surge and tsunami too, and rural areas having houses with thatched roofs are susceptible to fire accidents which also is common in district. The plain area lies between the Eastern Ghats and the Bay of Bengal. Since the hills are close to the sea, the rivers flowing from hills are not very long and are subject to sudden floods. Since the district has a history of recurring natural disasters, hence Disaster management in this area need a comprehensive strategy that includes institutional mechanisms, total community knowledge and readiness, the roles and responsibilities of many stakeholders, and their ability to cope with a variety of calamities.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 248
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
10.1.1 Major past disasters and impacts Analyzing the major past disasters is important to evaluate the social, economical and/or environmental disturbance created by them in the district. From 100 years of statistics given by govt. it is found that in every alternative year this district faces a natural calamity. During 1990-2015, Ganjam has experienced flood for 7 years and drought for 5 years. In the year 2009, both drought and flood occurred in the district. In 1999, cyclone affected all the blocks in the district and it was among the major disasters of the district which caused a lot of damage to life and property. After that cyclone again hit in the year 2013 and 14. These disaster impacted various sectors like cyclone and flood caused the Loss of crop, Human & Animal Life, Infrastructure, houses, livelihood system, property etc. Drought causes loss in wages also along with previously mentioned losses and heatwave can cause loss of human and animal life. The table below lists important previous disasters that affected Ganjam, as well as the year they occurred, including the 1999 Super Cyclone.
Table 72: Past Disaster of Ganjam (1990-2015)
Type of Disaster
Year of Occurrence
Flood
1990
Flood
1995
Drought
1996
Cyclone
1999
Drought
2002
Flood
2003
Flood
2006
Flood
2007
Flood
2008
Flood & Drought
2009
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 249
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Unseasonal Cyclonic Rain
2010
Drought
2011
Flash Flood
2012
Cyclone
2013
Cyclone
2014
Drought
2015
Source: District Disaster Management Plan, Ganjam, Odisha (2017) 10.1.2 Seasonality of disasters in the district Regarding the period of occurrence of the above mentioned hazards throughout the year, following is a table containing the timeline observed in Ganjam. Floods are most likely to happen between June and September, whereas cyclones usually happen in the months of April/May and September to October. Some hazards, as earthquake and tsunami may occur at any time. Table 73: Probability Period / Seasonality of Hazards
Source: District Disaster Management Plan, Ganjam, Odisha (2017) 10.1.3 Disaster Overview An overview with the impacts of the main hazards hitting Ganjam is provided in the table below. Table 74: Major disasters and their impacts
Disaste Year
Affe
Peopl
No.
Live
House
Crop
Public
r
cted
e
of
stoc
damag
damag
property
e
ed (Ha)
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 250
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Cyclon
1999
bloc
affecte deat
k
loss
k
d
h
loss
(Rs)
22
31.40
183
68,9
3,22,00
9,55
0
e
lakh
-
1,06,659
6 Flood
2009
5
1.5
7
-
3,457
1384.8
20,467.1
lakh Drough 2009
4
-
-
-
-
2251.8
-
2012
4
10,000
1
15
-
4.36
13,367.5
2013
22
35 lakh 21
8,36
3,84,71
307036
5,58,226
4
5
t Flash Flood Cyclon e
Source: District Disaster Management Plan, Ganjam, Odisha (2017)
10.2 Objectives of the study Analyzing To identify the various hazards and hazard prone areas of the district and develop hazard incidence map based on past hazard incidences. To assess vulnerable and high risk zones based on the identified parameters. To ensure an efficient hazard analysis, risk assessment and vulnerability assessment in the district that would reduce risks, enhance compliance with safety requirements, and help in the creation and maintenance of a safe environment.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 251
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
10.3 Method
10.4 Baseline study Maps were generated for blocks affected by major type of disasters in the district, namely- cyclone, flood, drought and flash flood. 10.4.1 Cyclone affected blocks There were cyclones in 1999 and 2013 that impacted the whole district. People of 22 C.D. Blocks, 18 ULBs in the district were affected. In 2013, the district was hit by cyclonic storm called Phailin. The whole population in susceptible regions was evacuated.
Figure 10.1: 1999 & 2013 Cyclone affected blocks in Ganjam
Source: Studio output Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 252
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
10.4.2 Flood affected blocks Under the impact of very heavy rainfall which was received in the middle of July, 2009. Blocks namely Kabisuryanagar, Hinjilicut, Purusottampur and Ganjam were affected by flood.
Figure 10.2: 2009 Flood affected blocks in Ganjam
Source: Studio output 10.4.3 Drought affected blocks Due to inadequate rain, has impacted Kharif paddy.It impacted in parts of Patrapur, Chikiti, Rangailunda and Sheragada Blocks.
Figure 10.3: 2009 Drought affected blocks in Ganjam
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 253
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Studio output 10.4.4 Flash Flood affected blocks Heavy rain occurred in the district on November 2012 which caused flash floods in 938 villages covering 16 Blocks but mostly confined to Bhanjanagar, Surada, Jaganathprasad and Buguda Blocks.
Figure 10.4 : 2012 Flash flood affected blocks in Ganjam
Source: Studio output 10.4.5 Cyclone Vulnerability C Orissa. A spatial vulnerability assessment is done to formulate disaster risk reduction strategies. This study develops a comprehensive tropical cyclone vulnerability mapping approach by applying Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP) and geospatial techniques and examines the spatial distribution of tropical cyclone vulnerability in the Ganjam district of Orissa. 10.4.5.1 Materials & method Parameters
taken
are
Wind
speed,rainfall,coastline
distance,landuse
landcover(LULC) & cyclone shelters. AHP model-based hierarchical structure is performed for the selected criteria, the pair-wise comparison matrix analysis for the relative weights for each variable, measurement of consistency value for the evaluations and decisions, synthesize the conclusions on priority variables to identify
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 254
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
sub-classes according their relative score for the computation of their relative weights These relative score were allocated between 1 and 3. The maximum weightage value indicates high, moderate, low, respectively. All the obtained thematic layers have been combined and interpreted in the geospatial environment through the Weighted Layer Combination (WLC) approach using the geospatial platform to achieve t he cyclone Vulnerable Zones as the outcome. Table 75: Parameters for Cyclone Vulnerability Assessment
Parameters
Classification
Score
Weightage
Wind Speed (2020)
4-9
3
43.2
(km/hr)
9-14
2
14-22
1
Rainfall (2020)
Below 1300
3
(mm)
1301-1600
2
Above 1600
1
Population Density
Below 750
3
(per sq.km)
751-2000
2
Above 2000
1
Distance Coastline (km)
Temporary Structures
from 5 km
3
2 km
2
1 km
1
Below 25
3
25-50
2
Above 50
1
26.7
10.3
9.5
6.7
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 255
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Distance Cyclone
from 0.5 km Shelter
3
1 km
2
Above 2 km
1
Elevation
Below 100
1
(m above msl)
100-350
2
Above 350
3
(km)
3.9
2.0
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 256
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
10.4.5.2
Cyclone Vulnerability Analysis
Figure 10.5: Cyclone Vulnerability map of Ganjam
88 Gps are most vulnerable to Cyclone disaster . Chhatrapur block has the highest number of Gps that are most vulnerable to cyclones. Chikita,Rangeliunda,chatrapur, khallikote & ganjam are near to the coast & has high wind speed hence they are most vulnerable
to
cyclone,while
the
north
blocks
like
Beguniapada,,hinjlikut,asika,bellaguntha has more rainfall & temporary housing structures which makes it most vulnerable to cyclone. The table displays the total number of GPs in each block in Ganjam District that are most vulnerable to cyclone disaster. The most vulnerable GPs' populations, areas, and households are compared on a block-by-block basis.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 257
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
20% of the GPs are most Vulnerable to cyclone disaster.16% of total population is most vulnerable and 15% of the total area is at high risk.
Table 76: GPs affected by cyclone disaster
Blocks
Total
Population Area
Household
Affected
GPs
(Ha)
Asika
7
29882
6746
6434
Beguniapada
2
15016
2716
3105
Baguda
2
10053
3599
2156
Chhatrapur
13
92664
17613
20344
Chikiti
8
35553
8542
7841
Ganjam
11
67251
17603
14699
Hinjilicut
12
63242
8467
13808
Kavisurjyanagar
2
13649
1461
2793
Khalikote
9
63163
10937
13220
Kukuda Khandi
6
35504
9153
7413
Polasara
1
5555
809
1179
Purusottampur
4
24231
3799
5207
Rangei Lunda
11
61436
8510
13344
Total
88
517199
99955
111543
10.4.6 Flood Vulnerability Assessment Floods are the most recurrent disasters in the district. With 80% of annual rainfall concentrated over 3 months, the district is highly vulnerable to floods. High population
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 258
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
density, encroachment on the flood plains, poor socio-economic condition, weak infrastructure and mud houses increase the vulnerability. A spatial vulnerability assessment is done to formulate flood risk reduction strategies. This study develops a comprehensive flood vulnerability mapping approach by applying Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP) and geospatial techniques and examines the spatial distribution of flood vulnerability in the Ganjam district of Orissa, very similar to the cyclone vulnerability described in the last section. 10.4.6.1 Materials & method Seven parameters were taken which are- rainfall, elevation, flow accumulation, population density, net sown area, temporary structures and distance from flood shelter. AHP model-based hierarchical structure is performed for the selected criteria, the pairassignment of priorities values and the determination of relative weights for each variable, measurement of consistency value for the evaluations and decisions, synthesize the conclusions on priority variables to identify the flood vulnerable zones. -classes according their relative score for the computation of their relative weights. These relative score were allocated between 1 and 3. The maximum weightage value indicates high, moderate, low, respectively. All the obtained thematic layers have been combined and interpreted in the geospatial environment through the Weighted Layer Combination (WLC) approach using the geospatial platform to achieve the Flood Vulnerable Zones as the outcome. Table 77: Parameters for Flood Vulnerability Assessment
Parameters
Classification
Score
Weightage
Rainfall (2020)
Below 1100
3
29.2
(mm)
1001-1400
2
Above 1400
1
Elevation
Below 100
1
(m above msl)
100-350
2
25.6
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 259
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Above 350
3
Flow Accumulation Below 500
3
(pixels)
500-1000
2
Above 1000
1
Population Density
Below 750
3
(per sq.km)
751-2000
2
Above 2000
1
Net Sown Area
Below 150
3
(sq. km)
151-200
2
Above 200
1
Below 25
3
25-50
2
Above 50
1
Temporary Structures
Distance from Flood 0.5 km Shelter (km)
3
1 km
2
Above 2 km
1
19.2
13.1
7.4
2.9
2.5
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 260
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
10.4.6.2 Flood Vulnerability Analysis
Figure 10.6: Cyclone Vulnerability map of Ganjam
152 GPs are most vulnerable to flood disaster. Bhanjanagar block has the highest number of GPs that are most vulnerable to floods. Most of the GPs in Bhanjanagar block receives maximum rainfall as compared to GPs in other blocks with Dadaralunda GP receiving maximum rainfall among all, hence this block is most vulnerable to flood. Similarly, GPs in Khalikote block have lower elevation and maximum flow accumulation value, therefore they are mostly vulnerable to flood disaster. The table displays the total number of GPs in each block in Ganjam District that are most vulnerable to flood disaster. The most vulnerable GPs' populations, areas, and households are compared on a block-by-block basis.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 261
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
24% of the GPs are most Vulnerable to cyclone disaster.24% of total population is most vulnerable and 25% of the total area is at high risk. Table 78: GPs affected by flood disaster
Blocks
Total
Population Area
Household
Affected
GPs
(Ha)
Asika
17
78196
13085
16371
Beguniapada
1
3208
622
698
Bellaguntha
16
98930
16676
20735
Bhanjanagar
19
111938
25384
24931
Baguda
5
33728
10062
7695
Chhatrapur
4
37681
7276
8253
Chikiti
4
20628
4177
4793
Digapahandi
6
43380
13651
9581
Ganjam
2
8374
1946
1865
Hinjilicut
6
25990
3974
5871
Kavisurjyanagar
4
22499
3186
4949
Khalikote
18
108798
19218
22872
Kukuda Khandi
16
90596
17982
18754
Patrapur
3
12946
12711
2704
Purusottampur
16
87361
14595
19013
Rangei Lunda
5
28095
3982
6183
Sanakhemundi
1
6306
4504
1337
Surada
9
46415
18582
10031
Total
152
865069
191613
186636
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 262
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
10.4.7 Composite disaster vulnerability
Figure 10.7: Disaster Vulnerability map of Ganjam District
Mapping of Flood vulnerability & Cyclone Vulnerability was used to make a composite disaster map by performing weighted overlay method in Arc Gis. The map shows the most vulnerable, moderately vulnerable & least vulnerable gram panchayats in Ganjam district. Table 79: GPs affected by Disasters
Blocks
Total
Area Population
Affected
GPs
Asika
10
Household (Ha)
55681
8006
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
11488
P a g e | 263
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Beguniapada
2
15016
2716
3105
Bellaguntha
7
43758
6622
9135
Bhanjanagar
9
60764
14765
13514
Baguda
3
17378
3656
3799
Chhatrapur
14
100189
18956
21923
Chikiti
4
24202
4642
5392
Ganjam
12
73256
18557
16057
Hinjilicut
12
63242
8467
13808
Jaganathprasad
3
17908
4731
4148
Kavisurjyanagar
9
49166
5922
10347
Khalikote
6
63163
10937
13220
Kukuda Khandi
9
35504
9153
7413
Purusottampur
4
24231
3799
5207
Rangei Lunda
11
61436
8510
13344
Surada
2
Total
117
10509 714803
3794 133233
2287 154187
Out of 22 blocks,15 blocks are most vulnerable to disaster.Chatrapur has the most vulnerable GPs with the most vulnerable population,high risk area
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
and
P a g e | 264
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
households.Chhatrapur is one of the coastal blocks in Ganjam District.24% of Gps are most vulnerable to disasters.20% of the population are most vulnerable to disaster.18% is high disaster risk area in Ganjam district. 10.4.8 Potential zones
Figure 10.8: Existing Disaster Shelter in Ganjam District
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 265
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
There are 103 disaster shelters in Ganjam District.12 blocks are covered with disaster shelters. Rangeilunda,Chatrapur,Purushottampur,Ganjam,Digapahandi & kallikote has more cyclone shelters.
Figure 10.9 : Temporary Housing Structures in Ganjam District
92 Gps have high percentage of temporary housing structuresThere is a need & awareness of pucca housing scheme in Ganjam district as the district is vulnerable to various disasters. 10.4.8.1 Disaster Preparedness Framework Early Warning Dissemination o Build regular linkages with emergency operation centers(EOC) at each level o Test Check Equipment at shelter level o Monitor & Transmit updates to EOCs o Supply required information to EOCs Ensuring Preparedness o o o o o
Have a list of Nodal person deployed in the village with contact details Identification of safer routes & shelters Build teams from among the task force on Search & Rescue. Assess preparedness Test Check-up of equipments
Capacity building
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 266
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
o o o o o
Understand Local dynamics exposed & vulnerable Develop DM plan List of emergency contact Nos. & display it in Centre places. Participate in the activities of Preparing village Disaster Programmes & Mock Drills
10.4.8.2 Issues in Ganjam district 1. There are no livestock shelters in the district. Animal safety shelters should be provided in each block. 2. suitable land, temporary Shelters should be proposed in these blocks 3. Most Gps have temporary housing structures, there is a need for special housing schemes, and people should be made aware of current housing schemes. 4. There are no services for differently abled persons hence Special task force should be made for differently abled persons who will keep the record of these persons. 5. The most susceptible blocks should have emergency road service for both evacuation and ambulance service. 6. There are no minimum standards available for disaster facility provisions.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 267
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
11 Industry and Livelihood 11.1 Introduction Ganjam, once a part of the ancient Kalinga empire, was one of the major trade centres throughout different periods. The Kalingans were a great maritime people. The District Industries Centre, Ganjam came into existence in the year 1978. After establishment of District Industries Centre, various support and services have been provided to prospective entrepreneurs for establishment of Small/ Village and Cottage Industries in the district. Further, the Industrial Policy Resolutions of 1980, 1986, 1989, 1992, 1996, 2001 and 2007 declared by the State Government has provided various incentives to the Small-Scale Industries for their sustained growth. A new IPR-2015 has already been pronounced by the State Government from 24th Aug 2015. In addition to this, Government of India has also declared a number of policy initiatives viz. UAM, e-Biz, etc. for the growth of MSME sector. The district is well linked with resource and industrial region of Odisha and has abundant water, land and cheap human resource. Besides, the area gets adequate power facility from the State power grids to boost any type of industrial venture. The port facility will also be another facilitator to attract investors to open up new portbased industries in the district. Thus, it has got definite potentiality to become an industrial hub in the eastern region of the State. The industrial- estate of IDCO is also operating in the area and developing industrial clusters to boost micro entrepreneurs. Due to such economic transition, the area is set to move in a dynamic path of development having multiplier effect on development. After full function of the industries, it will trigger a chain effect of development and shall create ample economic and employment opportunities for the district. Thus, next to agriculture, industry will be the prim over of economy in this area and all other activities will generate from such industrial development in future. It is assumed that this sector will create high employment opportunity in future in respect of production of industrial goods, transportation of industrial inputs and out puts to marketing destinations, service and maintenance of industries, power supply, water and waste management, storage yards, housing and infrastructure development, health, banking and insurance services, marketing and export/import services, industrial training centers, hotels and other service activities. As a result, the
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 268
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
employment opportunity will grow at a very faster rate after full function of industrial complexes. Taking these approaches in to consideration, it is presumed that employment in industrial sector will rise and this trend will continue in future. Industrial units provide regular employment to more than 51,000 persons as. Medium, small scale, agro-based and cottage industrial units are spread across the district providing opportunities of industrial production and employment. In recent years, emphasis has been given to the Rural Employment Generation Programme (REGP) and Prime Ministe
-09,
2,070 new units were established with an estimated employment of 11,691 persons. There are three medium scale industries which have 4,504 employees. A large number of persons are also engaged in auxiliary activities such as transportation, autorepair and servicing, electronics, chemicals and rural-urban facilitation and management and others. Block-wise distribution of number of small-scale units and employment generated. The district has a number of home-based food processing units. People engage themselves in the processing of Badi, Papad, Pickle, Mudki and Muan (made out of puffed paddy and coconut) throughout the year. Since all these products have a good demand, many rural households are engaged in processing, Self Help Groups (SHG) plays an important role in improving economic conditions of marginalized people. Many SHG are engaged in candle making, tailoring, embroidery, leaf-cup and leaf-plate stitching, honey bee rearing and spice processing. These activities generate supplementary livelihood options.
11.2 Objectives of the study To understand the existing scenario of the industrial and manufacturing units along in the district and related livelihood To analyze the various effects of pollution and its impacts on the environment & people. To identify and promote high performing units & thrust industries along with boosting domestic & local economy To evaluate future industrial scenarios to establish the type of industrial growth with assessment of issues, potentials and suitable areas. To recommend & strategize methods with policies to enhance economy & employment along with improving livelihood & environment.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 269
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
11.3 Methodology
11.4 Existing Scenario As per base line report, there are 9921 industrial units operating in the district along with 3 medium and large industrial units. The total employment generated by these industrial units is found to be 27406. Interestingly, the large and medium industries only create 4504 employments where as other small industrial units create 22902
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 270
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
employments in the district. Similarly, the investment in small scale industries is recoded to be 258.6 crores and in case of large and medium scale industries the investment is 266.30 crores.
Figure 11.1: Existing scenario of major industries
Source: Ganjam district Baseline report The sector wise analysis shows that repairing and service units are the highest in the district. Similarly, the agro based units are found to be next highest industrial units in the district. However, other important units relating to engineering and metal, textile and glass and ceramic also exist in the district. Indian Rare Earths Ltd., Chatrapur is the large-scale industry of the district. The district has now five industrial estates located at Berhampur, Bhanjanagar and Chatrapur and this has been developed by Industrial Development Corporation of Odisha (IDCO). It has allotted 63.5 acres of land with all infrastructures like road, drainage, water supply and electricity.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 271
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Fig. No.2: Industrial estates in Ganjam district Source: Primary - GIS 11.4.1 Large and Medium Industries The contribution of the minerals to the economy of the district is insignificant. A huge amount of minerals is available in the district such as granite, lime stone, soap stone, fire clay, china clay quartz, manganese etc. Basing on above resources and infrastructure large numbers of SSI, and large and medium scale units are coming up throughout the district. So far only one mine at Matikhala is being operated by Indian Rare Earth Limited (I.R.E. Ltd.) to exploit sand deposits containing monazite, zircon, rutile illuminates etc. The I.R.E. Ltd. is established in the year 1984 at Arjyapalli with a capital investment of 220.15 Crores and providing employment to 970 persons. I.R.E Ltd. is going to establish a thorium, monazite processing plant and titanium pigment in near future.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 272
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Similarly, another large-scale unit i.e., M/s Jayshree Chemical Pvt. Ltd. / M/S Grasim Industry Ltd. was established in the year 1962 which started production in 1967. The unit is producing Caustic Soda, Chlorine and Hydrochloric Acid and Sulphur Dioxide Gas. The raw materials used for this purpose are mainly Salt, Soda Ash, Chloride, Sulphur etc. At present the investment of the unit is Rs.78.41 crores with employment potentiality of 403 persons. Apart from this there are 2 Medium Scale Enterprises namely; 1) M/s Sudhakar PVC Products Pvt. Ltd. and 2) M/s United Spirits Ltd. at Pitatali, Chikiti Block and Narayanpur of Gopalpur respectively. M/s Sudhakar PVC Products Pvt. Ltd is producing PVC Pipes, SDPE pipes and Water Storage Tanks etc. with an investment of Rs. 22.52 Crores and employment to 56 persons. M/s United Spirits Ltd. is producing IMFL with an investment of Rs. 18.54 Crores and employment to 54 persons. 11.4.2 Micro and Small Enterprises Cluster approach which is based on sectoral and geographical concentration of enterprises having common opportunity and threat, is an innovative step for strengthening the linkages in sustainable manner to ensure survival and growth of MSMEs. Cluster is a concentration of economic enterprises producing a typical products / service or a complementary range of products / service located within a geographical area to face the challenges boldly and effectively. Clusters are considered as an effective platform to enlarge production base, trigger growth, alleviate poverty and redress regional and economic imbalances. The Director of Industries, Odisha in consultation with MSME Development Institute and UNIDO have declared development of the following cluster in the district of Ganjam. Estates
Berhampur
Units
66
Auto nagar Auto nagar PH-I
PH-II
124 + 44 328 + 174 (vacant)
(vacant)
Chhatrapur
Bhanjanagar
18
1
Table No.1: Scenario of the Industrial estates in Ganjam district Source: Directorate of Industries, Government of Odisha, Cuttack & District at a Glance, 2020 Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 273
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Heads
Particulars
Registered Industrial units
19075
Total large and medium units
3
Total employment in registered small-scale industries
68064
Total employment in registered large and medium industries
4504
Total investment in registered small-scale industries
53355.62 lakhs
Total investment in registered large and medium industries
266.30 Cr.
Table No.2: Scenario of the Industrial units in Ganjam district Source: Directorate of Industries, Government of Odisha, Cuttack & District at a Glance, 2020 11.4.3 Industrial Clusters The study area or the Ganjam district has major five industrial clusters stated in the following table Cluster
Rice mill
Kewda
Granite
Cashew
Ayurvedic
Units
273
145
36
49
15
Employment
1400
1876
917
5000
250
Table No.3: Scenario of the Industrial Clusters in Ganjam district Source: Directorate of Industries, Government of Odisha, Cuttack & District at a Glance, 2020 Rice Mill Cluster -iworld. Rice Milling in Ganjam started after Independence (1965) with the establishment of 3 rice mills in Berhampur Municipality. After 1975 Modern Rice Mills Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 274
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
were established with an average production capacity 3 to 4 M.T per day. In Ganjam fully mechanized parboiling and drying system of paddy started in the year 1993-94. With the increase in production of the rice through adoption of scientific system of agriculture, the number of rice mills in the district went on increasing over the years. At present the Rice Mill industry is in transit period of modernization and expansion. The estimated number of modern Rice Mills in the district is 46 whereas number of mini Rice Mills are 227. The total estimated production of the cluster is 1800 M.T per day besides 90 M.T per day Rice bran as by-product. The turnover of the cluster is estimated at Rs.496 Crores per annum and growth rate is estimated at 20% per annum for Modern Rice Mill and 5% to Mini Rice Mill with direct employment of 6000 persons and indirect employment of 8000 persons. Cashew Processing Cluster In the year 1972 being influenced by Cashew processing of Kerla started the Kadai roasting cashew unit started at Rambha in Ganjam. During 1975 the Drum roasting Cashew Kernel at Sabulia of Rambha. During 1975-2001 there was a revolution in cashew processing in Ganjam and Chatrapur Block with the establishment of around 30 Small Scale Enterprises. Now more than 80 cashew-processing units have already been promoted in the district. The total Raw Cashew nut for the processing industries is about 20,000 MT and 5000 MT cashew kernel valued at 125 Crore. Employment opportunities have been created for 8000 persons.
headquarter at Rambha has been formed. They have submitted the detailed project report for Common Facility Centre, which has been approved for 7 crores by DC, MSME, Govt. of India. Kewra Processing Cluster Ganjam District is the only place in Asia where natural vegetation of Kewda plants is abundantly available in the coastal region of the district, spreading over an area of more than 6000 Hectors and covering 4 blocks of the district namely Rangailunda, Chikiti, Chatrapur and Ganjam. Presently 145 number of Kewra essence manufacturing units are existing and nearly 3000 persons have been engaged in
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 275
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
production of essential oil (rooh), attar and Kewra oil. During the year 1927 the Kewda flower was discovered at Agrarhm village of Chatrapur Block and established the 1st Hydro
Distillation unit. During 1930 many traders from Kannauj, Kanpur started
Kewda processing units at Agraham, Kelluapalli, Panapalli and Indrakhi. Being influenced by this trade local people like Sri Balaji Sahu, Sri Gangadhar Nayak and Sri P.Simadri Reddy established their units at Kelluapalli and Tulu of Rangeilunda Block. During 1990 to 2000 a revolutionary growth of Kewda distillation unit came in to being on the ground of demand in the Ghutka and Zarda Industries. Keeping in view the potentiality of the trade, cluster approach was developed to face the challenges boldly and effectively. A diagnostic study report has been validated after being prepared and plan of action has been earmarked for change of technology, increasing marketing network. The Technology Support Centre for Kewra Industry is working at B/1 and 2, Industrial Estate, Berhampur. The present turnover of Kewra industries is Rs.81.50 rocess by GKDT. Granite Processing Cluster The business prospective of Granite and Marble tiles established the 1st granite cutting and processing unit at Ankushpur under name and style of M/s Nirman Vikash (P) Ltd. in year 2001. Sri Sandeep Jain of Delhi and J.S.Shekhavat of Rajasthan started their unit at Kolathigam of Rangailunda Block and Mohuda of Kukudakhandi Block respectively in the year 2001. During 2006-09 there was revolutionary growth of granite units in Kukudakhandi and Rangailunda Block on the ground of availability of attractive colours of granite and its demand in domestic and international market. The lavender blue colour granites are available in the district. 37 granite processing Industries have come up in district of Ganjam with turnover of Rs.38.00 crores per annum and 931 people directly employed. A special purpose vehicle (SPV) in name of Ganjam Granite Cluster with Hqr.at Berhampur has been registered under Indian Trust Act vide No. 226 dt.18.2.1010. The detailed project report for Common Facility Centre is in process. Due to lack of procurement of raw material, units are running below their utilized capacity. Ayurvedic Cluster
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 276
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
In the year 1938 Sri Kamakhya Prasad Sharma started Ayurvedic Manufacturing unit at Berhampur who has written many books on Ayurvedic Medicine. During the year 1960 Sri Brajabandhu Tripathy Sharma opened his unit at Badagada of Bhanjanagar Block, being a writer of a unique book called Drabyaguna. In the year 1968 Kabiraj Bhagaban Pathy and Ananta Tripathy Sharma established their units at Berhampur. In 1976 Bachaswati Ghanashyam Mishra started his unit in name and style M/s National Ayurvedic Pharmacy at K.S. Nagar who has had Padma Shree Award from President of India in year 2006. Then Ayurvedic Units took an increased trend after doctors who came successfully from the Colleges, established their own units. Now there are 38 Ayurvedic manufacturing units.
registered under Companies Act 1856 with its Office at Ajodhyanagar, Berhampur, Ganjam. Project report for Common Facility Centre has been submitted to Govt. of India (AYUSH) under Cluster Development Programme. The Cluster has received 1.20 crores for civil construction which is being tendered for execution. The civil construction work for the received amount has been utilized and UC sent to the concerned authority for release of further funds for completion of work.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 277
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Fig. No. 3: Location of industrial clusters in Ganjam district Source: Primary
GIS
11.4.4 MSME units in Industrial Estates Till the beginning of the seventies, the district was not industrially much developed. Thereafter, some promotional efforts were made both by the Small Industries Service Institute and the State Directorate of Industries to motivate people to establish new small-scale industries in the district. But with the Fourth Five Year Plans, an appreciable change in the set-up of tiny and small-scale industries was marked with the establishment of many small and micro units in the district with an increasing capital investment and employment opportunities for a lot of people, both skilled and unskilled in and outside the district also. These are primarily food and allied, chemical based electrical and electronic, engineering and metal based, forest and wood based, glass and ceramic, live-stock leather products, textile, servicing and repairing, paper product and plastic product and other industries.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 278
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Towards rapid and orderly Industrialization of the State was established in the state through an Act and facilitates establishment of industries by providing the necessary infrastructure. IDCO has developed industrial estates at Berhampur, Chhatrapur and Bhanjanagar. Autonagar Complex has been developed at Haladiapadar and a large number of micro enterprises have started operation in the area. Further the map shows the major classification of industries i.e., small scale, micro scale and handloom & cottage industries for each block. The cottage and small industries are mostly less in number but more significant.
Fig. No. 4: Small industries, Micro industries & Handloom and Cottage industries Source: Primary
GIS
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 279
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table No.4: Block wise scenario for large small & medium scale. Source: Directorate of Industries, Government of Odisha, Cuttack & District at a Glance, 2020
11.5 Unemployment scenario for Gram Panchayats The unemployment scenario is a useful measure of the underutilization of the labor supply. It reflects the inability of an economy to generate employment for those persons who want to work but are not doing so, even though they are available for employment and actively seeking work. Except for the towns, forests and water bodies, the unemployment scenario was calculated by taking the non - workers percentage for each gram panchayat to know the gram panchayat wise unemployment rate of the district for the existing scenario. It was seen that around 90.5% Gram panchayats have the unemployment rate more than 40 %. For these Gram panchayats, the unemployment rate ranged from 40
60
%. Some of the gram panchayats nearby the urban centers have lower unemployment rate which may be due to the availability of educational facilities as well as job opportunities. These all-gram panchayats have lower female employment rate than male, which adds up to the unemployment rate as a whole of the gram panchayats.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 280
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Fig. No. 5: Gram Panchayat wise existing unemployment scenario Source: Census 2011
11.6 Industrial Growth Trend Industrial growth trend is carrying out the trend analysis of the industries for the whole district over certain years to understand how the industries are growing over years in the district. This can be done for the number of registered units and the employment generated in the district as whole. It was done by plotting the data for the years from 2009-10 to 2018-19. The following graphs shows the trends of industrial growth in terms of units and employment related to the industries in Ganjam for the respective years.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 281
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Fig. No. 6: Trend graph of Number of registered units in the district Source: Directorate of Industries, Government of Odisha, Cuttack & District at a Glance, 2020
Fig. No. 7: Trend graph of employment generated in the district Source: Directorate of Industries, Government of Odisha, Cuttack & District at a Glance, 2020 As per the trends, it was seen that for number of registered units, graph is always in an increasing trend but there was a decline in the year 2017 - 18 due to certain reasons like decrease in the salt production in the district which affected many industries & financial conditions which lead to closing of many industries and thereby the decline in the number of industries in the year 2017-18. But again in 2019-20, number of industries started to grow with further investments. The employment provided by industries was also seen to decrease in the years 2015 - 16 and 2017
18 mostly due
to migration of laborers to nearby states like Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Jharkhand for
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 282
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
other works due to decline in industries and other factors like not being that much educated to work in industries.
11.7 Data collection and analysis 11.7.1 Industrial locations Major industrial units/estates and clusters concentration is in the three coastal blocks of Ganjam, Chhatarpur and Rangeilunda, because of the major settlements, railway and road connectivity with Port vicinity and availability of resources. Major type industries located in the study region are Repair & Servicing followed by Metal based, Agro based and Miscellaneous manufacturing. Small scale / miscellaneous / ancillary units are high but less large & medium scale units. It is observed that there is a wide variation in respect of location of industries. Most of the blocks, located adjacent to coast, rail and road connection, have industrial units in comparison to other blocks of the districts. In this regard, blocks like Khalikote, Chatrapur, Rangeilunda, Kukudahandi, Aska and Ganjam are better industrialized than other blocks.
Fig. No. 8: Percentage distribution of industries. Source: Primary - Directorate of Industries, Government of Odisha, Cuttack & District at a Glance, 2020
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 283
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
It can be seen that the district is dominant by 22 % of repairing and servicing industry with least having 2 % of livestock and leather industry.
Fig. No. 9: Location of industrial units in Ganjam Source: Primary - Directorate of Industries, Government of Odisha, Cuttack & District at a Glance 11.7.2 Industrial distribution as per PCB Categorization of industries based on their pollution load. It is done by including the emissions (air pollutants), effluents (water pollutants), hazardous wastes generated and consumption of resources. The Pollution Index (PI) of any industrial sector is a number from 0 to 100 and the increasing value of PI denotes the increasing degree of pollution load from the industrial sector.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 284
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Category
Population Index score
RED
60 and above
ORANGE
41 - 59
GREEN
21 - 40
WHITE
Up to 20
Table No.5: PCB classification index Source: Primary
Odisha State pollution control board
Fig. No. 10: Percentage distribution of industries as per PCB category Source: Primary
Odisha State pollution control board
There is less concentration of red category industries in the district i.e., 26% with major concentration of Orange & green type industries. The maximum concertation of industrial units is located in the coastal areas. It helps in better economy and employment in the coastal blocks but can sometimes be a threat due to its polluting factor.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 285
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Location of major polluting industries like Chemical, Metal, Electronics and Mine in the vicinity of river & sea marks a threat for coastal ecosystem degradation, biodiversity loss and environmental pollution. Toxicity of the ground water level and soil is also seen in the coastal blocks of the district. Vicinity of industries and mostly the polluting industries near the settlement areas is also seen with marks a threat to public health leading to various health hazards and health issues.
Fig. No. 11: Location of industries as per PCB category Source: Primary
Odisha State pollution control board
The top five polluting blocks in the district as per the red and orange industrial categories count are Ganjam, Chatrapur, Rangeilunda, Kabisurjyanagar and Purushottampur.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 286
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
11.7.3 Thrust Industries based on Statistical Analysis Ganjam is home to many micro scale to large scale industries of different categories. Among these categories, some of the industries are performing efficiently well over years in terms of number of units, employment generated and investment done becoming the thrust industries of the district. So, some statistical indicators were followed to identify top 5 thrust industries of the district by calculating top 5 industries on the basis of above parameters and then finding the final 5 thrust industries of the district. Location Quotient Shift Share Analysis Growth Trend Analysis 11.7.3.1 Location quotient Location quotient (LQ) is a way of quantifying how concentrated a particular industry is in a region as compared to the nation. LQ is computed as an industry's share of a regional total for some economic statistic (earnings, GDP by metropolitan area, statistic. The location quotient of an industry X at sub-region A is equal to (the number of workers in industry X at sub-region A divided by the total number of workers in all industries in sub-region A) divided by the quotient of (number of workers in industry X in all subregions divided by the total number of workers in all industries in all subregions). Percent of local jobs in an industry LQ = Percent of national jobs in an industry
If LQ < 1.0, we are not self
sufficient in an industry and if LQ > 1.0 (especially if over
1.25), then we are producing for export. This location quotient was calculated for the district by taking 2019-20 employment data for 12 categories of industry for Ganjam district and the same for Odisha.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 287
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table No. 6: Location Quotient of the district for all category of industries Source: Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district
MSME Development Insitute,
Cuttack As per the calculations, 5 industries have LQ > 1.0 and rest 7 have LQ < 1.0. The top 5 industries in the district who have LQ > 1.0, performing well with producing for export are Agro-based, livestock and leather, chemical and allied, glass and ceramics and repairing and servicing industries. 11.7.3.2 Shift share analysis Shift share is an economic indicator that us which industries are competitive in a particular region. It shows the national growth (in terms of employment) of a particular industry. Based on this national growth, it then calculates how much the industry is likely to grow in a region and compares this estimation with how much the industry actually grew. If the industry grew roughly the same in the region as it did nationally, it might not be particularly competitive, because it stands to reason that its growing in your region simply because it is growing everywhere. But if it grew more than it did across the nati
Shift-share analysis includes four components: industrial mix effect, national share, change in employment, and (regional shift. Industrial mix effect is the number of jobs we would expect to see added (or growth/decline.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 288
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Employmen Total
Total
Total
Total
t
national
national
national
in
region Change in that employmen= industry t
due
to the
industrial
the national
in employmen - employmen t
in
that t
in
that
employmen employmen t
in
the t in the first
in industry in industry in - recent year first* the recent the first
year
year
year
year
mix Total
national
employment
in
that
industry in the first year
Total
national
employment in the first year
National share shows the number of jobs an industry is expected to gain or lose growth. Total Change
in
national Total
national
in employment in all- employment in all employment in the industries in the first the region in that * industries = due to year industry in the recent year national first year Total national employment in all industries in trends Employment
the first year
Regional shift effect indicates how much of the job change within a given region is the of some unique competitive advantage of the region. Employmen Total Change in t
in
employmen= region t due to that regional
industry
shift
the year
the regional
Total
Total
Total
regional
national
national
in employmen - employmen t
in
that t
in
that
employmen employmen t
in
that t
in
that
in industry in industry in - industry in industry in first the recent the first the recent the first year
year
year
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
year
P a g e | 289
* Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Total
regional
employment
in
that
industry in the first year
Total employment
national in
that
industry in the first year
Change in employment is the amount of job growth or decline that we would expect to see for a particular regional industry based on the national growth effect and the industry (or occupation) mix effect. Change in employment = Change due to national trends + Change due to industrial mix + Change due to regional shift This shift share analysis was calculated by the 4 components, taking employment data for the years 2012 -13 and 2019
20 for industries for Ganjam and Odisha.
Table No. 7: Shift Share Analysis of the district for all category of industries Source: Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district
MSME Development Insitute,
Cuttack Three of the industries have negative value in the change in employment showing that which means that the growth of those as compared to national growth is less while for others, its more. The top 5 industries as per shift share analysis are Agro-based, textile based, chemical and allied, glass and ceramics and repairing and servicing industries. 11.7.3.3 Industrial Growth analysis Industrial growth analysis is carrying out the trend analysis of the industries for over certain years to know the average growth trend i.e., how the industries are growing over years to find the better performing industries among all the industries. This can be done for the number of units, employment generated and investment made for all Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 290
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
the category of industries. For the district trend analysis was done for the years 201213 to 2019 - 20 for all the three parameters. Number of units The number of units for the different category of industries was plotted for the years 2012 -13, 2013
14, 2015
16, 2017
18 and 2019
20. It was seen that most of
the industries had minimal growth for over the years but repairing and servicing as well as electrical and electronics industry showed significant growth in the number of units over years. The following graphs and tables show the growth of industries and the growth trend analysis.
Fig. No. 12: Trend graph of number of units in the district for all category of industries Source: Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district
MSME Development Insitute,
Cuttack
Table No. 8: Average growth trend of all category of industries for number of units growth trend in the district Source: Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district
MSME Development Insitute,
Cuttack
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 291
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
As per the analysis, it was seen that none of the industry has negative growth rate but the average growth rate figure ranges from 15.83% to 0.06%. The top 5 industries with highest growth rates as per number of units are repairing and servicing, textile based, electrical and electronics, rubber and plastic and engineering and metal based. Employment generated The employment generated for the different category of industries was plotted for the years 2012 -13, 2013
14, 2015
16, 2017
18 and 2019
20. It was seen that most
of the industries had minimal growth for over the years with some industries having negative growth but repairing and servicing, electrical and electronics as well as chemical and allied industries showed significant growth in the number of units over years.
Fig. No. 13: Trend graph of employment generated in the district for all category of industries Source: Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district
MSME Development Insitute,
Cuttack
Table No. 9: Average growth trend of all category of industries for employment generated in the district
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 292
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district
MSME Development Insitute,
Cuttack As per the analysis, it was seen that three of the industries have negative growth rate and the average growth rate figure ranges from 15.54% to -1.76%. The top 5 industries with highest growth rates as per number of units are repairing and servicing, textile based, electrical and electronics, rubber and plastic and chemical and allied industries. Investment done The investment made for the different category of industries was plotted for the years 2012 -13, 2013
14, 2015
16, 2017
18 and 2019
20. It was seen that most of
the industries had minimal growth for over the years with some industries having negative growth but years but repairing and servicing as well as electrical and electronics industry showed very high significant growth in the number of units over years.
Fig. No. 14: Trend graph of investment done in the district for all category of industries Source: Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district
MSME Development Insitute,
Cuttack
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 293
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table No. 10: Average growth trend of all category of industries for investment done in the district Source: Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district
MSME Development Insitute,
Cuttack As per the analysis, it was seen that none of the industry has negative growth rate but the average growth rate figure ranges from 30.49 % to 0.06%. The top 5 industries with highest growth rates as per number of units are repairing and servicing, textile based, electrical and electronics, rubber and plastic and forest and wood based. Finally on the basis of all the three indicators based on number of units, employment generated and investment done, the final 5 thrust industries were identified for the district which can be promoted for future industrial growth. The right most column shows the five thrust industries of the district.
Fig. No. 15: Thrust industries based on statistical analysis 11.7.4 Thrust Industries based on Criteria Previously, thrust industries were found as per the statistical analysis which was based on the growth of industries over. But apart from the industries identified by such method, there are many industries which have the potential to grow but are unable to grow due to some factors. These industries can be chosen to be promoted based on certain criterias specially related to the characteristics, art and culture of the district. The criterias are: Agricultural production There is a high yield from primary sector in the district which can affect many industries
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 294
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Silk saree / textile The tradition and culture of the district is related to silk sarees and the local people are being involved in large number in such industry, this can be considered. Employment / population Higher employment provided by per unit of industry and areas like blocks or gram panchayats having less employment needs to be focused more. Resources The various raw materials that are available w.r.t the district can be factor for promoting such industries Plant and animal Species conservation The various eco sensitive areas with unique species can be preserved. Economy The industries with higher GDP contribution to the district and nation as a whole can be considered. Literacy Unskilled and less literate people can be employed in some type of low, so this factor can be considered. Pollution Industries emit many emissions & already there are many polluting industries existing, thereby promotion of less polluting industries can be considered. Promotion of Small-scale business for more employment relating to women empowerment like Self-help groups, etc. The thrust industries identified on the basis of these criterias which needs to be promoted are Textile, Agro based and Livestock and leather industry. So as a whole, combining the different statistical analysis and the criterias for the district, the final thrust industries which can be promoted for further employment are: Repairing and Servicing Electrical and Electronics Chemical and Allied Rubber and Plastic Textile based Agro based Livestock and leather
These types of industries can be promoted further as per their importance in the district considering all the factors, to cater the employment requirement for 2041 by providing industrial jobs.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 295
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
11.7.5 Unemployment scenario for 2041 for Blocks The unemployment scenario is a useful measure of the underutilization of the labor supply. It reflects the inability of an economy to generate employment for those persons who want to work but are not doing so, even though they are available for employment and actively seeking work. The unemployment scenario was calculated to know the block wise unemployment rate for 2041 in order to fulfil the jobs requirement through industrial jobs. It was done in two parts. For the first part, total population, children population, senior citizen population and main workers population figures were taken from taken from 2001 and 2011 census which was projected to 2021 figures by arithmetic increase method. Those figures were used to calculate the capable working population. Incapacity percentage was deducted which was 15 % for male and 40 % for female. The steps followed were: Working population = Total population - children population - senior citizen population Incapable working population = 15 % of male working population and 40 % of female working population Capable working population = working population incapable working population The main workers population was then deducted from capable working population and the employment gap was found for the year 2021. All of the blocks in the district had some positive employment gap. None of those was in negative which meant that none of the blocks have complete employment or excess of employment. The details can be seen in the table below:
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 296
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table No. 11: Block wise unemployment scenario for 2021 Source: Census 2001 and 2011 For the second part, again for 2041, same method was followed but the incapacity total population, children population, senior citizen population to 2041 by arithmetic increase method. With these figures, the working population was calculated and employment gap was identified by using the ratio of employment gap to working population of 2021. By using this ratio to 2041 working population, the 2041 employment gap was found. Similarly, like in 2021, for 2041 also all of the block had some employment gap. None of those was in negative which meant that none of the blocks have complete employment or excess of employment. The details can be seen in the table below:
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 297
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table No. 12: Block wise unemployment scenario for 2041 Source: Census 2001 and 2011 As a whole in the district, 36.35 % people are unemployed as per the 2041 projections with the total number of around 16+ lakhs out of 46+ lakhs people which indicates that there are many unemployed people which require jobs. All the blocks of the district have more female unemployment ratio as compared to male due to less literacy rate of female and unwillingness of the females to step out and work. Three of the blocks Kukudakhandi, Rangeilunda and Purusottampur have the lowest unemployment ratio as they have more urban centers as well as industries. Three of the blocks having highest unemployment ratio are Buguda, Kabisurjayanagar and Chikiti.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 298
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Fig. No. 16: Block wise unemployment scenario for 2041 Source: Census 2001 and 2011 11.7.6 Industrial scenario tables for 2041 After finding the thrust industries and the unemployment scenario for 2041, the next step is to provide jobs for the unemployed people by establishing new industries based on the thrust industries. Small scale and medium scale industries on some ratio were decided to propose to meet the unemployment scenario. Analytical Heirarchial process inlcuding pair wise matrix comparision was used to compute the weightages for different thrust industries as to which type of industries needs to be proposed in large numbers and which one needs to be proposed in small numbers in the district based on their importance due to various factors.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 299
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table No. 13: AHP matrix for weightages of scenario tables As per this pair wise comparison matrix, maximum weightage came for repairing and servicing, followed by agro - based and further followed by electrical and electronics industries. By using these weightages three scenarios were created to achieve the employment target. Out of total employment jobs required, 40% was taken for small scale and 60 % for medium scale industries for two scenarios and 50-50 % for the other scenario. For the small-scale industries, a smaller number of employments per unit was taken while for medium scale large number of employments per unit was taken. The three scenarios to achieve the employment targets are: 100% employment target scenario Under this target whole of the unemployed people i.e., 1676389 people are focused to be provided with jobs under both small scale and medium scale industries including both male and female. The total number of units achieved under this are 68033 with 62695 units in small scale and 5338 in medium scale.
Table No. 14: 100% employment target scenario Source: AHP matrix, Various literatures and Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 300
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
75% employment target scenario Under this target 75% of the unemployed people i.e., 1257292 people are focused to be provided with jobs under both small scale and medium scale industries including both male and female. The total number of units achieved under this are 62111 with 58775 units in small scale and 3336 in medium scale.
Table No. 15: 75% employment target scenario Source: AHP matrix, Various literatures and Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district 100% male and 75 % female employment target scenario Under this target 100% of the male i.e., 742661 people and 75 % of the female unemployed people i.e., 700296 which equals to 1442957 people are focused to be provided with jobs under both small scale and medium scale industries including both male and female. The total number of units achieved under this are 58561 with 53964 units in small scale and 4597 in medium scale. Here 75 % female was taken with 100% male by considering the characteristic of the district where female literacy rate is lower as compared to male and the unwillingness of females to work.
Table No. 16: 100% and 75% employment target scenario Source: AHP matrix, Various literatures and Brief Industrial Profile of Ganjam district Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 301
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
11.7.7 Industrial Suitability analysis As new industries are being decided to propose for future, for those suitable areas are required to establish them. To find out the suitable areas for further industrial growth following parameters were considered like; Land use, Eco senitive areas, Road, railway, slope, Proximity to settlements, employment level, proximity to rivers and ground water zones. Analytical Heirarchial process inlcuding pair wise matrix comparision was used to compute the weightages for different paramters to find out the suitable areas.
Table No. 17: AHP matrix for suitability analysis Source: Primary As per this pair wise comparison matrix, maximum weightage came for unemployment level in an area, followed by proximity to eco
sensitive areas and further followed by
distance from river. By using these weightages and considering the sub
parameters
and scores, land suitability map was created. Following table shows the parameters with their respective weightages, sub
parameters and scores to find the suitable
areas. Sl. No.
1
Parameters
Land use pattern
Weightage
4
Sub-parameter
Score
Barren Land
5
Agriculture
3
Forest
2
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 302
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2
3
4
5
Proximity
to
sensitive areas
Road
Railway
Slope
eco
20
7
5
2
Water body
1
Built up
1
up to 2 kms
1
2 -5 kms
2
5 -7 kms
3
7 - 10 kms
4
10 kms and more
5
0 - 200 m
5
200 - 500 m
4
500 - 1000 m
3
1000 - 2000 m
2
> 2000 m
1
0 - 2000 m
5
2000 - 5000 m
4
5000 - 10000 m
3
10000 - 20000 m
2
> 20000 m
1
< 10 %
5
10 - 15 %
4
15 - 25 %
3
25 - 30 %
2
> 30 %
1
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 303
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6
7
8
9
Unemployment level in an area
Proximity to Urban Areas
Distance from river
Groundwater zones
27
8
17
10
0 - 10 %
1
10 - 30 %
2
30 - 50 %
3
50 - 80%
4
> 80 %
5
0 - 250 m
1
250 - 500 m
2
500 - 1000 m
3
1000 - 2000 m
4
> 2000 m
5
0 - 250 m
1
250 - 500 m
2
500 - 1000 m
3
1000 - 2000 m
4
> 2000 m
5
0 - 400 m
1
400 - 800 m
2
800 - 1000 m
3
1000 - 1500 m
4
> 1500 m
5
Table No.18: Weightage table and score for the various parameters for suitability
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 304
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Primary Hardly any patches of land were found which is very highly suitable for proposing further industries. But a good chunk of land was found which is highly suitable and where further industries can be proposed to promote industries.
Fig. No.17: Industrial suitability map Source: Primary
Primary - GIS
11.7.8 Identification of industrial activity minimization zone Presence of industrial units or zones is not always feasible, favorable or welcoming at every location, it is best suited w.r.t the needs / requirements and peripheral environment. Hence it becomes important to formulate the zones where industrial growth can be minimized or reduced to thereby reduce the negative and vulnerable impacts.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 305
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The various factors that can be considered during identifying the zones for the same can be: Partially developable areas As per the Land use suitability the areas which are partially developable will have less scope for further development hence less industries can up or the units can be minimized in these regions. Eco sensitive zones Proximity from the biodiversity or eco sensitive zones becomes an important deciding factor of placements of industrial units. Density of industries The areas with high density of industries can be less focused while setting up new units and target areas with less industries. PCB category The areas with more of red and orange category industries can have less similar type of units in future or only green and white category industries can come up. High Employment areas Areas with less employment rate can be considered where new industries can provide more and better employment to the local people instead of where already the employment rate is high. Geo
topographical factor
The geological and topographical factors and other natural features / bodies needs to be considered. Tourism spots The heritage areas and other major tourism hot spots should be away from major industrial zones. By using the weightages and considering the sub
parameters and scores, industrial
activity minimization zones were identified. Following table shows the parameters with
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 306
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
their respective weightages, sub
parameters and scores to find the minimization
areas. Sl. No.
1
3
4
5
Parameters
Weightage
Developable
of
industries
PCB category
Unemployment areas
19
20
8
Geo 6
topographical
6
factor
7
Tourism spots
Rank
1
3
2
3
3
1
4
1
Low
1
Medium
2
High
3
Green
1
Orange
2
Red
3
24-31
3
31-38
2
38-43
1
Laterite
1
Loamy
2
Sandy
2
0-1000
3
1000-2000
2
2000-3000
1
27
areas
Density
Sub-parameter
8
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 307
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Less vulnerable 8
Disaster vulnerability
12
1
Moderate vulnerable
2
Highly vulnerable
3
Table No.19: Weightage table and score for the various parameters for minimization zones Source: Primary Very minimal areas were identified based on all these parameters, mostly the areas with high concentration of industries. The blocks covered are Aska, Chhatrapur, Rangeilunda, Purusottampur. These areas can be considered in proposing new industries further. Proper strategies and interventions can be adopted particularly for these areas to reduce the issues caused by and related to industrial activity.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 308
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Fig. No.18: Industrial activity minimization zone Source: Primary
Primary
GIS
11.7.9 Air quality analysis Air quality is a measure of how clean or polluted the air is. Monitoring air quality is important because polluted air can be bad for our health
and the health of the
environment. Air quality is measured with the Air Quality Index, or AQI. The AQI works sort of like a thermometer that runs from 0 to 500 degrees. However, instead of showing changes in the temperature, the AQI is a way of showing changes in the amount of pollution in the air. In Ganjam district, the presence of industries, affects the air quality. The pollutants like SO2, NO2, PM10, PM 2.5, NH3, O3 and Pb were studied for recent years. It was seen that the pollutants like SO2, NO2, NH3, PM 2.5, O3 and Pb are always under good category, while the other pollutants are sometimes crossing the standard limits like PM10 whose limit is 60.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 309
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table No.20: Pollutant levels and AQI Category Source: State Pollution Control Board, Odisha
Fig. No.19: Air quality Index Source: State Pollution Control Board, Odisha The AQI always remained in the satisfactory category. But we can see as the industrial units are increasing per year, the main hazardous pollutant i.e., PM10 is also increasing and thereby the AQI. So, concern is required to be given regarding the further pollution w.r.t. industries going to be proposed further. 11.7.10
Pilot level green belt analysis
With increasing concern for environment in general, and to mitigate atmospheric pollution caused by industries in particular, green belts are often recommended as an environment management strategy. The philosophy behind such recommendation is st as they absorb other gases, viz., carbon dioxide and oxygen. The absorption of sulphur dioxide, fluorides, nitrogen oxides, etc. from the industrial environment, helps in cleaning the air and hence the utility of the green belt. Recently, the Ministry of Environment and Forests of the Government of India has also directed the industries to develop green Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 310
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
belts on their premises. As per MOEFCC norms, 33 % of the industrial area, needs to be given for green belt development, but it remains absent in almost all of the industries in the district. One of the pilot projects showing the same is for the largest industry in the district i.e., Jayashree Chemical Industries.
Source: State Pollution Control Board, Odisha It is the largest industry in the district with an area of 12 hectares and is located at Chhatrapur block near one NAC and Census town. 19-gram panchayats, 2 census towns and 2 NAC fall under the 10 km buffer from the industrial area. This industry comes under red category of pollution control board and hence is the most polluting campus very less and sparsh vegetation can be seen but most of the peripheral land are vacant or agricultural land. But the presence of settlement can be seen within 300 meters from the boundary of the industry. Thus, proper green cover can be proposed for this industry and same method can be implemented for all other industries in the district. 11.7.11
Pilot level waste management analysis
Industrial waste is the waste produced by industrial activity which includes any material that is rendered useless during a manufacturing process such as that of factories,
mills,
and
mining
operations.
Industrial
waste
management
includes segregation, land application (composting), landfill, and recycling of waste.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 311
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Proper waste management and reutilization of by-products helps in enhancing the economy of the district as well as reducing the environmental issue related to waste.
leading to environmental issues affecting the environment and people nearby. Example of such industries and their disposal methods are given below:
Industry
Industry
PCB
type
category
Major
Existing
waste
disposal
generated
methods
Sulphur Muck
Environmental issues
Reused as filler in DAP plant Stored
Gypsum
under shed in lime and ponds.
Jayshree Grasim
Stored Large
-
Chemicals Chemical
RED
in
mixes
with
natural
water
bodies
during
Leakage leading to water
under
and
covered
Pvt. Ltd.
and
rain
drums Waste Oil
Flows
soil
contamination
shed. Reused as Sludge
filler in DAP plant Disposed
Spent
off
Resin
Engineering Landfill
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
in
Soil toxicity and ground
water
pollution
P a g e | 312
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Waste Sudhakar PVC Products
plastic Medium Plastic
ORANGE
Pvt. Ltd.
Asika Sugar Industry Pvt. Ltd.
Metal wastes
Molasses Medium Agro- GREEN based
Recycled Sold
to
other
-
industries Sold to food industry
Press mud Dumped
-
/
& Bagasse Sold to brick ash
industries
Table No.21: Industrial waste management analysis Source: Primary
from industries
11.8 Key concerns and Potential Issues
significant growth in agro-based industries as compared to other industries. Better investment and facilities can help in promoting these industries and in boosting the backbone and local economy. Ganjam is the most populated district of the state but has low employment rate w.r.t to industries. Most of the blocks have unemployment values ranging from 25
50 %
with more unemployed female and vice versa. There is presence of large units of red and orange category industries near the coastal and settlements areas with maximum units of orange category industries which marks a threat to pollution Presence of many industries in close vicinity to major settlement areas of polluted categories makes them vulnerable to health hazards causing many health problems.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 313
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Lack of proper women empowerment, training- capacity building and skill development, education and awareness about the benefits of entrepreneurship with lack of investment in the region. Lack of proper connectivity especially in the railway network in the upper and central parts of the district which affects the industrial boost in those regions and leads to concentration of industries in a particular region.
a dedicated 33% of green cover around the industrial campus leading to environmental pollution and issues. Potentials Ganjam offers a good scope for Salt and chemical & allied industries because of the raw materials available but in ground, they are less in number not utilizing the resources available. The growth of textile and handicrafts industry is seeming to be stagnant and needs to be promoted to boost the characteristic and the significance of the district along with economy. The emphasis on growth the micro, small and medium scale or other miscellaneous manufacturing units is less but the sector has a huge scope that can be developed. Presence of maximum industries in the 3 adjoining coastal districts along the railway and national highway connecting major cities provides opportunity to be developed as a coastal industrial corridor where similar type of industries can be promoted or further extension can be made. As per the industrial suitability analysis, there is an ample opportunity of industrial development that can be done in various suitable areas in upper and central portion of the district. Besides the thrust industries, focus can be made towards promoting industries w.r.t. the characteristics, culture and resources of the district. Due to the existence of one Large Scale Industry and two Medium Scale Industries and the MSMEs manufacturing Zircon Flour, Sillimanite Flour & Garnet processing Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 314
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
which are the downstream industries to these large units, the district has scope and potential for development of ancillary Industries.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 315
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
13 Conceptual Framework for Proposals As the detailed analysis part is completed on each sector the potentials are identified and the proposals are jotted down in order to achieve the vision statement, i.e., To develop a cross sectoral regional Environmental plan for the Ganjam district that embrace sustainability and resilience while constantly striving to improve socioecological systems in order to optimize natural resource utilization, promote balanced . Detailed analysis of each sector is done by using different tools and techniques which helped to identify the potentials and issues of the respected sector. In the below table the list of analysis and potentials are shown with respected to the sector. Table 91 Analysis and potentials with respected to each sector
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 358
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The identified issues help to obtain the solutions and mitigation measures. The identified potentials lead a path to further development. In the below table the list of analysis and potentials are shown with respected to the sector. The proposals are categorised into intersectoral and sectoral proposals which helps to attain the principles such as Environmental sustainability, Economic growth, Equitable growth, Resilience and Good Governance.
Figure 13.1: Conceptual framework for proposals
These proposals help to achieve the broad expected outcomes as follows: To utilize the developable land to promote balanced growth. To ensure food and water supply throughout the region in order to meet the future demand by enhancing the existing infrastructure and by promoting sustainable practices. To conserve the existing forest and wildlife through bio-reserve development.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 359
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
To boost the economy and employment by promoting industrial development and through tourism circuits. To reduce hazard vulnerability in order to protect life, health, safety and welfare of the people. To conserve marine infrastructure and ecosystem through promoting coastal regulation zoning.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 360
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 361
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14 Inter-sectoral Proposals 14.1 Bio-Reserve Belt Bio-reserve corridors are areas of vegetation that allow animals to travel from one patch of native forest to another. A corridor provides shelter, food and protection from predators by imitating the structure and diversity of native vegetation. Birds, reptiles, amphibians, mammals and insects that would otherwise be isolated in one native forest patch, can utilise corridors to move between patches with relative ease and safety. 14.1.1 Introduction For the equitable growth of Ganjam district, a bio-reserve corridor is proposed which will help in the environmental sustainability of the district. The potential ecotourism circuit through this corridor enhances the economic and cultural growth of the district. The confluence of both the environmental and economic aspects of the corridor complement each other and provide a sustainable platform for their individual development and collective progress of the district across various socio-economic dimensions.
Figure 14.1 Components of Bio Reserve Belt
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 362
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.1.2 Benefits of Bio Reserve Belt Establishing a forest and coastal bio reserve corridor gives a unique identity to the district along with increasing its biodiversity richness. The project enhances the district to a national and potential international level point of attraction. the bio-reserve corridor provides a resting camp and pathway for variety of species to migrate across habitats in different seasons. Apart from providing educational facilities, the eco-tourism circuit, boosts the revenue generation of the district and involves a much needed local community participation. This invokes a positive outlook for the district inhabitants for the protection and welfare of this corridor. 14.1.3 Forest Bio-reserve Belt The district has a vast area of forest but in a fragment manner. Forest land is degrading from 2009-2019. So to conserve the forest and it diversity 3 cluster of bio reserve corridor have been proposed.
Figure 14.2 Map of Bio reserve Corridor
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 363
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source- Author 14.1.4 Identifying The Forest Bio Reserve Belt Jagannnathprasad RF is rich with diverse flora and fauna. The RF is home to various types of animals like elephant, tiger which gives it an unique identity.In Bargarh RF, of the most biodiversity rich area. The vegetation can be classified as
sal, mixed
deciduous, grassland and scrub. It consists of 642 species of plants which is around 35% of floral diversity of Odisha. Faunal species like elephant, spotted deer, leopard can be seen in this area.
Figure 14.3 Forest Reserve Zone
Source- Author 14.1.5 Zoning of Forest Bio reserve The CORE AREA comprises a strictly protected zone that contributes to the conservation of ecosystems, species and genetic variation.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 364
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The BUFFER ZONE surrounds the core area. Is used for activities compatible with sound ecological practices that can reinforce scientific research, monitoring, training and education. The TRANSITION AREA is where communities foster socio-culturally and ecologically sustainable economic and human activities
Figure 14.4 Schematic Diagram of Bio reserve corrisdor
Source- https://en.unesco.org/biosphere/about 14.1.6 Forest Wise Perimeter in SqKm
Figure 14.5 Forest Wise Perimeter in SqKm
Source- Author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 365
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.1.7 Forest Wise Area Distribution in SqKm
Figure 14.6 Forest Wise Area Distribution in SqKm
Source- Author 14.1.8 Block Wise Forest Bio-reserve Area Table 92 Block Wise Forest Bio-reserve Area
Source- Author Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 366
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.1.9 Forest Bio Reserve Corridor Location
Figure 14.7 Forest Bio Reserve Corridor Location
Source- Author 14.1.10
Forest Bio Reserve Corridor Typology
Figure 14.8 Forest Bio Reserve Corridor Typology
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 367
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source- Author 14.1.11
Coastal Bio-Reserve Corridor
Coastal bio revere area is created with 2km buffer around the Chilika Lagoon and as well as nesting ground olive redtly turtle and the river mounth of Rushikulya river. Sustainable fisheries to provide healthy livelihood and promising the ecosystem services. A proposed Buffer Area including the sensitive zones can protect the habitat from extinction. Mangroves and marshes to filter & trapping he harmful sediments to Rushikulya
River.
Figure 14.9 Coastal Bio-Reserve Corridor
Source- Author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 368
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.1.11.1
Plantation strategy
There are majorly 2 kind of planation as one is mangrove along the delta of Rushikulya River. Apart from that along shoreline to protect it casuarina and cashew plantation has been done.
Figure 14.10 Plantation strategy
14.1.12
Eco tourism Circuit
Figure 14.11 Eco tourism Circuit
Source- Author The eco-tourism circuit along the corridor helps in leveraging human interest. Apart from providing educational facilities, it boosts the revenue generation of the district and involves a much needed local community participation. This caters to a plethora of employment opportunities and invokes a positive outlook for the district inhabitants for the protection and welfare of this corridor.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 369
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The tourism circuit is divided into a three-day circuit. The circuit starts from node1 that is Chikithi, from where the tourists will be taken to the Mahendragiri hills, which is a scenic spot having trekking facilities. After the trekking the tourists can have the night stay there and enjoy the sunrise the next morning. On day 2, after having the breakfast, the tourists are taken to Bagada forest where the tourists can visit the proposed deer park, botanical garden and tiger reserve. After having lunch from the forest rest house on the way, the tourists reach the Jagannath prasad forest where a wide range of flora and fauna is present along with the proposed tiger safari and pool for hippopotamus. The tourist travel and reach Chilika lake for overnight stay by 7:00pm. The next day starts from Chilika lake, after spending time there and having breakfast, the tourist moves to the olive ridley turtle nesting spot after spending about half an hour, the tourist moves towards the Tampara Lake which is the spot for water related spot activities. After the lunch, the circuit ends by spending the evening at the Gopalpur beach and by 7:30 reaching Berhampur where the circuit ends.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 370
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.2 Regional Resilience
aims to protect the people during this testing times by provision of shelters and evacuation routes and safeguarding the food produced by provision of storage godowns. The proposal also aims at reducing the gap between the producers and consumers
by
provision
of
wholesale
agricultural
markets
and bi-weekly markets.
Figure 14.12: Concept for Development
Benefits of Proposals Regional resilience plans were developed in response to the vision of achieving disaster mitigating and food security. They have been developed to serve the people and save lives of people and animals and ensure food supply to all. The major benefits which we aim to achieve are: 1.
The widening and proposed new roads can serve as evacuation routed during a disaster. To make the evacuation more organized, the intended routes are linked to state highways, which are subsequently linked to national highways.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 371
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
2.
New relief shelters are provided along the proposed roadways in order to safe living spaces for people who have been forced to leave or loose their residences due to disaster.
3.
Wholesale Agriculture market are set up with storage godowns in order to reduce the transportation costs and also it allows the farmers to store and sell their products at a single place locally.
4.
Some godowns are proposed along less vulnerable and evacuation routes which can act as supply centres for providing relief food to the affected population during a disaster.
5.
Bi-weekly market concept has been set up as a pilot project in Asika block which aims at removing the intermediates between the farmers and consumers allowing to marginalize the costs and increasing profits for both consumers and farmers.
Figure 14.13: Map showing location of existing shelters, storage godowns and agricultural markets
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 372
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 14.14: Map showing location of proposed roads, existing shelters, markets and storage godowns
14.2.1 Disaster Mitigation As Ganjam is frequently affected by cyclones and floods and as most of the people in the district live in rural areas and are engaged in primary sector, they are required to be protected during the times of disasters. Under disaster mitigation the two main aspects covered were identification and proposal of existing and new evacuation routes and disaster shelters. It was observed that the existing shelter were heavily concentrated along the coastal areas and there was a need to increase the shelter in the inner and western parts of Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 373
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
the district in areas which are highly susceptible to disasters. The network of evacuation routes was designed along the existing national and state highways and wherever necessary new routes were proposed. The first priority was to strengthen and widen the existing routes and then propose new routes. These routes are connecting the shelter houses for easy movement of people to the nearest safe houses during disasters.
Figure 14.15: - Map showing proposed evacuation routes in Ganjam
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 374
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table 93- Block-wise distribution of evacuation routes
Figure 14.17: Existing width of road
Figure 14.16- Roads with widen width
National highways passing through 14 blocks with a total length of 216.83 kms were identified for the purpose of strengthening and widening purpose. The strengthening
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 375
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
is required in order to support heavy evacuation trucks and busses used for the Table 95- Existing disaster relief shelters in Ganjam
Table 94- Proposed disaster relief shelters in Ganjam
transportation of food and relief material. The existing roads are generally of 14m width which are proposed to be widen to 21m. A total of 57.8km new roads are proposed in 3 blocks of the district, they are Khalikote (14.3km), Begunipada (26.1km) and Digapahandi (17.4km). It is also suggested that every year before the arrival of monsoon a thorough inspection should be undertaken of roads to identify any repairs if needed. There are about 103 relief shelters existing in Ganjam and more 33 are proposed to be setup in Gram Panchayats which are most vulnerable to disasters. Among the proposed shelters 15 single storey high schools have been designated as relief shelters especially in areas affected by floods and the rest 18 shelters are community health care centres which can be used for multiple purpose. The shelter houses are proposed such that they are located near the evacuation routes also near the areas which are highly vulnerable to disasters. In the wake of disaster the vulnerable people can move to these shelters with their valuables in order to protect themselves. 14.2.2 Food security The National Food Security Act (NFSA) - 2013 is effective since 5th July, 2013 to provide food and nutrition security in human life cycle approach. It includes integrated Child Development Services (ICDS), Mid- Day Meal (MDM) and Target Public Distribution System (TPDS) as components to supply subsidized and nutritious food grains. TPDS covers 67% population (75%of Rural and 50% of Urban population ) with a uniform entitlement of 5 kg of food grains per persons per month Wheat and Coarse Grain respectively(Priority Households) This Act mandates the Central Government to fix the ceiling for coverage of urban and Rural population in each State/UT. In case of Odisha it is 82.17% of rural and 55.77% of urban population which translates to be 78% of the total population of the State. Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 376
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
It provides for the TPDS reforms through doorstep delivery of food grains at Fair Price Shops and application of information and communication Technology (ICT) tools including end-to-end computerization to ensure transparent recording of transaction at all levels. It provides for eldest woman of the household of 18 years of age or above to be the head of the household for the purpose of issuance of ration cards. It provides for grievance redressal mechanism through creation of State Food Commission (FSC) at State level and District Grievance Redressal Officer (DGRO) at District level to monitor implementation of the Act. At district level hear grievances, address those and taken necessary action as per the provision of the Act. Food security is not just a matter of the availability of food, but even more of the access of households and individuals to sufficient nutritious food. The absorption of food as nutrition in the body is further mediated by access to safe drinking water, and hygienic sanitation facilities. Consequently, food security is analyzed along the axes of availability, access and absorption. The importance of entitlements in food security is
India and all state governments have an obligation to reduce by half the proportion of people suffering from hunger by 2015.
Food requirement of Ganjam in 2041 is expected to be
which is
from the current requirement. The food requirement for the hazard affected blocks is estimated to be 5916.07 tons for 7 days to survive during a hazard. In order to arrange the food for the affected, Govt. should be able to access the storage depots and godowns easily.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 377
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 96: Food Requirement for Disaster affected areas (2041)
To achieve food security it is necessary to strengthen the infrastructure for safeguarding the food produced and provision of agricultural wholesale markets for easy trading of food grains. The district has 3 FCI storage depots, 3 regulated market with storage capacity and 10 wholesale Agricultural markets. FCI Storage Depot 1. FSD Jagannathpur
16,640 MT
2. SWC Jagannathpur
9340 MT
3. CWC Berhampur
23490 MT
Regulated markets 1. Hinjilicut RM
6000 MT
2. Digapahandi RM
6000 MT
3. Bhanjanagar RM
3000 MT
The current storage capacity is 64,470 MT. Based on the food requirement analysis carried out, the district will require an additional storage of minimum 60,000 MT to Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 378
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
safeguard the produce based on 15 days storage. In order to meet this requirement firstly the blocks were identified which lacked both storage facilities and agricultural markets and a phased manner proposal is developed to set up these facilities with a storage capacity of 5000 MT each depending the food requirement and agricultural efficiency. Phase 1
Surada, Patrapur, Begunipada, Asika
Phase 2
Kukudakhandi, Polassara, Jagannathprasad, Kabisurjyanagar
Phase 3
Chhatrapur, Chikiti, Dharakote, Buguda
Figure 14.18: Existing and Proposed Agriculture Market
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 379
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.2.3 Pilot project in Asika block In order to connect farmers directly to the consumers to maximize their profits as well as for consumers to obtain the commodities at regularized prices a concept of bi weekly mandis/markets have been introduced taking Asika as a pilot block. The markets will be organized on Saturday and Sunday (10 AM to 6 PM) and will be repeated on Wednesday and Thursday (4 PM
7 PM) receptively. Each market is
expected to have a catchment area of radius 2.5 km so that people can easily access it.
Figure 14.19: weekly market in Asika block
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 380
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 97: Gram Panchayats having proposed weekly market
Some blocks did not have storage facilities but had agricultural markets, hence in order to meet this demand independent storage facilities were proposed based on food requirement. 1. Bellaguntha
1000 MT
2. Sanakhemundi 3. Ganjam
5000 MT
1000 MT
4. Bhanjanagar
2000 MT
Some storage houses have been proposed along the less vulnerable and evacuation routes so that these facilities can serve as emergency food producers during disaster time.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 381
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
1. Asika 2. Begunipada 3. Kukudakhandi 4. Dharakote Table 98: Subsidy for construction of storage houses
All these facilities can be constructed under the scheme of Gramin Bhandaran Yojana of GOI which provides subsidies for construction of Storage houses in rural areas for achieving food security. The farmer can store their food produce at moderate rent of INR 3-5/bag/month.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 382
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.3 Coastal Containment & Rejuvenation 14.3.1 Introduction This Coastal Containment and Rejuvenation Proposal is a process for the management of the coast using an integrated approach to achieve sustainability, regarding all aspects of the coastal zone which aims to balance multiple human activities and demands on coastal space and resources with the protection of dynamic and vulnerable coastal systems and the maintenance of the functions services which they provide. 14.3.1.1 Benefits of the proposal
14.3.2 Identification of most vulnerable Gram Panchayats
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 383
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 99 Vulnerable Coastal Gram Panchayats
Source: Author
14.3.3 Coastal Regulation Zone The Coastal regulation zone notification 2019 was issued to replace the 2011 notification and develop the coastal region of the country in sustainable manner on scientific principles, keeping in view current global problem of climate change
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 384
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
and sea level rise. Here the Coastal Regulation Zoning was done with the guidelines as a major part of three sub proposals within it as: Permissible and non-permissible land uses along the CRZ I, CRZ II, CRZ III and CRZ IV- To demarcate the permitted and non-permitted activities in accor-dance to Coastal Regulation Zone.
Figure 14.20: Coastal Regulation Zone map of Ganjam
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 385
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Author
The table below shows the list of permissible activities in each zones which are provided in such a way that they promote economic growth while also respecting the conservation principles of coastal regions.
Table 100: Permissible and non-permissible activities along the CRZ I, CRZ II, CRZ III and CRZ IV
Source: Author
14.3.4 Erosion Containment An Erosion Containment Plan (ECP) is a strategy for managing flood and erosion risk for a particular stretch of coastline. The objectives is to identify which areas of coast require protection, and which
o reduce the threat of coastal flooding and erosion
to people and their property by applying various flood and erosion control techniques; and to ensure that erosion control techniques are cost-effective and socially and environmentally acceptable. Various techniques can be applied to prevent erosion, for example, edging, sills, breakwater, revetment etc. The description for each technique is given below in the image:
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 386
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 14.21 Coastal Erosion Control Techniques Source: NOAA 2015; modified from SAGE 2015.
In this proposal, solutions were given to prevent erosion caused due to natural disaster like cyclone and floods, lack of development etc. in last decade by comparing shoreline in year 2011 and 2021. The whole coastal belt was divided into 12 parts and in each division issues were identified in terms of erosion, accretion, flood and cyclone vulnerability, and then control techniques were proposed for the same.
Figure 14.22 Shoreline of Ganjam (2011 and 2021) Source: Author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 387
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 14.23 Typical section showing application of coastal erosion control technique
Goals for Coastal Flood and Cyclone Management: Short term goals Optimising the use of natural resources Creating awareness amongst the people as well as the authorities Holding the line typically involves shoreline hardening techniques, seawalls, groynes, detached breakwaters, and revetments. Evacuation Vehicles Medium term goals Construct defenses seaward of the coast Adapting vertically by elevating land and buildings Crisis Relief Cyclone warning Systems Evacuation Routes Mangrove Plantation Long term goals Besides constructing seawalls, other hard structures may be constructed Safe shelters Hazard proof housing Resistant housing Local Cooperative Relief Land use strategy 14.3.5 Marine Ecosystem Conservation Marine conservation, also known as ocean conservation, is the protection and preservation of ecosystems in oceans and seas through planned management in order to prevent the over-exploitation of these resources. Marine conservation is informed by the study of marine plants and animal resources and ecosystem functions and is driven by response to the manifested negative effects seen in the environment such as species loss, habitat degradation and changes in ecosystem functions and focuses
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 388
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
on limiting human-caused damage to marine ecosystems, restoring damaged marine ecosystems, and preserving vulnerable species and ecosystems of the marine life. Marine conservation is a relatively new discipline which has developed as a response to biological issues such as extinction and marine habitats change. 14.3.5.1 Conservation of Cetacean Species Why Cetaceans? Cetaceans are an important component of marine biodiversity, as apex predators, cetacean abundance and distribution are key indicators of environmental status, such as food web integrity. Five species of cetacean have been recorded in recent history within the North Bay of Bengal of Ganjam coast. Species found in study area Bottle nose dolphin (Tursiops aduncus), Hump back dolphins (Sousa chinensis), Porpoise (Neophocaena phocaenoides), Spinner dolphins (Stenella longirostris) were counted and found in the shallow water areas of the coast during high tides to collect food. Threatened By whaling, entanglement in fishing gear (by-catch), climate change, ship strikes, toxic contamination, oil and gas development and habitat degradation. Implementation of Conservation Strategies
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 389
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Based on the theme & objectives actions needed for conservation has been proposed as shown in the table below. Table 101 Actions Needed to Conserve Cetacean Species
Source: Case studies
14.3.5.2 Removing Invasive Species Species found in study area Zebra mussel (Dreissena polymorpha). Lionfish (Pterois volitans, Pterois miles). Water Chestnut (Trapa natans). Zebra mussel (Dreissena polymorpha) Zebra mussels cause significant harm to freshwater ecosystems by outcompeting native species for food and space and changing the whole ecology of the body of water.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 390
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Lionfish (Pterois volitans, Pterois miles) These voracious predators, with virtually no natural enemies, are decimating native coral reef fish populations. Water Chestnut (Trapa natans) The water chestnut forms nearly impenetrable floating mats of vegetation. The plant also blocks light penetration into the water and outcompetes native aquatic vegetation. Control Mechanisms The most economical and safest way to manage invasive species is by prevention. Early detection and rapid response of invasive species is much more effective than trying to control a widespread infestation. If eradication is not possible, the invasive species may be subject to control and management
efforts.
There
are
various
methods
used
for
the
control/eradication/management of invasive species: Action 1: Physically (mechanically) remove the species. Action 2: Rehabilitate the environment (e.g. protect and/or restore marine areas). Action 3: Encourage the targeted removal and commercial and/or recreational utilization of dead specimens (trading live specimens for use in aquaria is not included). Action 4: Deploy biocides in the sea, tactically applied. Action 5: Promote native consumers (predators or grazers) that feed on the invasive species (e.g. by restocking predator populations). Action 6: Encourage native diseases and/or parasites that affect the invasive population. Action 7: Apply biological control, using alien parasites and/or dis-eases. Action 8: Apply biological control, using alien consumers (predators or grazers).
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 391
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Action 9: Apply genetic approaches that affect only the invasive. Action 10: Education and public awareness. Action 11: Do nothing.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 392
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.4 Regional Water Equity 14.4.1 Introduction Water is essential for growth and prosperity. Water shortages disproportionately affect the most vulnerable, which is a sad reality. Simultaneously, smart and equitable water management may create opportunities for all individuals and communities. Equitable inclusion refers to a situation in which everyone has a chance to participate and succeed. Water equity is achieved when all communities have access to safe, clean, and affordable drinking water and wastewater services; are resilient in the face of floods, drought, and other climate risks; participate in water management decisionmaking processes; and share in the economic, social, and environmental benefits of water systems. In order to provide the safe drinking water and also decrease the existing irrigation demand the following proposals are being proposed. They are Provision of 100% water supply This proposal involves in the provision of the surface elevated reservoirs in order to provide 100% water supply within GP level and also to reduce the Ground water utilization for the Domestic water. Provision of treated water This proposal involves in the provision of safe and clean drinking water through water treatment plants in order to provide safe drinking through water treatment plants. And also to take measures in order to control ground water and surface pollution. Provision for Irrigation demand This proposal involves in the provision of Irrigation Techniques to Conserve Water Demand which involves to supply water through drip irrigation as it can reduce water use by 30-70% this will reduce the gap for 2041 also increase the yield rate by 20-30%. 14.4.2 Provision of 100% water supply have access to the drinking water supply. After the identification of the Gram is provided with the
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 393
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
surface elevated water reservoirs which has a capacity of 1 Lakh litres. Table 102: GPs requires for Proposed ESR
Number of ESRof S.No Block Name capacity 1Lakh Litres 1 Asika 7 2 Beguniapada 9 3 Bellaguntha 5 4 Bhanjanagar 6 5 Buguda 10 6 Chhatrapur 2 7 Chikiti 4 8 Dharakote 3 9 Digapahandi 6 10 Ganjam 2 11 Hinjilicut 6 12 Jagannathprasad 6 13 Kavisurjyanagar 7 14 Khalikote 10 15 Kukuda Khandi 10 16 Patrapur 4 17 Polasara 5 18 Purusottampur 3 19 Rangei Lunda 8 20 Sanakhemundi 7 21 Seragad 5 22 Surada 7
Figure 1-1 shows: GPs requires for Proposed ESR
14.4.3 Provision of treated water In the analysis it was found that not even a single Gram Panchayats is provided with treated water. It is not enough to have access to water but it must also be safe and clean enough for human consumption. Heavy metals, agricultural or industrial runoff, or untreated wastewater have polluted drinking water in several sections of the region. A water treatment plant per block of capacity 40 MLD/ day is proposed. Total of 22 water treatment plants which can treat 880MLD/ Day and preliminary treatment is given at Gram panchayat level (LAB
Lime soda, alum and bleaching powder). The
parameters that are considered in order to select the location for the water treatment plants are mentioned in the below table,
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 394
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table 103: Parameters that are considered for the land suitability analysis for water treatment plants
S.No Parameter
Category
Score
Road
0-500m
6
500-1000m
5
1000-2000m
4
2000-3000m
3
3000-4000m
2
>4000 m
1
>4000 m
6
3000-4000m
5
2000-3000m
4
1000-2000m
3
500-1000m
2
0- 500m
1
Vacant land
5
Hilly or terraian
4
Grass land
3
Green area
2
Water body
1
0-5%
6
5-10%
5
1
Proximity
2
3
4
River
Landuse
Slope
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 395
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
10-15%
4
15-20%
3
20-25%
2
>25%
1
The following maps are being generated in order to find the suitable land for water treatment plants.
Figure 14.25: LULC map
Figure 14.24: Road proximity map
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 396
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 14.26: Slope map Figure 14.27: Stream proximity map
Table 104: Placement of Water treatments in GPs
Figure 14.28: Water treatment plants
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 397
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.4.4 Measures to control ground water and surface pollution 14.4.4.1 DEWAT system To control Surface water pollution. To treat effluent from the industrial sources. To provide primary, secondary and tertiary treatment for wastewater from sanitation facilities, housing colonies, public entities like hospitals, or from businesses, especially those involved in food production and processing. 14.4.4.2 Organic farming To control Ground water pollution. Using safe and traditional Agriculture practices. Less utilization of Chemical Fertilizers. Prohibiting synthetic pesticides, antibiotics, synthetic fertilizers, genetically modified organisms, and growth hormones. 14.4.5 Schemes that support Water supply and Treatment JAL JEEVAN MISSION Every rural household has drinking water supply in adequate quantity of prescribed quality on regular and long-term basis at affordable service delivery charges leading to improvement in living standards of rural communities. The following components are supported under JJM: Development of in-village piped water supply infrastructure to provide tap water connection to every rural household. Development of reliable drinking water sources and/ or augmentation of existing sources to provide long-term sustainability of water supply system. Wherever necessary, bulk water transfer, treatment plants and distribution network to cater to every rural household. Technological interventions for removal of contaminants where water quality is an issue. Retrofitting of completed and ongoing schemes to provide FHTCs at minimum service level of 55 lpcd; Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 398
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Greywater management Support activities, i.e. IEC, HRD, training, development of utilities, water quality laboratories, water quality testing & surveillance, R&D, knowledge centre, capacity building of communities, etc. Any other unforeseen challenges/ issues emerging due to natural disasters/ calamities which affect the goal of FHTC to every household by 2024, as per guidelines of Ministry of Finance on Flexi Funds. 14.4.6 Provision for Irrigation demand Irrigation demand for 2041 is greater than current water availability, as stated in the water resource irrigation demand analysis. So, in order to reduce the demand for water in 2041, drip irrigation is the most appropriate technology. Drip Irrigation Technique Drip irrigation is one of the most efficient ways to distribute water to crops while wasting as little as possible. It has the potential to reduce water use by 30% to 70%. Although it has a high initial cost, it has several advantages, including less evaporation, less water eaten by weeds, and irrigation to a precise root level of crops. Top 5 blocks are considered for implementing this technique and were analyzed how much irrigation demand would be reduced after application of this technique.
Figure: Before and after drip irrigation technique Source: Compiled by author
Drip Irrigation cost: Rs. 45000
60000 per acre.
Finance Assistance Subsidy Component:
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 399
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Farmers withholding up to 5 acers of dry land or 2.5 acres wetland
90%
subsidy. Farmers withholding above 5 acres of dry land or above 2.5 acres of wetland 75% subsidy.
Government Subsidy: Central government offers 35-45% subsidy for drip irrigation under the Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana (PMKSY) and rest is borne by state government. A maximum subsidy of 1lakh could be given per hectare of land.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 400
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.5 Economic Promotion Corridor I Economic promotion corridors are integrated networks designed to stimulate economic development. They aim at converting corridors of poverty into economic corridors. The objective is to bring economic prosperity to remote areas where government and infrastructure services do not reach the people, but are areas that have strong economic potential. Corridor characteristics interact dynamically to create patterns of regional economic development. Here industrial corridor and spiritual tourism circuit are integrated to enhance infrastructure with reduced logistics costs by amalgamation of tourism circuit in it. The project aims to create smart, sustainable industrial corridor by leveraging high speed, high-capacity connectivity backbone in an enabling policy framework with one day tourism visit to be developed simultaneously. It will help in providing important connections between economic nodes or hubs that are usually centred in urban and rural landscapes. 14.5.1 Benefits The industries here have been proposed based on thrust industries analysis which adds to the local potential of industrial advancement with easier availability of raw materials, quicker transport and easier logistics maintenance while providing many industrial jobs leading to increase in employment level in the area. It is connected to 2 major urban centers i.e., Berhampur and Chhatrapur leading to many opportunities and attracting many investors. There are 2 railway lines passing through and 2 National Highways providing a good connectivity for circulation of people and goods. Many facilities along with integrated township are also provided in the corridor relating to industries which also adds to the value of the economic promotion corridor and again a point for attracting investors with landscaping zones for the aesthetic enhancement of the zone and recreational green spaces for the benefit of workers as well as the local community. A tourism circuit covering 2 major and 3 minor tourist spots (as per existing footfall data) on connection with the proposed economic corridor may bring in more tourists and hence revenue. Government investing in industrial zones, can thereby invest in
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 401
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
that circuit or industries also. Local communities in and around the spots will be socioeconomically benefitted by the proposal of the circuit as a greater number of tourists would mean better employment/business opportunities Anyone visiting the tourism circuit or the economic corridor has the opportunity to travel to the other one too. And because of the connection to the economic corridor, transport and freight movement to these tourism locations becomes easier. 14.5.2 Sub components Economic promotion corridor is mostly developed by integrating many things into it for a greater regional development. This economic promotion corridor also has many components in it. It has 2 major components with other components and respective sub
components having their own individual importance and identity.
Figure 14.29: Components of the Economic Promotion Corridor
As the economic promotion corridor has 2 major parts merged together to form the economic promotion corridor, the major proposal can be seen below.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 402
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 14.30: Economic Promotion Corridor
Source: Primary - GIS The tourism circuit goes from Berhampur to Sanakhemundi leading to one day spiritual tourism circuit connected to the industrial corridor to attract investments. The industrial corridor extends through two blocks with 5 major thrust industrial zones and varied services. 14.5.3 Industrial corridor An industrial corridor is a package of infrastructure spending allocated to a specific geographical area, with the intent to stimulate industrial development. An industrial corridor aims to create an area with a cluster of manufacturing or another industry. Such corridors are often created in areas that have pre-existing infrastructure, such as ports, highways and railroads. These modalities are arranged such that an "arterial" modality, such as a highway or railroad, receives "feeder" roads or railways. For the Ganjam district, parameters considered for proposing industrial corridor are
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 403
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Industrial Suitability - areas suitable for industrial development without causing any harm to settlement and environment Proximity to NH and Railway for better connectivity and movement of goods and people Existing Industries to get hold of the industries and infrastructure for better industrial corridor Presence of Urban Centers to provide a good scope of markets and facilities thereby attracting many investors Availability of raw materials to help in swift production in industries while reducing the raw materials cost Employment scenario areas where the employment ratio is less and where industrial jobs can be provided. Based on all these parameters, suitable location was identified for proposing industrial corridor which includes various industrial zones and required service and facilities. The proposed corridor passes through the blocks of Rangeilunda and Chhatrapur. It has a total length of 22 kms. It extends around 3km above & below the corridor length. The total area of the industrial corridor equals to 10022 Ha. Chhatrapur railway station and NH16, NH59, SH 516 passes through the corridor making it strong with respect to connectivity in all ways. The complete industrial corridor will be dominated
Here in this industrial corridor only 25 % of the required units of 5 thrust industries i.e., Repair & servicing, Agro based, livelihood, rubber & plastic and chemical & allied industries have been proposed. Apart from this, rest of the industries will be proposed in a liner / non- aggregated manner distributed throughout the district in other parts in the sectoral proposals.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 404
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 14.31: Industrial Promotion Corridor
Source: Primary - GIS A closer view of the industrial corridor with all the details of industrial zones having 5 types of industries and other facilities are:
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 405
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 14.32: Details of Industrial Promotion Corridor
Source: Primary - GIS
The land for the industrial corridor will be owned by the state government and the development can be done in a PPP mode attracting investors. In the areas delineated for further development, no development will be carried out now but will be governed with respect to the zoning guidelines of the proposed Land use by the state government or through the state government. Units have been proposed in Chhatrapur and Rangeilunda block with related area and employment generated has been computed. The proposed units have helped in improving the employment in those 2 blocks to a greater extent. The details of these with the investments required for the same are explained below in the below giving the details of block wise and as a whole. The investments has been considered by studying various case studies.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 406
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 105: Area statement of Industrial zones
Source: Primary - GIS Further, the areas and investment for other facilities and services are: Table 106: Details of industrial corridor with area and investment required
Source: Primary - GIS Zoning regulations In order to promote public health, safety and the general social welfare of the ensure that the most appropriate economical and healthy development of the region takes place in accordance with the land use plan. For the industrial corridor, the following zoning regulations have been detailed out including all kind of non
polluting
industries, services and light industry and special industrial zone for general guidance and further development in those particular areas. Details has been given for the uses and activities that is permitted, permissible and prohibited for development.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 407
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 107: Zoning regulations
Uses/
Activities
Permitted
Uses/
Activities
Permissible
Uses/ Activities Prohibited
Heavy and extensive All kind of nonpolluting industries
industries subject to the approval of the Odisha
Pollution
General business
Control Board Whole
sale
business
Institutions
Loading, unloading spaces
Hotels, motels and
caravan
parks Recreational
Sports / playgrounds
spots
or
centres Sewage
Warehousing,
disposal
works, electric power
storage depots
plants, service stations
Cold storage and ice factory
Govt.
semi-govt.,
private
business
offices
Residential buildings
Technical Educational
Banks, for
financial
Religious buildings Irrigated
and
sewage farms Major oil depot
institutions and other
and
essential staff
commercial offices
refilling plants
Petrol filling station
Helipads
Social buildings
Bus terminals and bus
depots
workshops Parking Public utilities
and
LPG
Gas installations and gas works Hotels
and
guest
houses Hospitals and medical centres
Source: Primary - GIS Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 408
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.5.4 Tourism circuit
Saint Augustine A tourism circuit is defined as a loop integrating all heritage locations, short-lived (onetwo day/night), accessible to all audiences but segmented in an autonomous and distinctive identity, organized in the context of discovery and enjoyment of the landscape ecology (in the sense of interdisciplinary contribution to read landscape) and the metaphysics of landscape (immaterial heritage, imaginary erudite and popular), an which have been created to sustain and progress value chains of tourism activity. Ganjam being a centre for spiritual tourism because of the presence of a vast diversity of tourism s energies. It develops, maintains, and improves the body, mind, and spirit. Most spiritual tourism spots n Ganjam district are in rural setting. Hence the development of such tourism spots will ensure the inflow of revenue and improve the socio-economic scenario of the local communities. A spiritual themed tourism circuit linked to the corridor will help enhance the development at the tourism spots
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 409
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 14.33: Proposed Tourism Circuit
Table 108: Economic Promotion corridor- Tourism Circuit
The tourism circuit goes from Berhampur to Sanakhemundi leading to one day spiritual tourism circuit connected to the industrial corridor to attract investments. Tourism circuit connecting to the economic corridor through Berhampur for the enhancement and upgradation of tourist spots with higher potential than has already been achieved. Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 410
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The total circuit takes about 4 hours and 29 minutes of travel time and covers an overall distance of 171km. Following interventions have been proposed as part of the tourism corridor: Taptapani: Seating facilities and Shopping street adjacent to taptapani temple complex Ghodahada Dam: Requires proper softscaping and road widening for a patch of 500m Nija Bankeshwari: Requires landscaping and shopping street Jagateshwar Temple: Lighting facilities need to be improved Maa Budhi Thakurani Temple: Structural Renovation necessary for the temple complex
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 411
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 412
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.6 Regional Balanced Settlement Growth 14.6.1 Conceptual Framework To identify the proposed settlement hierarchy, which has the potential to attract investment also the infrastructure development for the balanced development of the region, three sectors have been integrated together so that the parameters which are not studied in the analysis stage can be considered here for more accurate results.
Figure 14.34 Conceptual framework for Integration of sectors
14.6.2 Potential Settlement Hierarchy The potential settlement hierarchy is identified based on, Scalogram (Updated), Spatiality, Overall score,
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 413
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Settlements in non-serviceable areas of the existing settlement hierarchy Based on all these parameters 45 potential settlements out of which 26 settlements from the existing 318 base villages, 13 settlements from the existing 110 service villages, 26 settlements from the existing 36 growth nodes are identified which can go up the order and become service villages, growth nodes and growth centres respectively.
Figure 14.35 Number of Potential settlements from different order
Figure 14.36 Identified Potential Settlement Hierarchy map
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 414
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.6.3 Integration of Sectors For getting more accurate results in identifying the proposed settlement hierarchy, three sectoral groups, i.e., Settlement Hierarchy, Infrastructure & Connectivity and Industry & Livelihood and Water resource management sectors are integrated and the following list of parameters and scoring logic is implied to the identified 45 potential settlements from different order which can go up the order, and thereby identifying the proposed order of settlements. Connectivity Access to Bus stand Access to Railway station Access to Airports Industry and Livelihood Industrial Density Unemployment Ratio Industrial Suitability Water Resource Management Water Availability Ground water quality Table 109 Parameters and Scoring logic to identify the proposed settlement hierarchy
14.6.4 Connectivity A detailed list of 17 parameters with 68 data points under 7 broad sectors is already been considered in the sectoral analysis while scoring the 473 GPs to identify potential order of settlements. Further one parameter which is not included during the analysis stage is the connectivity and accessibility due to the non-availability of data for all 473 Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 415
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
GPs. But now since 45 potential settlements are identified, the accessibility to bus stands, railway stations and airports can be analysed here with the following scoring logic.
14.6.5 Access to Bus stand Number of Bus stands in the District- 20
If the bus stand is within the reach of 5 km from the settlement, then it will get the maximum score which is 3. If the bus stand is within the reach of 5 to 10 km from the settlement, then it will get the moderate score which is 2. If the bus stand is within the reach of 10 to 20 km from the settlement, then it will get the minimum score which is 1.
Figure 14.37 Map showing access to bus stands from potential order of settlements
Figure 14.38 Map showing access to railway stations from potential order of settlements
14.6.6
Access to Railway stations
Number of Railway stations in the District- 11
If the Railway station is within the reach of 5 km from the settlement, then it will get the maximum score which is 3. If the Railway station is within the reach of 5 to 10 km from the settlement, then it will get the moderate score which is 2. If the Railway station is within the reach of 10 to 20 km from the settlement, then it will get the minimum score which is 1.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 416
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.6.7 Access to Airports Nearest Airport - Biju Patnaik International Airport, Bhubaneshwar (approx. 150 kms distance from the district) If the airport is accessible through NH from the settlement, then it will get the maximum score which is 3. If the airport is accessible through SH from the settlement, then it will get the moderate score which is 2. If the airport is accessible through MDR & ODR from the settlement, then it will get the minimum score which is 1.
Figure 14.39 Map showing access to airports from potential order of settlements
14.6.8 Industry and Livelihood Industry sector marks a high importance in terms of providing employment, infrastructure facilities, services, better connectivity and communication and the overall development of a region at a faster pace. History has seen the importance of industries in rapid urbanisation along with enhancing the economy and upgrading the standard of living and livelihood of many hence it becomes a prime factor while considering the regional balanced growth.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 417
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.6.9 Industrial Density The Industrial density is identified w.r.t the number of industrial units or count per block. More the number industries more is the density, hence the top five blocks with the highest count and lowest count of industrial units were identified and for the scoring logic for the proposal, higher emphasis or focus was given to the low industrial density blocks where more industries can be proposed or can come up in future
for
economic
development
and
employment and growth, followed by the medium density areas and finally lowest score given to the high density blocks to have least
Figure 14.40 Industrial Density map
number of proposals for future to avoid stagnant growth and industrial congestion and also leading to environmental concerns. As this decides the future industrialries so becomes prime factor for the regional balanced growth. Table 110 Industrial density rank and score
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 418
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.6.10
Unemployment scenario for 2041
The unemployment scenario is a measure of the underutilization of the labour supply. It affects economy due to lack of better employment for those people who want to work but are in search for it but lack skill & knowledge. As this determines market and employment, hence becomes a prime factor while considering the regional balanced growth. Three
of
the
blocks
Kukudakhandi,
Rangeilunda and Purusottampur have the lowest unemployment ratio as they have more urban centers as well as industries. Three of the blocks having highest unemployment ratio are Buguda, Kabisurjayanagar and Chikiti. Hence the blocks with more unemployment are
Figure 14.41 Block wise unemployment scenario for 2041 as per industrial analysis
focused more industrial proposals more more employment generation for the local and the blocks with high employment rate were focused and less proposals are considered there. The scoring logic was included in suitability mapping. 14.6.11
Industrial area suitability
For future industrial growth proposals can only be decided to be located at the best suitable areas are required to establish them. To find out the suitable areas for further industrial growth following parameters were considered like; Developable area, Land use, Proximity to settlements, Railway, Road, Unemployment level, Distance from rivers and slope. Analytical Heirarchial process inlcuding pair wise matrix comparision was used to compute the weightages for different paramters to find out the suitable areas. Industrial density was not considered here as areas with existing industries also can be suitable for estate and corridor development hence it can be considered for identifying industrial minimization zones. As per this pair wise comparison matrix, maximum weightage came for various parameters and by using these weightages and considering the sub
parameters and
scores, land suitability map was created. Following table shows the parameters with their respective weightages, sub
parameters and scores to find the suitable areas.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 419
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Hence suitable area considers multiple parameters and hence becomes a prime factor while considering the regional balanced growth. Table 111 Parameters and scoring logic for industrial suitability
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 420
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 14.42 Industrial Suitability Map
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 421
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.6.12
Proposed Settlement Hierarchy
Figure 14.43 The Methodology to identify Proposed Settlement Hierarchy
Based on the identified list of parameters and the scoring logic, all 45 identified potential settlements is scored and weighted index is calculated for the same. The settlements which have less than 0.5 weighted index value are considered to be non potential settlements which cannot serve as higher order. But some of such
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 422
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
settlements are still being retained in the higher order because of its spatiality in serving the population. Table 112 Proposed Order of Settlements
Figure 14.44 Identifying proposed I, II, III order settlements
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 423
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
It is identified that two settlements Golia in Buguda block and Mathura in Polasara block from the potential first order have lesser than the desired weighted index value 0.5. Out of these, two Mathura is retained in the first order considering its spatiality and the population it serves, whereas Golia is pushed back to be the second order settlement. Similarly, six settlements from the potential second order have lesser than the desired weighted index value 0.5. Out of these, four have been retained in the second order considering its spatiality and the population it serves, whereas Gallery in Bhanjanagar block and Khariaguda in Patrapur block is pushed back to be the third order settlement. Similarly, eight settlements from the potential third order have lesser than the desired weighted index value 0.5. Out of these, six have been retained in the third order considering its spatiality and the population it serves, whereas harigada in Bhanjanagar block and Malatentulia in Polasara block is pushed back to be the fourth order settlement.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 424
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
14.6.13
Proposed Settlement Hierarchy
Figure 14.45: Proposed Settlement Hierarchy Map
Thus by following the methodology mentioned, 5 number of I order settlements, 12 number of II order settlements and 26 number of third order settlements are proposed at different places of the district considering different aspects like existing settlement hierarchy, infrastructure, connectivity, industrial density, industrial suitability, unemployment rate, water availability, ground water quality and spatiality / centrality, ensuring the balanced development of the region.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 425
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 113 Proposed Settlement Hierarchy
A total of 14 I
Order settlements, 43 II
Order settlements and 124 III
Order
settlements which summarizes to a total of 190 GPs (150 existing + 43 proposed) out of 473 GPs have the potential for investment where the infrastructure and other developments can happen which can ensure the following benefits to the district.
economic network boost up.
the development in basic amenities, needs & services.
place.
economy. rall balanced growth and development within the district.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 426
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15 Sectoral Proposals 15.1 Infrastructure Proposals 15.1.1 Key Sectoral Issues From the sectoral analysis the following are the key issues or facilities that are lacking in the entire district. The seven major issues that are taken into consideration are as follows:
The corresponding list of proposals is framed considering the key issues, facilities lacking in the district. 1) Enhancing the sanitation quality and he waste management status of the district by proposing community toilets and proper waste disposal and recycling facilities at identified growth nodes. 2) Providing the closed drainage and drain water discharge facilities at the identified growth nodes there by ensuring improved drainage facility. 3) Providing the Water Treatment Plants, and at the identified growth nodes there by ensuring treated water supply to the district. 4) Proposing sufficient CHCs, PHCs and other healthcare facilities based on the spatial and gap analysis. 5) Proposing sufficient pre primary schools, colleges and skill development centres based on the spatial and gap analysis.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 427
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
6) Proposing sufficient banks and ATM facilities based on the spatial and gap analysis. 7) Proposing proper road connectivity to the identified growth centers, growth nodes and service villages there by ensuring the accessibility to the services throughout the district. 15.1.2 Comprehensive Infrastructure Development Proposals After identifying the proposed settlement hierarchy, the following list of facilities are proposed in the different order of settlements. Table 114 List of facilities proposed in different order of settlements
The total number of existing and proposed different order of settlements in each blocks is calculated and it is observed that 150 existing settlements and 43 proposed settlements are there which puts together a total of 193 settlements out of total 473 gram panchayats have the investment potential. Table 115 Existing and proposed different order of settlements in each block
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 428
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
To identify the number of facilities to be proposed block level gap analysis has been done to establish the potential settlements where the investment can happen. It is observed that in 5 blocks there is no proposed settlements as the existing settlements is serving the population. The balanced growth of the region is achieved by the proposed settlements in all blocks.
Figure 15.1 Number of identified Existing and Proposed Settlements having investment potential (Block-wise) Table 116 Number of facilities proposed in existing and proposed order of settlements
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 429
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Following are the Number of facilities that will come under existing and Proposed order of settlements Hospitals E 0, P 1 CHCs E 0, P 15 PHCs - E 71, P 72 PHSCs - E 265, P 272 Colleges - E 0, P 1 Pre Primary Schools - E 735, P 979 Treated Tap water Community Toilets Waste Disposal and Recycling Facilities
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 430
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 15.2 Proposed First order
15.1.3 Proposed First order settlements The radius of influence for the growth centers is considered to be 15 kms and a hexagon of same radius is been drawn around each nodal point of the growth center to identify the area covered and population served also to figure out the area not under the catchment. There are 9 existing number of settlement and 5 are proposed. Ganjam district has an area of 8071 sq.km out of which almost over 2800 sq.kms (35% of the district area) are covered under forest area. The 14 first order settlements are found to serve the area of about 5455.90 sq.km (67.5% of the district area) and the remaining 2616 sq.km (32.5% of the district area) is found to be out of catchment of the service area. Following are the list of facilities that will come under growth centers
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 431
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Hospitals and CHCs Colleges, Secondary schools Treated Tap water Community Toilets Waste Disposal and Recycling Facilities Closed Drains with Drain water Discharge Road Network:NH,SH Commercial, Cooperative, ATM Proposed facilities under Growth Centers Table 117 List of facilities required in the proposed Growth Centres
There will be a total number of 1 proposed hospital, 15 proposed CHC and 1 proposed Colleges that will come under proposed growth centres. The facilities that are required in both the existing and proposed growth centres are community toilets, water
Figure 15.3 Proposed Second order
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 432
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
treatment plant, Commercial banks, Cooperative banks and ATM, Waste Disposal and Recycling Facilities. 15.1.4 Proposed Second order settlements The radius of influence for the growth centers is considered to be 10 kms and a hexagon of same radius is been drawn around each nodal point of the growth center to identify the area covered and population served also to figure out the area not under the catchment. There are 31 existing number of settlement and 14 are proposed. The 45 second order settlements are found to serve the area of about 619,63 sq.km (76.8% of the district area) and the remaining 1873.47 sq km (23.2% of the district area) is found to be out of catchment of the service area. Following are the list of facilities that will come under growth nodes PHCs Middle schools Treated Tap water Community Toilets Waste Disposal and Recycling Facilities Open Drains with Drain water Discharg Road Network: SH, MDR Commercial, Cooperative, ATM Proposed facilities under Growth Nodes Table 118 List of facilities required in the proposed Growth Nodes
There will be a total of 72 and 71 number of proposed PHC in both of the proposed growth nodes and existing growth nodes respectively. Also, the facilities like
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 433
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
community toilets, water treatment plant, Commercial banks, Cooperative banks and ATM, Waste Disposal and Recycling Facilities are required to be proposed in both of the
existing
and
proposed
growth
nodes.
Figure 15.4 Proposed third order
15.1.5 Proposed Second order settlements The radius of influence for the growth centers is considered to be 5 kms and a hexagon of same radius is been drawn around each nodal point of the growth center to identify the area covered and population served also to figure out the area not under the catchment. There are 86 existing number of settlement and 24 are proposed. The 110 third order settlements are found to serve the area of about 4936.38 sq.km (61.15% of the district area) and the remaining 3134.62 sq km (38.85% of the district area) is found to be out of catchment of the service area. Following are the list of facilities that will come under Service village Primary schools Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 434
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Treated Tap water Community Toilets Waste Disposal Facilities Open Drains with Drain water Discharge Road Network: MDR, ODR Cooperative, ATM
Proposed facilities under Service Village Table 119 List of facilities required in the proposed service village
There will be a total of 272 and 265 numbers of proposed PHSC in both of the proposed service village and existing service village respectively. Also, a total of 979 and 735 number of proposed pre-primary school in both of the proposed service village and existing service village respectively. The facilities like community toilets, Cooperative banks and ATM and Waste Disposal Facilities are required to be proposed in both of the existing and proposal
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 435
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.2 Water Resource Management 15.2.1 Water budget estimation for 2041 The water budget estimation is being calculated by considering Domestic, Irrigation, livestock, and industrial sectors. Domestic water demand is calculated by using the arithmetic increase method. Industrial demand is estimated through the proposed industries and calculated based on the type and scale of the industry. Irrigation demand is estimated based on the proposed agricultural land and calculated based on the crop type, Duty, delta, and base period. Livestock demand is estimated by considering 10% of increase in the demand because of the facilities that are being provided in the animal husbandry. So, there might be a chance of increase in the livestock population which implies the livestock water demand. Table 14 Water budget analysis for 2041
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 436
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
After the estimation of the future water demand for 2041, water budget analysis is being calculated and it is found that the blocks Digapahandi, Chhatrapur, Ganjam, Hinjilicut, Patrapur and Sheragada has a water deficit ranging from 1300-10,000 ML. The highest deficit is observed in Digapahandi with 9465.66 ML and the least deficit is observed in Patrapur with 1329.16 ML. The remaining blocks are having surplus water. The block which is having the highest surplus is Jagannath prasad with 28,69,297 ML.
After the identification of the deficit blocks, the ones which require the surface water availability and the surplus blocks which requires surface water capacity in order to meet the demand is categorized in to one criterion under which the identification of dead streams or rivers are being done and then the reviving of the streams is being proposed in order to increase the surface runoff capacity. The surface water capacity is being increased with the provision of check dams, water tanks, reservoirs etc. This helps to convert the deficit blocks into neutral. 15.2.2 Ground water potential zones Groundwater is an important natural resource for human consumption, domestic use, irrigation, industrialization, and urbanisation, among other things. Groundwater demand is rising year after year as a result of rising population, repeated droughts, and increased agricultural and industrial activity. To fulfil this rising demand, it is critical to have a thorough grasp of the groundwater situation in terms of supply and distribution.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 437
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The ground water potential zones are identified with the help of GIS by AHP Method.
In order to generate the water potential zone map, the data that is being used is DEM file, Geology, road hierarchy, Water bodies, Geomorphology, slope, land Use, Drainage density, Lineament density, soil and rainfall data. The weights are being given as per the priority which is mentioned in the below table. Table 120: Weightages for groundwater potential zones mapping
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 438
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 121: Indicators and scoring criteria for groundwater potential zones mapping
Figure 15.7: Drainage density Map of Ganjam District
After considering the indicators and the weightage, the parameters have been taken per indicator which are shown in the below table.The following maps are generated in
Figure 15.6: Stream order map of Ganjam District
Figure 15.5: Lineament map of Ganjam District
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 439
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
order to find the Ground water potential areas.
Figure 15.9: Rainfall Map of Ganjam District
Figure 15.8: Slope Map of Ganjam District
Using the AHP method and after overlaying the maps the final ground water potential zones map is generated. This map helps to understand in which areas the ground water potential is very high.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 440
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The ground water potential zones are highly observed in Ground water recharge especially in Digapahandi, Patrapur, Sanakhemudi, Dharakote, and Beguniapada regions. The Conservative and Augmentation Measures that are Proposed is recharge structures like Percolation tanks (4th and 5th order), contour bund, Rain pits, vegetative. In hard rock regions, gully plug, check dam (>3rd order) and recharging wells etc., methods like pits, trenches, recharging of the excess runoff are proposed. Figure 15.10: Geomorphology Map of Ganjam District
Figure 15.11: Groundwater potential zones Map of Ganjam District
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 441
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 122: Potential zones with Provisions
The zones which are having very low potential zones is provided with Rainwater harvesting structures in urban areas and it is restricted for further ground water extraction. The zones which are having low potential zones is provided with Rainwater harvesting structures in urban areas and it is restricted for further ground water extraction. The zones which are having moderately potential zones is provided with ground water recharge structures in urban and agriculture areas and it is restricted for further ground water extraction. The zones which are having high potential zones is provided with ground water recharge structures in agriculture areas and the areas which are not suitable for any further development. The zones which are having very high potential zones is provided with ground water conservation zone in urban and agriculture area and also the ground water extraction will be restricted. 15.2.3 Water potential zones Digapahandi pilot 1 Table 123: Potential zones with Provisions
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 442
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
After correlating between irrigation draft, existing demand, and estimated 2041 demand with the ground water availability, it is observed that if the utilization pattern
demand is very high and there is a huge gap observed between ground water availability and demand. The Ganjam district's Digapahandi block is a perennially drought-prone and economically poor part of Odisha. Drought has a negative impact on agricultural fields that are largely rain fed, resulting in crop loss. Due to the whims of monsoon rainfall, surface water irrigation is extremely restricted and unreliable. The problem of drinking water is most serious during the summer, when most wells dry up. There is a need to increase the ground water availability in Digapahandi which support the needs for future utilization. To battle drought and increase crop productivity by covering greater areas under irrigation, the area requires the development of ground water through appropriate infrastructure. The agriculture land occupies the majority of the region followed by forest land, built up, water bodies and barren land as shown in the below figure 1-19.
Figure 15.12: LULC Map of Digapahandi Block, Ganjam District
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 443
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The Eastern Ghats Group of Pre-Cambrian rocks underpins the region, which comprises granitic gneisses, khondalite, and the charnockite suite of rocks. Recent alluvium appears in the form of discontinuous patches in the vicinity of river channels. The prevalent lithology in the Digapahandi is granitic gneiss. The following maps are generated in order to find the potential zones in the Digapahandi block.
Figure 15.14: Geology Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District.
Figure 15.13: Distance from river Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District.
Figure 15.15: Drainage density Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 444
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
The intersection of lineaments and the lineament itself is a strong predictor of groundwater
recharge
locations.
Lineaments are the most sought-after characteristics
for
groundwater
development in hard rock terrain. Natural linear or curvilinear structures recorded from satellite data can be connected to faults, fractures, joints, bedding trace, lithological contact, and other geological phenomena. The unconsolidated formations are made up of alluvium that is recent to Figure 15.16: Soil Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District
sub-recent in age. Because of their high
porosity
and
permeability,
alluvium deposits along riverbanks provide the most promising aquifer. The alluvium is made up of gravel, sand, and clay that have been eroded and weathered from country rocks. During the pre-monsoon and postmonsoon periods, the depth to the water table ranges from 2.75m to 9.6m bgl and 0.33 to 2.45m bgl, respectively. The seasonal fluctuation in wells in upland locations is greater than that in low-lying
places.
The
seasonal
variation of the water table ranges from 2.1 to 7.5 metres. The majority of the locations exhibit a variation of 3 to 6 Figure 15.17: Stream Order Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam
metres. The contours of the water table are typically in line with the geography.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 445
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 15.18 Ground water potential zones Map of Digapahandi block, Ganjam District
Digapahandi block has been categorised into distinct groundwater potential zones "High," "Moderate," and "Low" based on the previously stated facts such as geology, geomorphology, drainage, lineament, and aquifer system. According to the map depicting groundwater potential zones, the aquifer system's potential for groundwater development is moderate to good in 60% of the region. Pockets of high potential regions can be found across the area. Pockets of high potential regions can be found across the area. Groundwater may be utilised in places with high and moderate potential using appropriate abstraction structures such as dug wells, dug-cum-bore wells, and bore wells. Where the groundwater potential is limited, the water table is greater than 7-8 metres below ground level, and dug wells dry up during the summer, existing dug wells can be deepened or a bore well created to satisfy the water need. To supplement groundwater supplies, rainfall collecting and artificial recharge techniques should be utilised
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 446
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
successfully. The groundwater potential zones map may be used as a starting point for concerned authorities to plan land use and identify prospective groundwater extraction areas in the future. Table 124: Locations of the groundwater potential zones based on areal distribution
Ground Water Potential Zone
HIGH
MODERATE
LOW
Areal distribution (Approx.)
Important Locations
30%
Ganeswarpur, Denkari, Gokamapur, Digapahandi, Khamarigam, Pentha, Santarapur, Bhismagiri, Jakamari, Sahadeb, Gajapatipatna, Padmanavpur, Bajragumma, Jakarapali,Sanakelajhori, Jakar, Dekali and Bomkei
32%
Talapada, Talasingi, Bhusanda, Ankorada, Kusapada, Jharipadar, Turubudi, Komarada, Karapada, Dharmapada, Nandagaon,Sidheswar, Kotinada and Shyamasundarpur
38%
Gumma, Engarsing g Padmapur, Rajghada, Badapur Bidyadharpur, Tada, Dhepaguda, Kusaput, Kinchirida, Allalingi, Dhamanapadar, Mahulpaa, Rangaputa, Arakhapada, Keshapur, Kuruma, Damapur and Mahulapada.
15.2.4 Groundwater Resource Conservation and Augmentation Keeping in view the above facts, groundwater conservation and augmentation is considered to be the only solution to maintain a balance between the annual recharge and discharge. Artificial recharge techniques play a major role for conservation of groundwater. The main source of groundwater recharge is rainfall, which is mostly lost Table 125: Categorisation of the zones based from high to low
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 447
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
as surface runoff and hence the only alternative to replenish the groundwater is by artificial means. 15.2.4.1 Groundwater Recharge Zones Digapahandi block can be grouped into 4 natural groundwater recharge zone based on the porosity, permeability and runoff characteristics of the land. The landforms, lithology, presence of lineaments, slope factor, land use/land cover and surface water bodies available play an important role to select these natural recharge sites. 15.2.4.2 Percolation tanks The percolation tank is the best structure for recharging groundwater in hard rock settings since it contributes directly to irrigation from the stored water in addition to artificial recharge. In Digapahandi, percolation tanks can be used at considerably higher altitudes, with embankments only on sideways and down slope sides. Surface runoff water should be able to enter easily from the upslope sides. Such structures might be built near Kotinada, Ganeswarpur, Sidheswar, Basudevpur, Gokarnapur, Jagannathpur, Bhusanda, and Dekhali in the region. 15.2.4.3 Contour Bunding The installation of tiny bunds across the slope of the ground on a contour is known as contour bunding. Each contour bund works as a water flow barrier and a check on runoff water, assisting to groundwater recharge through water dispersion. Suitable locations in the area are found in the upland and hilly sections of the Digapahandi block. Contour bunding may be used to protect cultivated areas from soil erosion and to enable groundwater recharging on the upslope of the cultivated fields. 15.2.4.4 Conclusion Optimal and judicious utilization of ground water through properly designed abstraction structures constructed at suitable locale with accompanying protection, augmentation and conservation measures can being about laurels to the agrarian economy of the area and can mitigate the problems of drinking water scarcity faced during summer.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 448
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.3 Biodiversity Proposals Biodiversity conservation, the practice of protecting and preserving the wealth and variety of species, habitats, ecosystems, and genetic diversity on the planet, is important for our health, wealth, food, fuel, and services we depend on. It plays an integral role in supporting many sectors of development. Management for biodiversity conservation requires that it be built into all aspects of management through: Inventory. Setting aside important biodiversity areas. Managing appropriately to promote and enhance those resources. 15.3.1 Introduction Major issues identified in terms of biodiversity Followed by the analysis the major issues identified regarding biodiversity are as follows, Inappropriate Development of Settlements lead to loss of agricultural land. Degradation of agricultural & forest land into barren land. Decrease in scrub forest area due to development activities. Poaching of wild animals & entry of public into restricted forest areas. Invasive fresh water weeds proliferated in the Chilika Lake. Overexploitation of commercial fishes in the Chilika Lake. Proposals for the issues identified 1. 2. 3. 4.
Conservation of Chilika Lake Precinct. Reclamation of Forest Land by afforestation strategy. Increasing the forest canopy cover density by reforestation strategy. Permissible & Non permissible activities in Eco sensitivity Zones.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 449
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
5. Wildlife preservation in the forest areas.
Figure 15.19 Map showing the areas of proposals
Source: Authors 15.3.2 Conservation of Chilika Lake Situated on the east coast of India, and connected to the Bay of Bengal through a narrow sea mouth, Chilika is also a lagoon. And like all coastal lagoons, its waters are rich with life. It is the largest brackish Water Lagoon with estuarine character that sprawls along the east coast. It is the largest wintering ground for migratory waterfowl found anywhere on the Indian sub-continent. It is one of the hotspot of biodiversity in the country, and some rare, vulnerable and endangered species listed in the IUCN Red List of threatened Animals inhabit in the lagoon for at least part of their life cycle. A survey of the fauna of Chilika carried out by the Zoological Survey of India in 1985-87 recorded
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 450
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
over 800 species in and around the lagoon. This list includes a number of rare, threatened and endangered species, including the Barakudia limbless skink. On account of its rich bio-diversity and ecological significance, Chilika was designated as the 1st "Ramsar Site" of India. The Nalaban Island within the lagoon is notified as a Bird Sanctuary under Wildlife (Protection) Act, the National Wetlands, mangroves and coral reefs Committee of Ministry of Environment & Forests, Government of India, have also identified the lagoon as a priority site for conservation and management.
Figure 15.20 Chillika Lake
Source: Authors There are two steps involved in the process of conservation of Chilika Lake as Structural and Non- Structural as follows: Structural Proposals Creating a native plant buffer strip. Restricting Non-native & Invasive Species Non-Structural Proposals Policy level strategy for proper harvesting of aquatic goods.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 451
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.3.2.1 Creating Native Plant Buffer Strip around the Lake Location
Figure 15.21 Proposed Plant buffer Strip
Source: Authors Action Plan The details number of individual plants proposed to be planted for every 5m around the Lake is shown in the fig 14.3.4.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 452
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 15.22 Proposed Number of Individuals to planted
Source: Authors
15.3.2.2 Restricting Non-native & Invasive Species from the lake. Location
Figure 15.23 Location of Phragmites Karka
Source: Authors
Control Mechanisms for the Invasive Species
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 453
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 126 Control Mechanisms
Source: Case studies 15.3.2.3 Policy level strategy for proper harvesting of aquatic goods. I. II.
III. IV. V.
Fishing by any method is prohibited in months of June to august in the year as it is the prominent breeding season for most of the fishes. Capture of Khainga, Kabla, Bhekti below 150mm size and prawn like Bagda and Chapra varieties below 100mm size by any means is prohibited throughout the year. Fishing is completely prohibited in the outer channel of Chilika lake during the months between December and January. No fishing by means of net shall be allowed in the outer channel throughout the year. Training programs for fishery extension officers, officers of marine science department and fish cultivation are also to be imparted here.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 454
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.3.3 Wildlife Preservation Location
Figure 15.24 Forest areas with more number of endangered species
Source: Authors
Areas to be proposed as Wildlife Sanctuary in Forest Areas 1. Jagannathprasad RF 2. Barhgarha RF
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 455
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
3. Tangiri RF 4. Singraju RF. 15.3.3.1 Detailed Proposal of Jagannathprasad RF sanctuary Aim of this Proposed Sanctuary 1) To serve as a major habitat for Bengal tigers and Wild Elephant which support 35-40 tigers and 100-120 elephants in the region. 2) To improve the habitat by replacing teak with miscellaneous forests and eradication of weeds. 3) To increase the protection of the area against poaching/habitat destruction by bringing it under the PA network. 4) To provide better livelihood options for people dependent on the area through ecotourism, participation in management of the area, eco-development activities through increased funding and relocation to better areas where possible. 5) To conserve the rivers for irrigated agriculture, for economic benefit. 15.3.3.2 Area Description
Figure 15.25 Thematic Map showing division of beats which are included in the proposal
Source: Authors Total area of Jagannathprasad RF: 327.44 sq.km Area considered for sanctuary proposal: 106.45 sq.km. Table 127 Area description of the beats
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 456
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Authors The area selection for the sanctuary has been done with the following considerations: It is important to have a holistic approach and protect all parts of the landscape which are extensively used by mega-fauna. It should be possible to establish a viable breeding population of tigers. The areas near human habitations will be buffer area for the sanctuary. The areas having rights of villagers are not included in the sanctuary. Natural boundaries are emphasized by selecting core and buffer areas along the proposed beat boundaries. Core and Buffer of the Proposed Sanctuary
Figure 15.26 Core and Buffer of the proposed sanctuary
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 457
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Proposed facilities in the sanctuary
Figure 15.27 Proposed facilities in the Sanctuary
Source: Authors 1. 2. 3. 4.
Captive breeding zones for Elephants and Tigers. Heronry of the State for Open-billed Storks. Largest pool for housing Gharials and Hippopotamus. Tiger Safari.
Economic benefits to the local people in declaring the area as a wildlife sanctuary 1) Direct employment by forest department Hiring for permanent posts Hiring for temporary posts. Labor for carrying out departmental works. 2) Indirect employment through ecotourism activities Opportunities in Guided Tours. Local Entrepreneurs 15.3.4 Conservation of Barren land by afforestation strategy Barren land can be classified into two major categories are Cultivable barren land and uncultivable barren land. Barren land can be reclaimed through various strategies. There are various benefits of barren land reclamation. It provides a source of income for the rural poor. It ensures a constant supply of fuel, fodder and timber for local use. It makes the soil fertile by preventing soil erosion and conserving moisture. The program helps maintain an ecological balance in the area. The increasing forest cover helps in maintaining local climatic conditions.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 458
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Type of process Barren Land can be reclaimed-
15.3.4.1 Land Converted to Barren Land
Figure 15.28 Map showing Land Converted into Barren Land
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 459
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Table 128 Showing land Converted to Barren Land
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 460
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.3.4.2 Forest Land Converted to Scrub Forest
Figure 15.29 Map showing Forest Land into Scrub forest
Source: Authors Table 129 Showing Forest Land into Scrub forest
Source: Authors
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 461
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.3.4.3 Forest Land Converted to Open Forest
Figure 15.30 Map showing Forest Land into Open Forest
Source: Authors Table 130 Forest Land into Open Forest
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 462
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Source: Authors 15.3.5 Land Reclaimed through Reforestation Raygarh RF and Karakhol RF falls mainly under (a) Tropical moist deciduous & (b) Tropical dry deciduous type. 36. 09 Sq. Km forest Land converted to barren land can be claimed by planning The vegetation can be classified broadly into four types as Sal Forest, Mixed Deciduous Forest, Scrub Forest & Grasslands.
Figure 15.31 Reclaimed land
Source: Authors Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 463
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.3.5.1 Area Can Be Reclaimed Table 131 Area can be reclaimed
15.3.5.2 Actual Area Reclaimed Table 132 Actual Area Reclaimed
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 464
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.3.5.3 Sample Calculation for tree Plantation
Figure 15.32 Sample Calculation for tree Plantation
15.3.6 Agroforestry It sequesters carbon in vegetation and soil, produces wood, serving as substitute for similar products that are unsustainably harvested from natural forests. Vegetables, oilseeds, and pulses are now also produced as part of the new management protocol for the reclaimed land, which emphasizes a cereal to non-cereal rotation.
Figure 15.33 Agroforestry
15.3.6.1 Vegetation Type for Reforestation
Figure 15.34 Vegetation Type for Reforestation
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 465
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.3.6.2 Prohibited and Non permissible activities in ESA Table 133 Showing Prohibited and Non Permissible activities in ESA
Source: Eco sensitive area regulations
15.4 Coastal Zone Proposals 15.4.1 Olive Ridley turtle site protection Olive Ridley turtle site protection is required to save the endangered species otherwise will get extinct. Figure 14.4.1 shows the site where fencing, mangrove plantation, Olive Ridley sea turtle museum has been proposed.
Figure 15.35 Olive Ridley Turtle Nesting site
Source: Output of the Project Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 466
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 134 Time period and Distance for the tourists & villagers
Category Fishermen and Trawlers
Tourists
Restricted months
November 1st - May 31st
February 1st - March 15th
Keep your distance 20 km of the entire stretch
45 metres from fencing
Source: Newspaper mention The Sea Turtle Museum (Figure 14.4.2) which will primarily serve as a sea turtle Alert, Information, Data and rescue Centre, providing sea turtle care and husbandry, fishery interaction with sea turtles, cooperation with fisherman and communities and recreation for the tourist.
Figure 15.36 Olive Ridley Sea Turtle Museum
Source: Output of the Project
act
to protect identified sea turtles nesting beaches that will lead to the
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 467
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
establishment of shoreline guards that will provide 1st line of defense for sea turtles. To improve hatchling production through tangible approaches such as reduction of light pollution, revegetation, and targeted maintenance of nests to increase nesting beach quality and hatching success. Relocation to a protected hatchery of those nests at risk from inundation by the sea; the human poaching of eggs; predation from birds and animals; and crushing by the ever-increasing traffic. Surveying current levels of understanding and educating local villagers about sea turtle conservation issues. Examining the prospect of community based eco-tourism at Rushikulya. Rules and restrictions for the fishermen, villagers & traders Be a safe boater- Sea turtles come to the surface to breathe. Collision impacts and propellers can result in injury or even death of sea turtles. So, slow down and steer around them. Dense fishing activity along the coast should be banned during the nesting season- Indiscriminate fishing with trawlers and gill nets damages the eggs and injure the hatchlings. Enforcing Turtle Excluder Device (TED). Poaching for meat shell, leather to be banned- Poaching of juvenile for pet trading be banned. Reduction of chemicals and watch the step- Chemicals used for agriculture can properly dispose of toxic chemicals or find biodegradable solutions. Reduce bycatch in fishing gear- Support incentive-based approaches for the development and implementation of turtle-friendly fishing gear and practices. Rules and restrictions for the tourists Reducing marine Debris and fill in all holes- The turtles get caught up or eat littered trash, plastic and gets injured or dies. Cleaning the trash & disposing it properly, avoid littering will help keep turtles safe. Holes are dangerous to moms and hatchlings. Protecting the nesting site- Turtles lay their eggs on our beaches. Stay at least fifty yards away from the nests and do not disturb nesting turtles and their hatchlings. Avoid loud noise and pay attention Report dead or injured turtles - If you see a dead or injured turtle contact your local sea turtle standing network for help. No flash photography - Do not take pictures of the turtle with flash Do not touch the turtle or hatchlings- If a turtle appears to be in distress or is stuck, help the turtle find its way back to the sea or seek professional help. Turn off bright lights as turtles dig the dark- Do not shine a flashlight or bright white light on turtle as it is harmful to nesting mothers & hatchlings by
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 468
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
disorienting them I'm discouraging the Female adults from nesting on the beach. Keep the beach dark.
15.4.2 Saltpan Conservation Ganjam has a wetland area of 4070.69 ha, with saltpan accounting for 26.9% of it. The areas of Ganjam and Humma, as well as the areas surrounding the mouths of the rivers Bahuda and Rushikulya, are rich in salt production, serving not just to the District's but also state's demands. Figure 14.4.3 shows Saltpan sites near the coastal areas in the district which includes Gokharkuda in the northern part with 1.48 sqkm and Bahuda in the south with 5.36 sqkm.
Figure 15.37 Saltpan sites
Source: Output of the Project Table various threats existing in both the sites Both the regions have threats from Sand mining, Tourism and other related developments, Coastal roads and bridges, Retting,
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 469
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Industrial or fishing and chemical influence. Bahuda has additional threats Dredging and dumping, Municipal waste discharges, Agricultural wastes. Table 135: Existence of various threat factors
Gokharkuda
Sand mining Tourism and other related developments Coastal roads and bridges Retting Industrial or fishing and chemical influence
Bahuda Sand mining Tourism and other related developments Coastal roads and bridges Dredging and dumping Retting Municipal waste discharges Agricultural wastes Industrial or fishing and chemical influence
In the last 2 years, because of the catastrophic events like floods and cyclones that have brought salt production to a halt in Ganjam district, 70% of the over 20,000 households that rely on it for their livelihood have fled to other states in search of work. The challenges mentioned above can be addressed by promoting the development of a shared model of sustainable and adaptable management that stirs up the territorial appreciation of artisanal salt pans and their multifunctional use to diversify socioeconomic activity, generating income from the production of high-quality salt, whilst also obtaining and commercializing other products (such as agricultural products or products from the aquaculture) or exploring the potential for ecotourism. So, for the site-specific proposals we have picked up few strategies. Soil Management Systematic survey of physical and chemical soil properties associated native halophytic and non-halophytic plant should be conducted. Loss of halophyte habitat may occur due to increased soil erosion; therefore, erosion should be monitored periodically. Salinity and pH gradients are primarily controlled by soil water, so first consideration of management is to prevent alteration of the natural water regime.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 470
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Vegetation management Conservation management of threatened plant species to be restricted to both sites until plant-soil relationships are better understood. Salt pan vegetation is insufficiently dense to transport fire, making the vegetation vulnerable. To lessen the risk of fire, a buffer zone of short, sparse vegetation should be maintained. Next coming to monitoring changes and educating about the site, A trial monitoring system be established to record soils and vegetation data & future changes. Regular Cleaning and compacting of saltpans To promote the uptake of best practices through communication actions. To develop the salt pan as functional natural habitats that support healthy populations of migratory and non-migratory birds in association with responsible economic activities. Few Irrigation, cultivation, direct drilling, oversowing, fertiliser application, and fire are all things to keep away from. Cattle and automobiles should be kept out of the area. Wherever possible, briar and aggressive exotic perennial herbaceous weeds should be removed. Surveys of the flora and fauna should be conducted at both sites. 15.4.3 Beach Infrastructure Development The coastal zone has been a focus for a variety of activities including industry, agriculture, recreation and fisheries. The coastline is a national heritage and in order to sustain it for future generations, sustainable management of coastal resources and defence is essential. Historically, the coastal zone has been a major focus for the development of human Society. The coastal and marine ecosystems being highly productive attract human settlement and economic activities. Coastal zone ecosystem is important for biological and economic productivity, storm protection, erosion control and most importantly it provides a host of ecosystem services which are crucial for human wellbeing. Despite their ecological richness and the contribution to national economy, the coastal and marine areas have not received adequate protection, and are under stress. Rapid urban-industrialization, maritime transport, marine fishing, tourism, coastal and sea
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 471
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
bed mining, offshore oil and natural gas production and aquaculture have led to a significant increase in demand for infrastructure, resulting in the over-exploitation of natural resources. The infrastructural facilities of Purunabandha & Podampeta beach achieved a score of 7 from Beach Infrastructure Assessment. Basically, this beach needs to upgrade its existing infrastructure facilities and provide services like drinking water supply (water ATMs), restrooms, signage, garbage bins, seating arrangements (benches, gazebos, pavilions), sand control through the use of vegetation (dune plants), recreational amenities like surfing, boarding, etc.
Figure 15.38 Purunabandha beach layout
Source: Output of the Project Eco Park Ecological parks will be an important component not only because of its potential to reduce the ecological impacts of nearby settlements but also potential to communicate new cultural conceptions of the human relationship to nature. The total area proposed for creating eco park is about 25170sqm. The ecopark consists of two gates for entrance and exit. The major component of the ecopark include Bonsai Garden,
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 472
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Seating Zone and View point, Green Sculpture court,Entry/Exit Gate no 2, Gazebo (Seating zone), Kabana (Seating zone), Space for Yoga, Open Air Theatre, Entry/Exit Gate no 3,Fishing Zone, and Passive Recreational zone.
Figure 15.39 Site plan of Ecological park of area 25170 sqkm
Source: Output of the Project
The eco park will not only strengthen the connection to nature, but also improve health of the community and protect various natural sources of the area. This will also be a recreational amenity for area residents and visitors.
Kids Play Zone A designated kid play area will be allocated exclusively for recreational activities of the kids. The kids play zone will be constructed with several component such as seating arrangements, gazebos and pavilions. Animal riding and beach walking shall be a great amusement for the children.
Vending zones
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 473
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Vending zone is one the important area whci should be provided in coastal zone to extend facility such as automatic vending machines, cafeterias, snack bars, etc. Therefore, vending zones will be created at two points in two rows parallel to each other to ensure cleanliness, regulate the beach vendors, enhance the aesthetic look and reduce crime. This will also safeguard the visitors.
Recreational Activities at the beach There will be provision for multiple recreational activities for the visitors. These will include sea viewing for nature therapy and meditation by aged, Sand art features and sculptures on the beaches, swimming including holy deep into the sea beach, watchtower on the beach for the life-guards to watch and rescue the drowned visitors in near shores. Besides these, sports activities specially adventure sports like kayaking, boating, hiking, skiing, etc. shall be other attraction to the tourist.
Mangroves and seagrass plantation Mangrove Plantations are proposed for the beach as High Tides are experienced in the southern part of the beach. The presence of olive Ridley turtles nesting site makes the northern part an eco-sensitive that needs mangroves or seagrass that helps in the reduction of soil erosion and in carbon sequestration. Seagrass will also support deep food webs.
Construction of seawall Seawalls are a common sight on riverbanks and beaches around the world, performing the important duty of preventing shoreline erosion as a result of wakes, waves, and weather. A seawall is usually acknowledged as playing an important role in beach protection, both by helping protect waterside structures from being devastated or swept away by floodwaters and storms, and by combating the slow but constant forces
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 474
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
of erosion. Besides beach protection, seawalls can be made to be aesthetically pleasing as well as functional. Keeping this in view, seawalls with parallel or perpendicular slopes are proposed in the northern part to restrict tourist movements and in the southern part to promote accretion. Table 136 Cost estimation of the proposed products
Boulder Sea wall
Thickness:
Mangrove
Sea grass
100-1000 Sapling: 250-350 per Sea grass
mm, size: 50-1500 kgs, piece, Seed: 150-320 seedscost- 600/metric ton.
per piece
600/kg
Fencing
Wire
mesh
fencing- 15/sqft
Source: Output of the project
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 475
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.4.4 Socio-economic Development For the improvement and development of the social and economic status of the people living in coastal area, social infrastructure development is necessary. Keeping this in view, the deficit regions are provided with specific infrastructures for betterment of people.
Figure 15.40 Socio-economic facilities
Education facilities are proposed in Kalipalli, Keluapali, Ekasingi and Agastinuagam. This coastal stretch is highly backward in healthcare facilities. Hence dispensary or clinics are proposed in most of the villages. There are only 2 maternity homes are
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 476
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
available in Kaichamuha and Pailibandha GP under Ganjam block. So there is a need to provide more maternity homes in rest of the GPs.
Economic development Infrastructure
Education
Health-care
Quantity
4
9
Gram Panchayats
Agastinuagam,
Ramagada,
Kalipalli,
Korapalli,
Ekasingi
and Keluapalli
Agastinuagam, Pailibandha,
Kamalapur, Keluapalli,Ekasingi, Sunapur
We can see there are people dependent on the dry fish business in Ganjam coastal areas. They are still using traditional methods to dry marine fishes. This generate good economy during summer season. But they face a huge loss during rainy reason. Also these areas are most affected by cyclones and due to lack of storage centers these economy loss has to be faces. Solar fish dryers can be provided in GPs towards south, Sunapur, Kotturu and Ekasingi which is havinh more fishermen population. Storage houses can be provided in clusters of non vulnerable areas. Under the scheme of Mukhyamantri Krushi Udyag Yojna, such infrastructures can be provided.
Pilot project for Integrated Fish Farming As Sunapur GP is coming under high vulnerability, and as per the analysis, there is a scope for doing integrated fish farming due to the presence of Bahuda river and more agricultural lands there. The farm lands are cultivated with paddy and this is suitable for integrating aquaculture in it. There are several schemes by both state and central government who is giving loans and subsidies to farmers for rural development. ( NABARD, NAFIN, NABKISAN etc).
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 477
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Scope The fishery sector in India is in demand today. Central sponsored schemes can provide loand upto 2 lakh/ha with a subsidy of 20% and ceiling of Rs. 40,000/-. For SC,ST it is 25% subsidy with ceiling price of Rs. 50,000 per ha. Loan for IFF, is Rs. 80,000/ha. Subsidy of 20% and for SC.ST it is 25%. Loan for renovation of pond is Rs60,000/ha with 20% subsidy. Loan for freshwater fish hatchery is also provided.
agriculture vacant land
2% 10%
high builtup
27%
4%
19%
21% 11% 6%
sparsh vegetation dense vegetation shrubs water body
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 478
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Cost analysis
Impact on population and environment Social impact it will help women in becoming financially independent also with the help of SHGs. Economic impact it will increase the production and yield will be more than traditional farming method. Environmental impact water recharge, least use of fertiliser, sustainanle development. Salinity level of aquifers are maintained and can overcome the impact of frequent flood and cyclone. Maintaining the ecological balance 14.5
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 479
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.5 Disaster Management Proposals 15.5.1 Issues Identified Drawbacks in the existing Disaster Management Plan of Ganjam were observed and categorized into two partsPre-Disaster issues i) EWDS is installed along the coastal GPs for cyclones and tsunamis warnings and not in other GPs for flood warnings. ii) Existing awareness and training programmes in the district lack involvement of schools, workplaces, colleges and universities. iii) Lack of technological adoption in early warning system.
i) ii) iii) iv) v)
Post-Disaster issues There is requirement of temporary shelters aftermath disasters. 92 GPs have high percentage of temporary housing structures. The existing housing schemes have lack of skilled workforce and unmaintained property records. There are no livestock shelters during disaster. Lack of sanitation facility during disaster.
15.5.2 Objectives and Proposals In order to cope-up with these identified issues, three objectives were framed and then proposals were given fulfilling these objectives. Sectoral Objectives 1. Increasing efficiency & effectiveness of Early warning system. 2. To accelerate disaster response in vulnerable areas in organized manner. 3. To protect people and Livestock and train people to cope with disaster. Proposals
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 480
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 15.41 Disaster Management Facilities provided for Ganjam District Source: Author
The map above shows the location of various facilities proposed in the district like FEWS towers, DOME structures and livestock shelters. The table below shows the quantity of these facilities provided in eah block.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 481
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 137 Proposed number of Disaster Management facilities provided
Proposals were categorized into two phases- (1) Pre-disaster, and (2) Post-disaster. The strategies for the same is given below. 15.5.3 Pre-Disaster Strategies 15.5.3.1 Enhancing the Early Warning Dissemination System (EWDS) The primary purpose of Early Warning Dissemination System (EWDS) is to establish a full-proof communication system to address the existing gap of disseminating disaster warning up to the community level by strengthening of State Emergency Operation Centre (SEOC), District Emergency Operation Centre (DEOC) and Block Emergency Operation Centre (BEOC) thereby ensuring information dissemination from the State, District and Block Levels to communities and vice versa, so that the last person living nearest to the vulnerable area is well informed to take appropriate action in case of a disaster. Proposed framework for EWDS involves five main steps which are listed as below:
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 482
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
1. Detection of System A system is formulated wherein the flow of information at each level is decided from district emergency control room to block emergency centres to gram panchayat emergency centres and finlly to village task forces. 2. Continuous monitoring A monitoring network has to be created to monitor changes in various climate related parameters like rainfall, winf speed etc. Resource availability should also be monitored and co-ordination between different deparments should be checked time to time. 3. Prediction A high altitude Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) can be provided which gives detailed observations of the near surface, high wind environment. Doppler Weather Radar (DWR) can be installed in the district as it offers precise information on the interior wind flow, structure of the storm, rainfall estimation accuracy, resulting in accurate and timely provide cyclone & flood warnings. 4. Formulating Warnings Communicating warnings through mediums like telephone, fax, telex, radio broadcast, telecast, print media & Internet. Disaster applications can be made which will showcase the direction of disaster, location of nearest shelter place and necessary measure that should be taken. Various modes through which communication can be done to warn against disasters are given below:
Figure 15.42 Communication methods
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 483
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
5. Threat identification Establishment of equipment to record parameters like wind speed, rainfall etc. like High Wind Speed Recorder, Surge Recorder. A special task force should be created at village level which will identify the vulnerable population and keep records of their contact number, family member in each household. Installation of FEWDS towers At present, EWDS towers are installed in coastal stretch of the district for warning against cyclones. There are no EWDS towers in flood vulnerable areas, and hence proposal for the same is given. First, identification of the location for installation of FEWDS towers using the GIS technology and further field verification is to be done. Next, exploring of different available technological options for the project and finalization suitable technologies for effective FEWDS after discussion with the different stakeholders will be done. The project comprises technologies such as Digital Mobile Radio (DMR) and Satellite-based Mobile Data/ Voice terminals (SBMDV) has been proposed which are suitable for both Pre, during and Post Disaster scenario as well.
15.5.3.2 Awareness and training programmes for disaster preparedness The key to reducing loss of life, personal injuries, and damage from natural disasters is widespread public awareness and education. People must be made aware of what natural hazards they are likely to face in their own communities. They should know in advance what specific preparations to make before an event, what to do during a hurricane, earthquake, flood, fire, or other likely event, and what actions to take in its aftermath. Equally important, public officials and the media
television, radio, and newspapers
must be fully prepared to respond effectively, responsibly, and speedily to largescale natural emergencies. They need to be aware, in advance, of procedures to follow in a crisis that threatens to paralyze the entire community they serve, and they need to know how to communicate accurate information to the public during a natural disaster.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 484
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
At present, training and awareness programmes are not done at schools, colleges and universities, workplace, and public officials and the press. Hence proposal is provided for the same. Schools Educational materials about preparedness, warnings, and self-protection should be distributed to schools for use in kindergarten through the 12th grade. Teachers should be given training on integrating the materials into the regular curricula so that all children receive the information they need to protect themselves from disasters. Similar training initiatives should be directed to teachers at day-care centers and preschools as well as to caretakers of the elderly. These steps will also raise the level of awareness and preparedness at home. Colleges & Universities Community colleges as well as other colleges and universities should be encouraged to include disaster management training in their curricula. Materials on mitigation and preparedness should be made part of geoscience, meteorology, forestry, health, engineering, architecture, education, planning, public administration, and business school programs. Preparation of books, articles, and teaching aids, and research by faculty and students should be encouraged and supported. Workplace Awareness and education for disaster mitigation and preparedness should be encouraged in the workplace. Labor unions, industry management, government employers, and business groups should work with disaster specialists and community agencies to produce and acquire the necessary training and information materials. Existing work safety and security programs should be expanded to include disaster preparedness measures and emergency response procedures. Workplace safety drills and disaster exercises are essential to ensure that procedures are followed in an emergency. Prime movers of this effort should include insurance companies, labor unions, Chambers of Commerce, public utilities, and Industrial Crisis Conference participants. Public officials & the press
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 485
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Special attention should be given to raising the level of knowledge and expertise of public officials and the press, both of whom have central responsibilities for dealing with natural disasters. There is a need to develop procedures, protocols, and priorities for disseminating information to the public. Contingency plans should be put in place so that vital emergency services and key elements of the press are prepared to function even when electricity, transportation, telephone transmission, and other communications and production capabilities are severely disrupted. Community emergency procedures, warning signals, disaster resources, and relief facilities and responsibilities should be spelled out in advance and reviewed and tested periodically by public officials and the press. Planning and Execution Strategy for Training Programs: 1. Step I- Coordinating Conference Delineate objectives of Mock Exercise, Scope of Exercise, Selection of the target group for Mock Exercise (e.g. District/Industry etc.), deciding the date and venue for Table Top and Mock Exercise, identifying the involvement of participants and Media for coverage. 2. Step II- Table top exercises (TTEx) Thorough discussion and deliberation shall be done starting from the scenario until the final evaluation. This could be analysed by SWOT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities & Threats) mapping. Role and responsibilities of each individual, team members, agencies/stakeholders shall be clearly defined which shall be assessed during the actual drill. 3. Step III- Actual mock exercise This step is to be done in 3 phases- Alarm phase, Response phase, and Evaluation phase. 15.5.4 Post-Disaster Strategies 15.5.4.1 Response Infrastructure Temporary shelters can be understood in following three typologies. 1. Assembly based shelters such as shelter kits, tents, pre-fab units, shipping containers, etc. This category includes shelters that involve on-site assembly of individual elements/ parts that are pre-fabricated or manufactured elsewhere and transported to the site.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 486
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
DOMO-System flexibly adopts to individual needs as well as to local climate and geographical circumstance. The DOMO kit consists of a strong foldaway support structure, interchangeable fly sheet elements composing the shell, a study tarpaulin floor, two wall elements, two window elements, two door elements and two detachable vestibules. No tools outside those provided with the kit are needed in order to assemble or modify the structure. With more than 23 square meters of floor space and a ceiling height of 2.6 meters, the DOMO offers a generous sleeping environment for up to 10 people. For social activities the space retains a feeling of openness and comfort for up to 30 occupants. The DOMO framework's lifespan is of 10 years.40 domo systems are proposed in the areas where elevation is high and are moderately or less vulnerable to disaster.The DOMO system consists of foldable dome-like structures that can give shelter to individuals in the event of a disaster. It has maximum stability and strength, allowing it to endure strong winds and heavy rainfall.
Figure 15.43: Domo system Structure Source: https://www.domo-system.org/our-story-1
2. Construction based shelters that are to be constructed in-situ or ex-situ with construction materials like bricks, stones, timber, bamboos, steel, cement, mud or other such materials. This category includes shelters that are constructed (in-situ or ex-situ) using materials and resources available locally, or from other non-local external sources and/or materials salvaged and reused from the collapsed houses, and supplemented by the use of local technology and traditional building knowledge. Constructing temporary shelters using locally available resources such as bamboo, local red soil, dung and stones. This shelter design offered a quick, aesthetically pleasing, disaster resistant, and economically viable solution.These could be
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 487
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
proposed in the moderate and least vulnerable GPs.Each household can be given a toolkit and a specially-created technical manual that explained the nuances of safe construction. This proposal is implemented in Assam Floods 2012.Using bamboo as the primary material the shelters were built as it allowed for the super structure to be dismantled. At the same time, the plinth level was kept high and the foundations further strengthened with RCC pillars. These shelters not only fulfilled needs of the affected families but could also very well be part of local socio-cultural milieu.
Figure 15.44 Temporary shelters in Assam Flood Source: https://www.seedsindia.org/seedss-flood-resilient-houses-continue-to-save-lives/
3. Rental accommodation that the affected people can find in already existing undamaged houses that survive the disaster. This is not really a typology but an alternative way of accessing accommodation temporarily and fulfil needs for shortterm and medium-term effectively, particularly in the urban context. Private flats or public housing that has not been damaged by the disaster can be utilised as temporary shelter on rent .To facilitate rental accommodation, the government may provide cash assistance for certain specified period until permanent housing is restored through repairs or reconstruction.The 2011 Japan Earthquake and Tsunami, governmentowned housing was also made available to the affected people as rental accommodation. 15.5.4.2 Sanitation Facility Scrap buses are converted into toilets which has 6 washrooms on average used by more 100 people daily. This project is implemented in Pune.During disaster these bus Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 488
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
can be used as emergency sanitation and after disaster these can be placed in gardens or near market places.Features and specifications of this innovative modelSanitary pad vending machine, Sanitary napkin bins, Diaper changing station, Essential toiletries & Full time attended available.This can also help in improving hygiene in the city.
Figure 15.45 Sanitation facility from scrap bus Source: https://www.stackumbrella.com/washroom-on-wheels-how-a-duo-in-pune-is-converting-buses-intowomens-toilets/
15.5.4.3 Disaster Resistant Housing Scheme There are two existing Schemes for Pucca houses in Ganjam District State scheme-Biju Pakka Ghar Yojana has the goal of providing pakka houses to individuals living in kaccha houses in Odisha State. Biju Pucca Ghar Yojana is a rural housing scheme being run by the Odisha Government to provide pucca houses in rural areas. Under this scheme, efforts have been made to provide houses to all the people living in raw houses in Odisha State. National scheme-Pradhan mantri aawas yojana which focus on Construction of disaster resistant houses. Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana is a scheme by the Indian Government that takes limelight to make it better for homeless people in India. The main proposal of this scheme is to construct 20 million homes for those people belonging to the Low-Income Families, Middle Income Groups and Economically Weaker Sections by 2022. Recommendations:Considering these scheme it requires address proof & address details which should not be a necessary document instead each kutcha house in GPs Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 489
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
should be given a house number,and separate records can be maintained of those houses so after disaster affected house numbers can be traced and that population can get benefit of the scheme.If the house is registered in the name of a woman, specific benefits in the form of lower building material costs can be offered.Special team should be made who will take care in providing housing for widow women & elder people. 15.5.4.4 By-laws for flood resistant houses Building Materials & Technology Promotion Council published guidelines on improving flood resistance of housing which not only dwells upon the planning aspects of houses in flood prone areas but also on construction technologies to be adopted to make them safe in the event of inundation. The following provisions need be incorporated in the building bye-laws of Local Bodies for buildings in flood prone areas: Plinth levels of all buildings should be 0.6 m above the drainage/flood submersion levels under the mean annual flood. All the buildings should preferably be two or more storeys. In single storey buildings, a stairway must be provided to the roofs which could be used as temporary shelter for which roof should be made of flat type. The roof levels of the single storey buildings and the first floor level in doublestorey buildings should be kept above 100-year flood levels. Kuccha House measures Damage to housing from rain usually occurs in kutcha houses with walls of clay, and brick or stone walls laid in mud mortar, where rain water can soak into them either through seepage from the roof or by rain beating on the wall directly or by inundation in standing water. Pucca houses with brick or stone walls built using lime or cement mortars and slab or sheeted roofing are not damaged by rain. For leak proofing of clay and thatch roofs, they may be plastered on the upper surface with water-proof mud plaster (see para 19). If applied on the underside of the thatch roof, the fire-resistance of the thatch will also improve greatly. 2. For the clay roof, alternatively, black polythene of heavy gauge sheets may be laid near mid-thickness or upper quarter thickness of the clay layer of about 150-200 mm thickness. To protect the wall from saturation due to rain beating during monsoons, roof projection of about 500 mm, and/ or water proof mud plaster on external face of the walls exposed to such action needs to be used. Burnt brick or stone walls built in clay
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 490
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
using 1:3 lime-sand or 1:6 cement-sand mortar
15.5.4.5 Training to Mason Training of masons in innovative hazard resistant construction techniques for the temporary shelters contributed in disaster resistant permanent reconstruction.The masons should be trained for building houses in a short span of time.The mason should be trained in random rubble masonry construction, which enabled local artisans improve their understanding and abilities in masonry as well as hazard-resistant construction. These skills and techniques can be initially applied to the construction of temporary shelters, and then to the construction of disaster-resistant permanent homes.This program was done by Uttarakhand state government for reconstruction of houses after flash floods, 2013.
15.5.4.6 Livestock Shelters The veterinary clinics and goshalas are converted into animal shelters during disaster time.22 livestock shelters are proposed where animals can be taken during disaster.Cattle mounds must be within close proximity to emergency shelters. Every village requires a well-designed livestock mound. The mound's level must be higher than the ground level. Once the livestock mound locations been determined and after the warning of disasters are received, attempts will be undertaken to increase the ground level accordingly. The livestock can be given Metal ear tags which can help the evacuation team to keep records of these livestock & can help to identify the owner of the livestock after disaster period.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 491
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.6 Primary Sector of Economy 15.6.1 Framework of Proposal Crop diversification and alternate cropping techniques. Increasing food grains and fruit production using intercropping
Application of raised bed farming for increasing vegetable production
Consolidation and Augmentation of Dairies and Fisheries
Safeguarding dairy produce and increasing production
Agriculture waste management system
Biogas plant using agriculture waste
Integrated Paddyfish breeding aimed at increasing production
Figure 15.46 Framework of Proposal
15.6.2 Expected outcomes from concepts of development Crop diversification and alternate cropping techniques- it aims at increasing the production of the various crops like Wheat, Maize, Lentils, Bengal gram, Green gram and fruits using intercropping. The major techniques which will be used here are intercropping with paddy, intercropping with fruits and raised bed farming. Raised bed farming employed in the farms and the backyard of the houses to increase vegetable produce with efficient space and resource management with harming or affecting the land around. Consolidation and Augmentation of Dairies and Fisheries- aims at increasing the milk production by setting up of chilling plants and dairy farms and fish production by implementation of paddy-cum-fish farming which is one of the most effective way of producing fish while naturally supplying nutrients to the plants. Agriculture Waste Management - The goal is to manage the crop residue which helps in protecting the soil from nutrient losses as well as erosion, conserves the soil moisture and improves the infiltration within the soil profile. The suggested projects aim at increasing the production of food grains, fruits, milk and fish to meet the requirement of the district and also to convert waste to economy.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 492
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 15.47 Map showing location of Dairy farms, Chilling Plants and Bio-Gas Plants
15.6.3 Crop Diversification and Alternate Cropping Techniques 15.6.3.1 Intercropping with Paddy Paddy is the major crop in the district, grown in all 22 blocks with an average yield of 2.44 t/ha and total production of
which amounts to
of
rice post processing. The district with such enormous production of Paddy still lacks in the required amount of cereals and millets for the people. In order to overcome this, Rice-based cropping systems can be implemented in order to increase Mixed varietal cropping of rice It involves system of mixing seed
Intercropping rice with other crops
of early rice with late maturing
Can be implied under upland
deep-water rice in ratio of either
condition with crops like
1:1 or 3:1.
Black gram, Green gram,
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
the production of rice also allowing to increase
P a g e | 493
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Rice-cereal based cropping system In the irrigated and favourable rainfed lowland areas, rice-rice (R-R), rice-wheat (R-W) and rice-maize (R-M) are predominant cropping system. R-R and R-W the production of secondary crops.
Table 138 Rice Cropping System
Irrigated Conditions
Upland Conditions
Rice under integrated farming
Rice-Rice-Rice
Rice-Chickpea
Rice-Fish-Poultry
Rice-Rice-Cereal
Rice-Lentil
Rice-Fish-Duckery
Rice-Rice-Pulses
Rice-Mustard/Linseed
Rice-Toria-Wheat
Rice-Barley
Rice-Wheat-Pulses
Rice-Wheat
Rice-Maize
Rice-Peas
With the application of integrated rice cropping it can be observed that the minimum increase in yield more than double of the average yield which is observed in the district. The Rice-Maize cropping system is highly profitable with yield of 8.5t/ha and gross returns of Rs. 59,110/ha. Table 139 Returns of Rice Cropping System
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 494
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Cropping combinations that can be implemented in intercropping with Paddy were identified based on the suggested crops identified during the crop suitability analysis. The following combinations can be grown in Ganjam: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Paddy Groundnut/Black gram/ Green gram/ Till Paddy. Paddy Sesame/Black gram Paddy Paddy Cereal Paddy Wheat Pulses Paddy Maize Paddy Wheat/Mustard/Potato Sesame/Vegetables/Green\
A Scheme have been suggested by the team which can be used to create a balance between the surplus production and the deficit food grains of Ganjam. The district has surplus and deficit production of food grains, to attain food security for the district it is necessary to manage the surplus products in addition to increasing production using sustainable practices. This scheme can be used as means which promote trading of food grains between two different parties for managing the food grains. The scheme consists of two stages: Cropping Systems
Rice
Equivalent
Yield Gross returns (Rs/ha)
(t/ha) Rice-Rice
7.8
45,124
Rice-Wheat
8.4
48,882
Rice-Maize
10.2
59,110
Rice-Pulse
8.5
49,152
Rice-Oilseed
7.0
40,472
Stage-1
Stage -2
It includes the procurement of surplus
It involves buying of food
products of the district at MSP which can be
grains that are deficit
later sold to the needed districts or states on a
from the money generated
deal basis after including the packaging,
in stage 1 from other
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 495
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.6.3.2 Intercropping with Fruit The main fruits grown in Ganjam are Mango, Coconut, Banana and citrus fruits. Intercropping in fruit crops gives additional crop yield income/unit area than sole cropping. It improves the soil fertility, prevents soil erosion and optimal usage of resources. MGNREGA
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Generation
Act Under this act massive plantation of fruit plants is being taken in the land of the beneficiaries in which the beneficiary himself and nearby job card holders of the GP are engaged to develop the horticultural fruit crop plantation. The payment is given to the job card holders as account transfer of the wage to beneficiary account. Table 14.6.2.2.1- Benefits of intercropping with Mango Intercropping with Mango
Intercropping with Coconut
Intercropping with Banana
The various crops that can be
The various crops that can be
The various crops that can be
intercropped with Mango are
intercropped with Coconut are
intercropped with Banana are
Brinjal,
Maize,
Cereals, Tapioca, Ginger, Turmeric,
Brinjal, Turmeric, Chilies,
Sweet
Chili, Pepper, Cinnamon, Clove,
Bhindi, Radish, Cauliflower,
Fixing
Groundnut, Horse gram, Cowpea,
Cabbage, Spinach, Maize,
Sorghum, Potato,
Tomato, Cassava, Nitrogen
Intercrops
Elephant foot Yam
Sweet Potato
Yield (t/ha)
48
20
Cost of cultivation (Rs/ha)
1,07,490
43,480
Net returns (Rs/ha)
2,28,510
56,520
Benefit: Cost
2.12
1.29
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 496
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
15.6.3.3 Raised Bed Farming for Vegetables Raised bed farming can be adopted for both Commercial farming and for backyard farming as they are more land efficient, flood safe and productive when compared to conventional farming. The major benefits of raised beds are no tilling, better drainage,
superior soil and greater yield. Raised beds are highly suitable for growing of 2 or more Figure 14.6.2.3.1- Raise bed supported farming (2-3 feet)
Figure 14.6.2.3.2- Raised soil bed farming (6-12 inches)
vegetables in sequence with minimum land preparation. The avg yield of vegetables in Ganjam is 1.41 t/ha and total production is 447 000
.
If raised bed farming is practiced in Ganjam the yield can increase up to 1.883 t/ha which can increase the production to
. The major vegetables which are
highly suitable for raised bed farming are carrots, kale, cucumbers, lettuce, radishes, spinach, tomatoes, cucamelon, mint, peas, beans, celery, onions, peppers, beets and potatoes. By employing raise bed farming for vegetable cultivation, a farmer can save about 31.54% of water required for irrigation and yield can also be increased by 31% when compared to farming over flat bed. The water drainage through raised bed is excellent and hence there is no standing water to affect the crop. Since the soil is not compacted farmers walking there is not stress on the root system of crop leading to better and healthier yield. Raised bed farming also protects the crop from pest attack.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 497
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 140- Benefits of Raised Bed Farming
Crops
Yield
on Yield
beds (t/ha)
on Water
flat (t/ha)
savings
Yield (% increase
over flat)
over flat)
Okra
34.4
29.1
33.3
18.2
Carrot
36.3
28.6
31.8
26.9
Radish
34.7
26.7
29.4
30
Cabbage
33
27.8
26.8
18.7
Cauliflower
25.9
18.8
36.4
37
Average
-
-
31.54
31
(%
15.6.4 Consolidation and Augmentation of Dairies and Fisheries 15.6.4.1 Dairies The district has great potential for dairy and related production. The district is expected to have a total milk demand of 1498 kl/day in 2041 with highest demand for Rangeilunda (236 kl/day) and Khalikote (93 kl/day). The district currently has 10 milk chilling plants and 1 dairy farm catering to the demand of the people through cooperative societies.
Table 141 Block-wise milk demand 2041
Block
Populatio Milk requirement (kl/yr)
Total
Requirme
n 2041
requireme
nt per day
nt (000' kl)
(kl/day)
Childre
Male
n
Femal e
Asika
184937
3838
8983
8965
22
60
Beguniapada
216287
5109
10432
10186
26
70
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 498
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Bellaguntha
159815
3319
7699
7809
19
52
Bhanjanagar
210433
4570
10272
10029
25
68
Buguda
157780
3407
7552
7681
19
51
Chhatrapur
193220
3972
9361
9414
23
62
Chikiti
150639
3374
7191
7279
18
49
Dharakote
127185
3011
5994
6255
15
42
Digapahandi
204172
4683
9821
9727
24
66
Ganjam
137907
3040
6678
6598
16
45
Hinjilicut
152992
3229
7320
7495
18
49
Jagannathpras
171622
3778
8308
8218
20
56
171531
3771
8332
8188
20
56
Khalikote
284379
6759
13839
13245
34
93
Kukudakhandi
215458
4755
10651
10089
25
70
Patrapur
160496
3715
7485
7860
19
52
Polasara
215473
4809
10397
10312
26
70
Purusottampur
202823
4511
9696
8864
23
63
Rangeilunda
738518
13262
37741
35170
86
236
Sanakhemundi
209188
4952
10216
9718
25
68
Seragada
158353
3612
7721
7452
19
51
Surada
211011
5024
10122
9970
25
69
ad Kavisurjyanaga r
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 499
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Total
4634219
100500
225811
22052
547
1498
4
It is planned to set up 1. 4 bulk chilling plants of 2000 l/day capacity at Surada, Begunipada, Kukudakhandi and Rangeilunda. 2. A large dairy farm unit of 100 animals in Rangeilunda. 3. A small-scale Dairy Farm unit of 10 animals in Khalikote.
Figure 15.48 Map showing existing and proposed locations of milk chilling plants and dairy farms
The places for the proposals were decided based on the location of existing milk chilling plants and dairy farms and the projected milk demand for different blocks. Table 142 Capital requirement for the suggested dairy infrastructure
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 500
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Chilling plant (1 Large dairy farm Small dairy farm unit)
(100 animals)
(10 animals)
Capacity (l/day)
2000
1200-1500
110-120
Capital
18 lakhs
90-100 lakhs
5 lakhs
Supporting
Dairy
Mukhya
Mantri Dairy
scheme
Entrepreneurship
Krushi
Udyog Entrepreneurship
Development
Yojana
investment (Rs.)
scheme
Development scheme
Max. subsidy (%) 33.33
50
33.33
Max.
45-50 lakhs
1,65,000
45-50 lakhs
3,34,350
subsidy 6,00,000
(Rs.) Investment req
12 lakhs
Cattle Development Program Under National Artificial Insemination Program, Cattle development centres are setup which provides Artificial Insemination services to dairy farmers to breed the local breeds with superior breeds and exotic breeds for increasing the quality and yield of milk.Up-gradation of Skill in Self-employment under ARD Sector Organizes training programs for developing basic skills amongst the livestock holders and unemployed educated youth for taking up animal husbandry activities for self-employment. 15.6.4.2 Integrated Paddy-Cum-Fish Culture It is a system of producing fish in combination with paddy cultivation using the same resources in the same unit area. The major benefits of the system are effective utilization of land and water resources, enhance crop yield per unit area and promote income generation and self-employment amongst farmers. The system decreases the accessibility gap between fish markets and people in rural areas as the fish will be locally produced.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 501
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Figure 15.49 Fish trench in periphery of Paddy field
Figure 15.50 Fish trench in centre of Paddy field
Table 143 Economies of Paddy-cum-Fish Culture
Parameters
Paddy-cum-Fish Culture
Min size of Paddy Field
0.2 ha to 1.0 ha
Density
Paddy: 40-60 kg/ha (spacing 20-24 cm) Fish Fingerlings: 2000-6000/ha (>10 cm)
Production
Paddy: 1.8-2.0 t/ha (increased by 7.9-8.6%) Fish: 700-2000 kg/ha/cycle
Setup Cost (INR)
Rs. 70,000 per ha
Operational Cost (INR)
Rs. 80,000 per ha
Total Cost (INR)
Rs. 1,50,000 per ha
Income
Rs. 3.2 - 5.80 lakh/ha (Rs. 1.8 lakh from paddy and Rs. 1.40 - 4.0 lakh from fish)
Profit
Rs. 1.70-4.30 lakh
Advantages
Paddy yield increases by 7-14%; 3 times more profitable; 47-51% reduction in pest
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 502
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 144 Application of Paddy-cum-Fish culture in Ganjam
Cropped
Area
under Paddy Production Fish
Area (ha)
Integrated farming (tons)
production
(tons)
(ha)
2,23,500
22350 (10%)
40,230-44,700
31,290-89,400
55,875(25%)
1,00,575-1,11,750
78,225-2,23,500
78,225 (35%)
1,40,805-1,56,450
1,09,515-3,12,900
Mukhya Mantri Krushi Udyog Yojana is a scheme of Odisha state Govt. which provides subsidies to the farmers interested in Pisciculture. If Integrated Paddy-cum-Fish system is implemented on even 10% of the cropped land utilized for Paddy cultivation, the fish produced can satisfy the fish/meat requirement of Ganjam.
15.6.5 Agriculture Waste Management System India, the world's second largest agro-based economy, produces a considerable amount of agricultural waste, including crop residues, due to its year-round crop farming. In India, around 92 metric tonnes of crop waste are burned each year due to a lack of sufficient sustainable management procedures, resulting in high particulate matter emissions and air pollution. Crop residue burning has become a significant environmental issue, posing health risks and contributing to global warming. In Ganjam district, the total agriculture waste produced is around 71000tonnes. It is observed that the agriculture waste is being burning on the field. 15.6.5.1 Adverse effects of agriculture residue burning on field Loss of nutrients: It is estimated that burning of one ton of rice straw accounts for loss of 5.5 kg Nitrogen, 2.3 kg phosphorus, 25 kg potassium and 1.2 kg Sulphur besides, organic carbon. Generally, crop residues of different crops contain 80% of Nitrogen (N), 25% of Phosphorus (P), 50% of Sulphur (S) and 20% of Potassium(K). If the crop residue is incorporated or retained in the soil itself, it gets enriched, particularly with organic C and N.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 503
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Impact on soil properties: Heat from burning residues elevates soil temperature causing death of beneficial soil organisms. Frequent residue burning leads to complete loss of microbial population and reduces level of N and C in the top 0-15 cm soil profile, which is important for crop root development. Emission of greenhouse and other gases: This burning will emit around 91% of carbon dioxide 91% OF CO2 and rest are CO, NOx, SOx, TPM, NH3, CH4, NMHC, NMVOC. 15.6.5.2 Biogas Plant using agriculture waste Biogas Plant is one of the best agriculture waste management systems. It will utilize crop waste and will digest under anaerobic condition. After this process this plant will generate biogas, manure, fodder and electricity. Location Analysis Parameters considered for analyzing the suitable location for biogas plant are road proximity, streams proximity, slope and LULC
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 504
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Scoring logic for different parameters are given below: Table 145 Scoring logic for biogas plant location analysis
Source: Compiled by Author Process followed for setting location of Biogas Plant (in GIS) Step 1: Adding Road map and stream map in ArcGIS and adding buffer according to the scoring logic. Step 2: Reclassifying the slope map and LULC map using the scoring logic.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 505
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Step 3: Then analyzing using weighted overlay then the suitability map will be
Figure 15.51 Proposed Biogas Plants
generated. Table 146 Total waste generated at each location of biogas plant
Source: Compiled by Author
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 506
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Step 4: After generating suitability map giving the biogas plant location at most suitable location and giving buffer of 35km of which each biogas plant would serve. Table 147 Unit cost for installation of Biogas Plant
Source: Biogas as an alternative fuel to household
research gate article
Central Finance Assistance for setting up a Biogas Plant Scheme of the Subsidy: National Biogas and Manure Management Programme (NBMMP) implementation Agency; State nodal department of MNRE. Khadi and Village Industries Commission, Mumbai. Table 148 Subsidy Pattern
Source: MNRE
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 507
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Recommendation for Waste Management To reduce the cost of cultivation operations, need to encourage the farmers to utilize the rice residues. To enhance the soil fertility needs to aware the farmers about the different benefits of management of crop residues. To encourage the farmers to participate in the training of crop residue management. Provide the cultivation techniques at reasonable prices. Creating of awareness among farmers about the extent of cause of pollution by burning of straw in the fields. To check the burning of crop residue in the fields implement the law strictly.
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 508
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
16 Synthesis All the inter sectoral and the sectoral proposals are correlated with the 5 development principles and the corresponding relationship is been shown in the form of matrix. It is observed that, out of the 34 proposals, each of the five principles caters about 80% of the proposals stating that the vision framed is holistically in line with the comprehensive proposals. Table 157 Development Principles and Proposals Matrix
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 539
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041 Table 158 Summary of Number of Proposals based on Development Principles
So, if the district has to be developed based on any one or few of the principles, then those corresponding list of proposals which are fully and partly related to the respective principles can be identified and developed and the investment options can only be made for the same. For selective proposals the investment scenario and the area required also the numbers in some cases have been detailed out.
Table 159: Investment Scenario for the Selective list of Proposals
All the six intersectoral (Bio reserve belt, Regional Resilience, Coastal Containment and Rejuvenation, Regional Water Equity, Economic Promotion Corridor, Regional Balanced Settlement Growth) and eight sectoral
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 540
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Demography
Infrastructure proposals, LULC & Biodiversity
Water Resources
Biodiversity proposals,
Water resource proposals, Industry and Livelihood - Industrial
Proposals, Primary Sector of Economy - Primary Sector Proposals, Disaster Management - Disaster Management Proposals, Coastal Management - Coastal Zone Proposals, Tourism Governance - Tourism & Governance Proposals) proposals are comprehensively shown in the map. The proposals are spread throughout all the blocks of the district, which implies that the development is diverse stating the equitable growth of the district.
Figure 16.1: Comprehensive Proposals Map
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 541
Integrated Regional Environmental Plan of Ganjam District 2041
Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22, SPA Vijayawada
P a g e | 542
